<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../xsl/eadastyle.xsl"?>
<!DOCTYPE TEI.2 SYSTEM "http://mith2.umd.edu/research/projects/eada/dtd/eada.dtd">
<TEI.2> 
  <teiHeader type="text"> 
	 <fileDesc> 
		<titleStmt> 
		  <title type="main">Of Plymouth Plantation</title> 
		  <title type="version">An Electronic Edition</title> 
		  <author> 
			 <name reg="Bradford, William">William Bradford</name> 
			 <date>1590-1657</date></author> 
		  <respStmt> <resp>Creation of machine-readable text by
				<name>Keith Washington</name></resp> 
			 <resp>Header creation by 
				<name>Ralph Bauer</name></resp> 
			 <resp>Encoded by 
				<name>Ralph Bauer</name> </resp> 
		  </respStmt> 
		</titleStmt> 
		<extent>843 kb</extent> 
		<publicationStmt> <idno>bradford_history.xml</idno>  

		  <publisher>Maryland Institute for Technology in the Humanities
			 (MITH)</publisher> 
		  <pubPlace> 
			 <address> 
				<addrLine>University of Maryland</addrLine> 
				<addrLine>College Park</addrLine> 
			 </address></pubPlace> 
		  <date value="2003-01-29">January 29, 2003</date> 
		  <availability> 
			 <p>Copyright 2003. This text is freely available provided the text is
				distributed with the header information provided.</p> 
		  </availability> 
		</publicationStmt> 
		<sourceDesc> 
		  <bibl>Bradford's History of Plymouth Plantation, 1606-1646. Ed. William
			 T. Davis. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1908</bibl> 
		</sourceDesc> 
	 </fileDesc> 
	 <encodingDesc> 
		<editorialDecl> 
		  <p type="original">Bradford's history was finished by 
			 <date>1646</date> but first published in 
			 <date>1898</date> in Boston</p> 
		  <p>This text of the document was initially prepared from and proofed
			 against 
		  <title rend="italic">Bradford's History of Plymouth Plantation,
			 1606-1646,</title> ed. William T. Davis (New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1908).
		  All preliminaries and notes have been omitted except those for which the author
		  is responsible. All editorial notes have been omitted except those that
		  indicate significant textual variations. Line and paragraph numbers contained
		  in the source text have been retained. In cases where the source text displays
		  no numbers, numbers are automatically generated. In the header, personal names
		  have been regularized according to the Library of Congress authority files as
		  "Last Name, First Name" for the REG attribute and "First Name Last Name" for
		  the element value. Names have not been regularized in the body of the text.</p>
		  
		</editorialDecl> 
	 </encodingDesc> 
	 <profileDesc> 
		<langUsage> 
		  <language id="eng">English</language> 
		</langUsage> 
		<textClass> 
		  <classCode>Prose</classCode> 
		  <keywords> 
			 <list type="simple"> 
				<item type="form">Account/Relation</item> 
				<item type="mode">History</item> 
				<item type="chronological">1600-1650</item> 
				<item type="geographic">New England</item> 
				<item type="subject">Puritans</item> 
			 </list> 
		  </keywords> 
		</textClass> 
	 </profileDesc> 
  </teiHeader> 
  <text> 
	 <body> 
		<div0> 
		  <head rend="bold">HISTORY OF PLYMOUTH PLANTATION</head> 
		  <div1> 
			 <head rend="italic">And first of the occasion and indusments ther unto; the which that I may truly unfould, I must begine at the very roote and rise of the same.	The which I shall endevor to manefest in a plaine stile, with singuler regard unto the simple trueth in all things, at least as near as my slender judgmente can attaine the same.</head> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>1. Chapter</head> 
				<p n="1">IT is well knowne unto the godly and judicious, how ever since
				  the first breaking out of the lighte of the gospell in our Honourable Nation of
				  England, (which was the first of nations whom the Lord adorned ther with,
				  affter that grosse darknes of popery which had covered and overspred the
				  Christian worled,) what warrs and opposissions ever since, Satan hath raised,
				  maintained, and continued against the Saincts, from time to time, in one sorte
				  or other. Some times by bloody death and cruell torments; other whiles
				  imprisonments, banishments, and other hard usages; as being loath his kingdom
				  should goe downe, the trueth prevaile, and the churches of God reverte to their
				  anciente puritie, and recover their primative order, libertie, and bewtie. But
				  when he could not prevaile by these means, against the maine trueths of the
				  gospell, but that they began to take rootting in many places, being watered
				  with the blooud of the martires, and blessed from heaven with a to take him to
				  his anciente strategemes, used of old against the first Christians. That when
				  by the bloody and barbarous persecutions of the Heathen Emperours, he could not
				  stoppe and subuerte the course of the gospell, but that it speedily overspred
				  with a wounderfull celeritie the then best known parts of the world, He then
				  begane to sow errours, heresies, and wounderfull dissentions amongst the
				  professours them selves, (working upon their pride and ambition, with other
				  corrupte passions incidente to all mortall men, yea to the saints them selves
				  in some measure,) by which wofull effects followed; as not only bitter
				  contentions, and hartburnings, schismes, with other horrible confusions, but
				  Satan tooke occasion and advantage therby to foyst in a number of vile
				  ceremoneys, with many unproffitable cannons and decrees, which have since been
				  as snares to many poore and peaceable souls even to this day. So as in the
				  anciente times, the persecutions by the heathen and their Emperours, was not
				  greater then of the Christians one against other; the Arians and other their
				  complices against the orthodoxe and true Christians. As witneseth Socrates in
				  his 2. booke. His words are these; <hi rend="italic">The violence truly</hi> 
				  (saith he) <hi rend="italic">was no less
				  than that of ould praetised towards the Christians when they were compelled and
				  drawne to sacri fice to idoles; f or many indured sundrie kinds o f tormente, often rackings, and dismembering oi their joynts; con fiscating o f ther goods;
				  some bereaved of their native soyle; others departed this liie under the hands
				  o f the tormentor; and some died in banishmente, and never saw ther cuntrie
				  againe, etc.</hi> </p> 
				<p n="2">The like methode Satan hath seemed to hold in these later times,
				  since the trueih begane to springe and spread after the great defection made by
				  Antichrist, that man of sinne. </p> 
				<p n="3">For to let pass the infinite examples in sundrie nations and
				  severall places of the world, and instante in our owne, when as that old
				  serpente could not prevaile by those firie flames and other his cruell
				  tragedies, which he by his instrualents put in ureevery wher in the days of
				  queene Mary and before, he then begane an other kind of warre, and went more
				  closely to worke; 'not only to oppuggen,but even to ruinate and destroy the
				  kingdom of Christ, by more secrete and subtile means, by kindling the flames of
				  contention and sowing the seeds of discorde and bitter enmitie amongst the
				  proffessors and seeming reformed them selves. For when he could not prevaile by
				  the former means against the principall doctrins of faith, he bente his forte
				  against the holy discipline and outward regimente of the kingdom of Christ, by
				  which those holy doctrines should be conserved, and true pietie maintained
				  amongest the saints and people of God. </p> 
				<p n="4">Mr. Foxe recordeth how that besids those worthy martires and
				  confessors which were burned in queene Marys days and otherwise torlnented,3
				  <hi rend="italic">many (both studients and others) fied out of the land, to the number of 800.
				  And became severall congregations. At Wesell, Frankiord, Bassill, Emden,
				  Markpurge, Strausborugh,` and Geneva, etc.</hi> Amongst whom (but especialy those at
				  Frankford) begane that bitter warr of contention and persecution aboute the
				  ceremonies, and servisebooke, and other popish and antichristian stuffe, the
				  plague of England to this day, which are like the highplases in Israell, which
				  the prophets cried out against, and were their ruine; which the better parte
				  sought, according to the puritie of the gospell, to roote out and utterly to
				  abandon. And the other parte (under veiled pretences) for their ouwn ends and
				  advancments, sought as stifly to continue, maintaine, and defend. As appeareth
				  by the discorde therof published in printe, Ano: 1575 ; a booke that deserves
				  better to be knowne and considered.</p> 
				<p n="5">The one side laboured to have the right worship of God and
				  discipline of Christ established in the chureh, according to the simplicitie of
				  the gospell, without the mixture of mens inventions, and to have and to be
				  ruled by the laws of Gods word, dispensed in those ofplces, and by those
				  offlcers of Pastors, Teachers, and Elders, etc. according to the Scripturs.i
				  The other partie, though under many colours and pretences, endevored to have
				  the episcopall dignitie (affter the popish manner) with their large power and
				  jurisdiction still retained; with all those courts, cannons, and ceremonies;
				  togeather with all such livings, revenues, and subordinate offlcers, with other
				  such means as formerly upheld their antichristian greatnes, and enabled them
				  with lordly and tyranous power to persecute the poore servants of God. This
				  contention was so great, as neither the honour of God, the commone persecution,
				  nor the mediation of Mr. Calvin and other worthies of the Lord in those places,
				  could prevaile with those thus episcopally minded, but they proceeded by all
				  means to disturbe the peace of this poor persecuted church, even so farr as to
				  charge (very unjustly, and ungodlily, yet prelatelike) some of their cheefe
				  opposers, with rebellion and high treason against the Emperour, and other such
				  crimes</p> 
				<p n="6">And this contention dyed not with queene Mary, nor was left
				  beyonde the seas, but at her death these people returning into England under
				  gracious queene Elizabeth, many of them being preferred to bishopricks and
				  other promotions, according to-their aimes and desires, that inveterate hatered
				  against the holy discipline of Christ in his church hath continued to this day.
				  In somuch that for fear it should preveile, all plotts and devices have been
				  used to keepe it out, incensing the queene and state against it as dangerous
				  for the common wealth; and that it was most needfull that the fundamentall
				  poynts of Religion should be preached in those ignorante and superstitious
				  times; and to winne the weake and ignorante, they might retaine diverse harmles
				  ceremoneis; and though it were to be wished that diverse things were reformed,
				  yet this was not a season for it. And many the like, to stop the mouthes of the
				  more godly, to being them over to yeeld to one ceremoney after another, and one
				  corruption after another; by these wyles begyleing some and corrupting others
				  till at length they begane to persecute all the zealous professors in the land
				  (though they knew little what this discipline mente) both by word and deed, if
				  they would not submitte to their ceremonies, and become slaves to them and
				  their popish trash, which have no ground in the word of God, but are relikes of
				  that man of sine. And the more the light of the gospell grew, the more they
				  urged their subscriptions to these corruptions. So as (notwithstanding all
				  their former pretences and fair colures) they whose eyes God had not justly
				  blinded might easily see wherto these things tended. And to cast contempte the
				  more upon the sincere servants of God, they opprobriously and most injuriously
				  gave unto, and imposed upon them, that name of Puritans, which [it] is said the
				  Novatians out of prid did assume and take unto themselves.l And lamentable it
				  is to see the effects which have followed. Religion hath been disgraced, the
				  godly greeved, afflicted, persecuted, and many exiled, sundrie have lost their
				  lives in prisones and otherways. On the other hand, sin hath been countenanced,
				  ignorance, profannes, and atheisme increased, and the papists encouraged to
				  hope againe for a day</p> 
				<p n="7">This made that holy lean Mr. Perkinscrie out in his
				  exhortation to repentance, upon Zeph. 2. <hi rend="italic">Religion</hi> (saith he)<hi rend="italic"> hath been amongst
				  us this 35. years ; but the more it is published, the more it is contemned and
				  reproached o f many, etc. Thus not prophanes nor wickednes, but Religion it sel
				  f e is a byword, a moking-stock, and a matter of reproach ; so that in England
				  at this day the man or woman that begines to profes Religion, and to serve
				  God, must resolve with him selfe to sustaine mocks and injueries even as
				  though he lived amongst the enimies of Religion</hi>. And this commone experience
				  hath confirmed and made too apparente. 
				  <note resp="author"> 
					 <p n="8"><hi rend="italic">A late observation, as it were by the way, worthy to be
						Noted:</hi></p><p n="8"> Full litle did I thinke, that the downfall of the Bishops, with their
						courts, cannons, and ceremonies, etc. had been so neare, when I first begane
						these scribled writings (which was aboute the year 1630, and so peeced up at
						times of leasure afterward), or that I should have lived to have seene or heard
						of the same; but it is the Lord's doing, and ought to be marvelous in our eyes! Every plante which mine heavenly father hath not planted (saith our Saviour)
						shall be rooted up. Mat : 15. 13.I have snared the, and thou art taken, O
						Babell (Bishops), and thou wast not aware; thou art found, and also caught,
						because thou hast striven against the Lord. Jer. 50. 24. But will they needs
						strive against the truth, against the servants of God; what, and against the
						Lord him selfe? Doe they provoke the Lord to anger? Are they stronger than he?
						1. Cor : 10. 22. No, no, they have mete with their match. Behold, I come unto
						thee, O proud man, saith the Lord God of hosts; for thy day is come, even the
						time that I will visite the. Jer : 50. 31. May not the people of God now say
						(and these pore people among the rest), The Lord hath brought forth our
						righteousnes; come, let us declare in sion the work of the Lord our God. Jer:
						51. 10. Let all flesh be still before the Lord; for he is raised up out of his
						holy place. Zach : 2. </p> 
					 <p n="9">In this case, these poore people may say (among the
						thousands of Israll), When the Lord brougt aganne the captivite of Zion, we
						were like them that dreame. Psa : 126. 1.<hi rend="italic"> The Lord hath done greate things for
						us, wherof we rejoyce. v. 3. They that sow in teares, shall reap in joye. They
						wente weeping, and carried precious seede, but they shall returne with joye,
						and bring their sheaves.</hi> v. 5, 6. </p> 
					 <p n="10">Doe you not now see the fruits of your labours, O all yee
						servants of the Lord that have suffered for his truth, and have been faithfull
						witneses of the same, and yee litle handfull amongst the rest, the least
						amongest the thousands of Israll ? You have not only had a seede time, but many
						of you have seene the joyefull harvest; should you not then rejoyse, yea, and
						againe rejoyce, and say Hallelu-&#x00A1;ah, salvation, and glorie, and honour, and
						power, be to the Lord our God; for true and righteous are his judgments. Rev.
						19. 1, 2. </p> 
					 <p n="11"> But thou wilte aske what is the mater? What is done? Why,
						art thou a stranger in Israll, that thou shouldest not know what is done? Are
						not these Jebusites overcome that have vexed the people of Israll so long, even
						holding Jerusalem till Davids days, and been as thorns in their sids, so many
						ages; and now begane to scorne that any David should meadle with them; they
						begane to fortifie their tower, as that of the old Babelonians; but these proud
						Anakimes are throwne downe, and their glory laid in the dust. The tiranous
						bishops are ejected, their courts dissolved, their cannons forceless, their
						servise casheired, their ceremonies uselese and despised; their plots for
						popery prevented, and all their superstitions discarded and returned to Roome
						from whence they came, and the monuments of idolatrie rooted out of the land.
						And the proud and profane suporters, and cruell defenders of these (as bloody
						papists and wicked athists, and their malignante consorts) marvelously over
						throwne. And are not these greate things ? Who can deney it? </p> 
					 <p n="12">But who hath done it? Who, even he that siteth on the white
						horse, who is caled faithfull, and true, and judgeth and fighteth righteously,
						Rev : 19. 11. whose garments are dipte in blood, and his name was caled the
						word of God, v.13. for he shall rule them with a rode of iron; for it is he
						that treadeth the winepress of the feircenes and wrath of God almighty. And he
						hath upon his garmente, and upon his thigh, a narre writen, The King of Kings,
						and Lord of Lords. v. 15, 16. Hallelu-&#x00A1;ah, </p></note></p> 
				<p n="13">But that I may come more near my intendmente; whell as by the
				  travell and diligente of some godly and zealous preachers, and Gods blessing on
				  their labours, as in other places of the land, so in the North parts, many
				  became inlightened by the word of God, and had their ignorante and sins
				  discovered unto them, and begane by his grace to reforme their lives, and make
				  consciente of their wayes, the worke of God was no sooner manifest in them, but
				  presently they were both scoffed and scorned by the prophane multitude, and the
				  ministers urged with the yoak of subscription, or ele must be silenced; and the
				  poore people were so vexed with apparators, and pursuants,and the comissarie
				  courts, as truly their affIiction was not smale; which, notwithstanding,
				  they bore sundrie years with much patience, till they were occasioned (by the
				  continuance and enerease of these troubls, and other means which the Lord
				  raised up in those days) to see further into things by the light of the word of
				  God. How not only these base and beggerly ceremonies were unlawfull, but aleo
				  that the lordly and tiranous power of the prelats ought not to be submitted
				  unto; which thus, contrary to the freedome of the gospell, would load and
				  burden mens consciences, and by their compulsive power make a prophane mixture
				  of persone and things in the worship of God. And that their offlces and
				  calings, courts and cannons, etc. were unlawfull and antichristian; being such
				  as have no warrante in the word of God; but the same that were used in poperie,
				  and still retained. Of which a famous author thus writeth in his Dutch
				  com[men]taries.At the coming of king James into England;<hi rend="italic"> The new king </hi>(saith
				  he)  <hi rend="italic">found their</hi> [there] <hi rend="italic">established the reformed religion, according to the
				  reformed religion of king Edward the </hi>6. Retaining, or keeping still the
				  spirituall state o f the Bishops, etc. a f ter the ould maner, much varying and
				  di f f ering f rom the reformed churches in Scotland, France, and the
				  Neatherlands, Embden, Geneva, etc. whose re f ormation is eut, or shapen much
				  nerer the first Christian churches, as it was used in the Apostles times.So
				  many therfore of these proffessors as saw the evill of these things, in thes
				  parte, and whose harts the Lord had touched with heavenly zeale for his trueth,
				  they shooke of this yoake of antichristian bondage, and as the Lords free
				  people, joyned them selves (by a covenant of the Lord) into a church estate, in
				  the felowship of the gospell, to walke in all his wayes, made known, or to be
				  made known unto them, according to their best endeavours, whatsoever it should
				  colt them, the Lord assisting them. And that it cost them something this
				  ensewing historie will declare. These people became 2. distacte bodys or
				  churches,a and in regarde of distante of place did congregate severally; for
				  they were of sundrie townes and vilages, some in Notingamshire, some of
				  Lincollinshire, and some of Yorkshire, wher they border nearest togeather. In
				  one of these churches (besids others of note) was Mr John Smith, a man of able
				  gifts, and a good preacher, who afterwards was chosen their pastor. But these
				  afterwards falling into some errours in the Low Countries, ther (for the most
				  part) buried them selves, and their names.But in this other church (which
				  must be the subjecte of our discourse) besids other worthy men, was Mr. Richard
				  Clifton,a grave and reverend preacher, who by his paines and dilligens had
				  done much good, and under God had ben a means of the conversion of many. And
				  also that famous and worthy man Mr. John Robinson, who afterwards was their
				  pastor for many years, till the Lord tooke him away by death. Also Mr. William
				  Brewstera reverent man, who afterwards was chosen an elder of the church and
				  lived with them till old age.</p> 
				<p n="14">But after these things they could not long continue in any
				  peaceable condition, but were hunted and persecuted on every side, so as their
				  former alictions were but as fleabitings in comparison of these which now carne
				  upon them. For some were taken and clapt up in prison, others had their houses
				  besett and watcht night and day, and hardly escaped their hands; and the most
				  were faine to flie and leave their howses and habitations, and the means of
				  their livelehood. Yet these and many other sharper things which affterward
				  befell them, were no other then they looked for, and therfore were the better
				  prepared to bear them by the assistance of Gods grave and spirite. Yet seeing
				  them selves thus molested, and that ther was no hope of their continuance ther,
				  by a joynte consente they resolved to goe into the Low-Countries, wher they
				  heard was freedome of Religion for all men; as also how sundrie from London,
				  and other parts of the land, had been exiled and persecuted for the same cause,
				  and were gone thither, and lived at Amsterdam, and in other places of the land.
				  So affter they had continued togeither aboute a year, and kept their meetings
				  every Saboth in one place or other, exercising the worship of God amongst them
				  selves, notwithstanding all the dilligence and malice of their advers saries,
				  they seeing they could no longer continue in that condition, they resolved to
				  get over into Holland as they could; which was in the year 1607. and 1608.; of
				  which more at large in the next chap.</p> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>2. Chap.</head> 
				<head rend="italic">Of their departure into Holland and their troubls ther aboute, with some of the many di fwulties they found and mete withall.</head> 
				<head>Ano. 1608</head> 
				<p n="15">BEING thus constrained to leave their native soyle and countrie,
				  their lands and livings, and all their freinds and famillier acquaintance, it
				  was much, and thought marvelous by many. But to goe into a countrie they knew
				  not (but by hearsay), wher they must learne a new language, and get their
				  livings they knew not how, it beng a dear place, and subjecte to the misseries
				  of warr,it was by many thought an adventure almost desperate, a case
				  intolerable, and a misserie worse then death. Espetially seeing they were not
				  aquainted with trads s nor trafptque, (by which that countrie doth subsiste,)
				  but had only been used to a plaine countrie life, and the inocente trade of
				  husbandrey. But these things did not dismay them (though they did some times
				  trouble them) for their desires were sett on the ways of God, and to injoye his
				  ordinances; but they rested on his providente, and knew whom they had beleeved.
				  Yet this was not all, for though they could not stay, yet were they not
				  suffered to goe, but the ports and havens were shut against them, so as they
				  were faine to seeke secrete means of conveance, and to bribe and fee the
				  mariners, and give exterordinarie rates for their passages. And yet were they
				  often times betrayed (many of them), and both they and their goods intercepted
				  and surprised, and therby put to great trouble and charge, of which I will give
				  an instante or tow, and omitte the rest.</p> 
				<p n="16">Ther was a large companie of them purposed to get passage at
				  Boston in Lincoln-shire, and for that end had hired a shipe wholy to them
				  selves, and made agreement with the maister to be ready at a certaine day, and
				  take them and their goods in, at a conveniente place, wher they accordingly
				  would all attende in readines. So after long waiting, and large expences,
				  though he kepte not day with them, yet he carne at length and tooke them in, in
				  the night. But when he had them and their goods abord, he betrayed them,
				  haveing before hand complotted with the serchers and other officers so to doe;
				  who tooke them, And put them into open boats, and ther rifled and
				  ransaked them, searching them to their shirts for money, yea even the women
				  furder then became modestie; and then caried them back into the towne, and made
				  them a spectackle and wonder to the multitude, which carne flocking on all sids
				  to behould them. Being thus first, by the chatch-poule  offlcers, rifled, and
				  stripte of their money, books, and much other goods, they were presented to the
				  magestrates, and messengers sente to informe the lords of the Counsell of them;
				  and so they were commited to ward. Indeed the magestrats used them
				  courteously, and shewed them what favour they could; but could not deliver
				  them, till order carne from the Counsell-table. But the issue was that after a
				  months imprisonmente, the greatest parte were dismiste, and sent to the places
				  from whence they carne; but 7. of the principall were still kept in prison,
				  and bound over to the Assises.</p> 
				<p n="17">The nexte spring after, ther was another attempte made by some
				  of these and others, to get over at an other place. And it so fell out, that
				  they light of a Dutchman at Hull, having a ship of his owne belonging to
				  Zealand; they made agreemente with him, and acquainted him with their
				  condition, hoping to find more faithfullnes in him, then in the former of their
				  owne nation. He bad them not fear, for he would doe well enough. He was by
				  appointment to take them in betweene Grimsbe and Hull, wher was a large
				  cominone a good way distante from any towne. Now aganst the prefixed time, the
				  women and children, with the goods, were sent to the place in a small barke,
				  which they had hired for that end; and the men were to meete them by land. But
				  it so fell out, that they were ther a day before the shipe carne, and the sea
				  being rough, and the women very sicke, prevailed with the seamen to put into a
				  creeke hardby, wher they lay on ground at lowwater. The nexte morning the shipe
				  carne, but they were fast, and could not stir till aboute noone. In the mean
				  time, the shipe maister, perceiving how the matter was, sente his boate to be
				  'getting the men abord whom he saw ready, walking aboute the shore. But after
				  the first boat full was gott abord, and she was ready to goe for more, the mr'
				  espied a greate company, both horse and foote, with bills, and ganes, and other
				  weapons; for the countrie was raised to take them. The Dutch-man seeing that,
				  swore his countries oath, "sacremente," and having the wind faire, waiged his
				  Ancor, hoysed sayles, and away. But the poore men which were gott abord,2 were
				  in great distress for their wives and children, which they saw thus to be
				  taken, and were left destitute of their helps; and them selves also, not having
				  a cloath to shifte them with, more then they had on their baks, and some scarce
				  a peney aboute them, all they had being abord the barke. It drew tears from
				  their eyes, and any thing they had they would have given to have been a shore
				  againe; but all in vaine, ther was no remedy, they must thus sadly part. And
				  afterward endured a fearfull storme at sea, being 14. days or more before they
				  arived at their porte, in 7. wherof they neither saw son, moone, nor stars, and
				  were driven near the coast of Norway; the mariners them selves often despairing
				  of life; and once with shriks and cries gave over all, as if the ship had been
				  foundred in the sea, and they sinking without recoverie. But when mans hope and
				  helpe wholy failed, the Lords power and mercie appeared in ther recoverie; for
				  the ship rose againe, and gave the mariners courage againe to manage her. And
				  if modestie woud suffer me, I might declare with what fervente prayres they
				  cried unto the Lord in this great distres, (espetialy come of them,) even
				  without any great distraction, when the water rane into their mouthes and ears;
				  and the mariners cried out, We sinke, we sinke; they cried (if not with
				  mirakelous, yet with a great hight or degree of devine faith), Yet Lord thou
				  canst save, yet Lord thou canst save; with shuch other expressions as I will
				  forbeare. Upon which the ship did not only recover, but shortly after the
				  violente of the storme begane to abate, and the Lord filed their afflicted
				  minds with shuch comforts as every oree cannot understand, and in the end
				  brought them to their desired Haven, wher the people carne flockeing admiring
				  their deliverance, the storme having ben so longe and sore, in which much hurt
				  had been don, as the masters freinds related unto him in their
				  congrattulations.</p> 
				<p n="18">A But to returne to the others wher we left. The rest of the
				  mere that were in greatest danger, made shift to escape away before the troope
				  could surprise them; those only staying that best might, to be assistante unto
				  the women. But pitifull it was to see the heavie case of these poore women in
				  this distress; what weeping and crying ore every side, some for their husbands,
				  that were caried away in the ship as is before related; others not knowing what
				  should become of them, and their litle ones; others againe melted in teares,
				  seeing their poore litle orees hanging aboute them, crying for feare, and
				  quaking with could. Being thus aprehended, they were hurried from oree place to
				  another, and from oree justice to another, till in the ende they knew not what
				  to doe with them; for to imprison so many women and innocent children for no
				  other cause (many of them) but that they must goe with their husbands, semed to
				  be unreasonable and all would crIe out of them; and to send them home
				  againe was as difficult, for they aledged, as the trueth was, they had no homes
				  to goe to, for they had either sould, or otherwise disposed of their houses and
				  livings. To be shorte, after they had been thus turmolyed a good while, and
				  conveyed from oree constable to another, they were glad to be ridd of them in
				  the end upon any termes; for all were wearied and tired with them. Though in
				  the mean time they (poore soules) indured miserie enough; and thus in the end
				  necessitie forste a way for them.</p> 
				<p n="19">But that I be not tedious in these things, I will omitte the
				  rest, though I might relate many other notable passages and troubles which they
				  endured and underwente in these their wanderings and travells both at land and
				  sea; but I hast to other things. Yet I may not omitte the fruite that carne
				  hearby, for by these so publick troubls, in so many eminente places, their
				  cause became famouss, and occasioned many to looke into the same; and their
				  godly cariage and Christian behaviour was such as left a deep impression in the
				  minds of many. And though some few shrunk at these first confliets and sharp
				  beginings, (as it was no marvell,) yet many more carne ore with fresh courage,
				  and greatly aninlated others. And in the end, notwithstanding all these stormes
				  of oppossition, they all gatt over at length, some at oree time and some at are
				  other, and some in oree place and some in are other, and mette togeather againe
				  according to their desires, with no small rejoycing.</p> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>The 3. Chapter</head> 
				<head rend="italic">Of their setling in Holand, and their maner of living, and entertainmente ther</head> 
				<p n="20">BEING now come into the Low Countries, they saw many goodly and
				  fortified cities, strongly walled and garded with troopes of armed men. Also
				  they heard a strange and uncouth language, and beheld the differente manners
				  and customes of the people, with their strange fashons and attires; all so
				  farre differing from that of their plaine countrie villages (wherin they were
				  bred, and had so longe lived) as it seemed they were come into a new world. But
				  these were not the things they much looked on, or long tooke up their thoughts;
				  for they had other work in hand, and an other kind of warr to wage and
				  maintaine. For though they saw faire and bewtifull cities, flowing with
				  abundante of all sorts of welth and riches, yet it was not longe before they
				  saw the grimme and grisly face of povertie coming upon them like an armed man,
				  with whom they must bukle and incounter, and from whom they could not flye; but
				  they were armed with faith and patience against him, and all his encounters;
				  and though they were sometimes foyled, yet by Gods assistance they prevailed
				  and got the victorie.</p> 
				<p n="21">Now when Mr. Robinson, Mr. Brewster, and other principall
				  members were come over, (for they were of the last, and stayed to help the
				  weakest over before them,) such things were thought on as were necessarie for
				  their setling and best ordering of the church affairs. And when they had lived
				  at Amsterdam aboute a year, Mr. Robinson, their pastor, and some others of best
				  discerning, seeing how Mr. John Smith and his companie was allready fallen in
				  to contention with the church that was ther before them,l and no means they
				  could use would doe any good to cure the same, and also that the flames of
				  contention were like to breake out in that anciente church it selfe (as
				  affterwards lamentably came to pass); which things they prudently foreseeing,
				  thought it was best to remove, before they were any way engaged with the same;
				  though they well knew it would be much to the prejudice of their outward
				  estats, both at presente and in licklyhood in the future; as indeed it proved
				  to be.</p> 
				<div3> 
				  <head rend="italic">Their remoovall to Leyden</head> 
				  <p n="22">For these and some other reasons they removed to Leyden, a
					 fair and bewtifull citie, and of a sweete situation, but made more famous by
					 the universitie wherwith it is adorned, in which of late had been so many
					 learned men. But wanting that traffike by sea which Amsterdam injoyes, it was
					 not so beneficiall for their outward means of living and estats. But being now
					 hear pitchet they fell to such trads and imployments as they best could;l
					 valewing peace and their spirituall comforte above any other riches whatsoever.
					 And at lenght they came to raise a competente and comforteable living, but with
					 hard and continuall labor.</p> 
				  <p n="23">Being thus setled (after many difficulties) they continued
					 many years in a comfortable condiion, injoying much sweete and delightefull
					 societie and spirituall comforte togeather in the wayes of God, under the able
					 ministrie, and prudente governmente of Mr. John Robinson, and Mr. William
					 Brewster, who was an assistante unto him in the place of an Elder, unto which
					 he was now callad and chosen by the church. So as they greca in knowledge and
					 other gifts and graces of the spirite of God, and lived togeather in peace, and
					 love, and holines; and many carne unto them from diverse parts of England, so
					 as they greca a great congregation. And if at any time any diflerences arose,
					 or offences broak out (as it cannot be, but some time ther will, even amongst
					 the best of men) they were ever so mete with, and nipt in the head betims, or
					 otherwise so well composed, as still love, peace, and communion was continuad;
					 or els the church purged of those that were incurable and incorrigible, when,
					 after much patience used, no other means would serve, which seldom carne to
					 pass. Yea such was the mutuall love, and reciprocall respecte that this worthy
					 man had to his flocke, and his flocke to him, that it might be said of them as
					 it once was of that famouse Emperour Marcus Aurelious,l and the people of Rome,
					 that it was hard to judge wheather he delighted more in haveing shuch a people,
					 or they in haveing such a pastor. His love was greate towards them, and his
					 cara was all ways bente for their best good, both for soule and body; for
					 besids his singuler abilities in devine things (wherin he excelled), he was
					 also very able to give directions in civill affaires, and to foresee dangers
					 and inconveniences; by which means he was very helpfull to their outward
					 estats, and so was every way as a commone father unto them. And pone did more
					 offend him then those that were Glose and cleaving to them selves, and retirad
					 from the commone good; as also such as would be stiffe and riged in matters of
					 outward order, and invey against the evills of others, and yet be remisse in
					 them selves, and not so carefull to express a vertuous conversation. They in
					 like maner had ever a reverente regard unto him, and had him in precious
					 estimation, as his worth and wisdom did deserve; and though they esteemed him
					 highly whilst he lived and laboured amongst them, yet much more after his
					 death,l when they carne to feele the wante of his help, and saw (by woefull
					 experience) what a treasure they had lost, to the greefe of their harts, and
					 wounding of their sowls; yea such a loss as they saw could not be repaired; for
					 it was as hard for them to find such another leader and feeder in all respects,
					 as for the Taborits to find another Ziska.2 And though they did not call
					 themselves orphans, as the othe-r did, after his death, yet they had cause as
					 much to lamente, in another regard, their present condition, and after usage.
					 But to returne; I know not but it may be spoken to the honour of God, and
					 without prejudice to any, that such was the true pietie, the humble zeale, and
					 fervent love, of this people (whilst they thus lived together) towards God and
					 his waies, and the single hartednes and sinceir affection one towards another,
					 that they carne as near the primative patterne of the first churches, as any
					 other church of those later times have done, according to their ranke and
					 qualitie.</p> 
				  <p n="24">But seeing it is not my purpose to treat of the severall
					 passages that befell this people whilst they thus lived in the Loca Countries,
					 (which might worthily require a large treatise of it selfe,) but to make way to
					 shew the begining of this plantation, which is that I aime at; yet because some
					 of their adversaries did, upon the rumore of their removall, cast out slanders
					 against them, as if that state had been wearie of them, and had rather driven
					 them out (as the heathen historians did faine of Moyses and the Isralits when
					 they went out of Egipte), then that it was their owne free choyse and motioll,
					 I will therfore mention a particular or too to shew the contrary, and the good
					 acceptation they had in the place wher they lived. And first though many of
					 them weer poore, yet ther was none so poore, but if they were known to be of
					 that col,. gregation, the Dutch (either bakers or others) would trust them in
					 any reasonable matter when they wanted money. Because they had found by
					 experience how carfull they were to keep their word, and saw them so painfull
					 and dilligente in their callings; yea, they would strive to gett their custome,
					 and to imploy them above others, in their worke, for ther honestie and
					 diligente.</p> 
				  <p n="25">Againe; the magistrats of the citie, aboute the time of ther
					 coming away, or a litle before, in the publick place of justice, gave this
					 comendable testemoney of them, in the reproofe of the Wallons,l who were of the
					 French church in that citie. These English, said they, have lived amongst us
					 now Chis 12. years, and yet we never had any sute or accusation came against
					 any of them; but your strifs and quarels are continuall, etc. In these times
					 allso were the great troubls raised by the Arminians,z who, as they greatly
					 mollested the whole state, so this citie in particular, in which was the cheefe
					 universitie; so as ther were dayly and hote disputs in the schooles ther
					 aboute; and as the studients and other lerned were devided in their op= pinions
					 hearin, so were the 2. proffessors or devinitie readers them selves; the one
					 daly teaching for it, the other against it. Which grew to that pass, that few
					 of the discipls of the one would hear the other teach. But Mr. Robinson, though
					 he taught thrise a weeke him selfe, and write sundrie books,L besids his
					 manyfould pains otherwise, yet he went constantly to hear ther readings, and
					 heard the one as well as the. other;, by which means he was so well grounded in
					 the controversia, and saw the forte of all their arguments, and knew the shifts
					 of the adversarie, and being him selfe very able, none was fitter to buckle
					 with them then him selfe, as appered by sundrie disputs; so as he begane to be
					 terrible to the Arminians; which made Episcopius (the Arminian professor) to
					 put forth his best stringth, and set forth sundrie Theses, which by publick
					 dispute he would defend against all men. Now Poliander the other proffessor,
					 and the cheefe preachers of the citie, desired Mr. Robinson to dispute against
					 him ; but he was loath, being a stranger; yet the other did importune him, and
					 tould him that such was the abilitie and nimblnes of the adversarie, that the
					 truth would suffer if he did not help them. So as he condescended, and prepared
					 him selfe against the time; and when the day came, the Lord did so help him to
					 defend the truth and foyle this adversarie, as he put him to an apparent
					 nonplus, in this great and publike audience. And the like he did a 2. or 3.
					 time, upon such like occasions. The which as it causad many to praise God that
					 the trueth had so famous victory, so it procured him much honour and respecte
					 from those lerned men and others which loved the trueth. Yea, so farr were they
					 from being weary of him and his people, or desiring their absence, as it was
					 said by soma, of no mean note, that were. it not for giveing offence to the
					 state of England, they would have preferd him otherwise if he would, and alowd
					 them some publike favour. Yea when therwas speech of their remoovall into these
					 parts, sundrie of note and eminencie of that nation would have had them come
					 under them, and for that end made then large offers. Now though I might aledg
					 many other perticulers and examples of the like kinde, to shew the untruth and
					 un. licklyhode of this slander, yet these shall suffice, seeing it was beleeved
					 of few, being only raised by the malice of some, who laboured their
					 disgrace.</p> 
				</div3> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>The 4. Chap.</head> 
				<head rend="italic">Showing the reasons and causes o f their remomall</head> 
				<p n="26">AFTER they had lived in this citie about some 11. or 12.
				  years, (which is the more observable being the whole time of that famose trucel
				  between that state and the Spaniards,) and sundrie of them were taken away by
				  death, and many others begane to be well striken in years, the grave mistris
				  Experience haveing taught them many things, those prudent governours with
				  sundrie of the sagest members begane both deeply to apprehend their present
				  dangers, and wisely to foresee the future, and thinke of timly remedy. In the
				  agitation of their thoughts, and much discours of things hear aboute, at length
				  they began to incline to this conclusion, of remoovall to some other place. Not
				  out of any newfanglednes, or other such like giddie humor, by which men are
				  oftentimes transported to their great hurt and danger, but for sundrie weightie
				  and solid reasons; some of the cheefe of which I will hear breefly touch. And
				  first, they saw and found by experience the hardnes of the place and countrie
				  to be such, as few in comparison would come to them, and fewer that would bide
				  it out, and continew with them. For many that carne to them, and many more that
				  desired to be with them, could not endure that great labor and hard fare, with
				  other inconvenientes which they underwent and were contented with. But though
				  they loved their persons, approved their cause, and honoured their sufferings,
				  yet they left them as it weer weeping, as Orpah did her mother in law Naomie,
				  or as those Romans did Cato in Utica, who desired to be excused and borne with,
				  though they could not all be Catoes. For many, though they desired to injove
				  the ordinances of God in their puritie, and the libertie of the gospell with
				  them, yet, alass, they admitted of bondage, with danger of consciente, rather
				  than to indure these hardships; yea, some preferred and chose the persons in
				  England, rather then this libertie in Holland, with these afflictions. But it
				  was thought that if a better and easier place of living could be had, it would
				  draw many, and take away these discouragments. Yea, their pastor would often
				  say, that many of those who both wrote and preached now against them, if they
				  were in a place wher they might have libertie and live comfortably, they would
				  then practise as they did.</p> 
				<p n="27">2ly. They saw that though the people generally bore all these
				  difficulties very cherfully, and with a resolute courage, being in the best and
				  strength of their years, yet old age began to steale on many of them, (and
				  their great and continuall labours, with other crosses and sorrows, hastened it
				  before the time,) so as it was not only probably thought, but apparently seen,
				  that within a few years more they would be in danger to scatter, by necessities
				  pressing them, or sinke under their burdens, or both. And therfore according to
				  the devine proverb, that a wise man seeth the plague when it cometh, and hideth
				  him selfe, Pro. 22. 3., so they like skillfull and beaten  souldiers were
				  fearfull either to be intrapped or surrounded by their enimies, so as they
				  should neither be able to fight nor flie; and therfor thought it better to
				  dislodge betimes to some place of better advantage and less danger, if any such
				  could be found. Thirdly; as necessitie was a taskrnaster over them, so they
				  were forced to be such, not only to their servants, but in a sorte, to their
				  dearest children; the which as it did not a litle wound the tender harts of
				  niany a loving father and mother, so it produced likwise sundrie sad and
				  sorowful effects. For many of their children, that were of best dispositions
				  and gracious inclinations, haveing lernde to bear the yoake in their youth, and
				  willing to bear parte of their parents burden, were, often times, so oppressed
				  with their hevie labours, that though their minds were free and willing, yet
				  their bodies bowed under the weight of the same, and became decreped in their
				  early youth; the vigor of nature? being consumed in the very budd as it were.
				  But that which was more lamentable, and of all sorowes most heavie to be borne,
				  was that many of their children, by these occasions, and the great
				  licentiousness of youth in that countrie, and the manifold temptations of the
				  place, were drawne away by evill examples ii.to extravagante and dangerous
				  courses, getting the raines off their neks, and departing from their parents.
				  Some became souldiers, others tooke upon them farr viages by sea, and other
				  some worse courses, tending to dissolutnes and the danger of their soules, to
				  the great greefe of their parents and dishonour of God. So that they saw their
				  posteritie would be in danger to degenerate and be corrupted. </p> 
				<p n="28">Lastly, (and which was not least), a great hope and inward zeall
				  they had of laying some good foundation, or at least to make some way therunto,
				  for the propagating and advancing the gospell of the kingdom of Christ in those
				  remote parts of the world; yea, though they should be but even as
				  stepping-stones unto others for the performing of so great a work.</p> 
				<p n="29">These, and some other like reasons, moved them to undertake this
				  resolution of their removall; the which they afterward prosecuted with so great
				  difficulties, as by the sequell will appeare.</p> 
				<p n="30">The place they had thoughts on was some of those vast and
				  unpeopled countries of America, which are frutfull and fitt for habitation,
				  being devoyd of all civill inhabitants, wherther are only salvage and brutish
				  men, which range up and downe, litle otherwise then the wild beasts of the
				  same. This proposition being made publike and coming to the scaning of all, it
				  raised many variable opinions amongst men, and caused many fears and doubts
				  amongst them selves. Some, from their reasons and hops conceived, laboured to
				  stirr up and incourage the rest to undertake and prosecute the same; others,
				  againe, out of their fears, objected against it, and sought to diverte from it,
				  aledging many things, and those neither unreasonable nor unprobable; as that it
				  was a great designe, and subjecte to many unconceivable perills and dangers;
				  as, besids the casulties of the seas (which none can be freed from) the length
				  of the vioage was such, as the weake bodys of women and other persons worne out
				  with age and traville (as many of them were) could never be able to endure. And
				  yet if they should, the miseries of the land which they should be exposed unto,
				  would be to hard to be borne; and lickly, some or all of them togeither, to
				  consume and utterly to ruinate them. For ther they should be liable to famine,
				  and nakednes, and the wante, in a maner, of all things. The chang of aire,
				  diate, and drinking of water, would infecte their bodies with sore sickneses,
				  and greevous diseases. And also those which should escape or overcome these
				  difficulties, should yett be in continuall danger of the salvage people, who
				  are cruell, barbarous, and most trecherous, being most furious in their rage,
				  and merciles wher they overcome; not being contente only to kill, and take away
				  life, but delight to tormente men in the most bloodie manner that may be;
				  fleaingsome alive with the shells of fishes, cutting of the members and
				  joynts of others by peesmeale, and broiling on the coles, eate the collops of
				  their flesh in their sight whilst they live; with other cruelties horrible to
				  be related. And surely it could not be thought but the very hearing of these
				  things could not but move the very bowels of men to greae within them, and make
				  the weaketo quake and tremble. It was furder objected, that it would require
				  greater summes of money to furnish such a voiage, and to fitt them with
				  necessaries, then their consumad estats would amounte too; and yett they must
				  as well looke to be seconded with supplies,as presently to be transported.
				  Also many presidents of ill success, and lamentable misseries befalne others in
				  the like designes, were easie to be found, and not forgotten to be aledged ;
				  besids their owne experience, in their f ormer troubles and hardships in their
				  removall into Holand, and how hard a thing._it_was for them to live in that
				  strange place, though it was a neighbour countrie, and a civill and rich comone
				  wealth.</p> 
				<p n="31">It was answered, that all great and honourable actions are
				  accompanied with great difficulties, and must be both enterprised and overcome
				  with answerable courages. It wA&#x00A1;s granted the dangers were great, but not
				  desperate ; the difficulties were many, but not invincible. For though their
				  were many of them Ekly, yet they were not cartaine; it might be sundrie of the
				  things feared might never befale; others by providente cara and the use of good
				  means, might in a great measure be prevented; and all of them, through the help
				  of God, by fortitude and patience, might either be borne, or overcome. True it
				  was, that such atempts were not to be made and undertaken without good ground
				  and reason; not rashly or lightly as many have done for curiositie or hope of '
				  gaine, etc. But their condition was not ordinarie ; their ends were good
				  and-honourable; their calling lawfull, and urgente; and therfore they might
				  expecte the blessing of God in their proceding. Yea, though they should loose
				  their lives in this action, yet might they have comforte in the same, and their
				  endeavors would be honourable. They lived hear but as man in exile, and in a
				  poore condition; and as great miseries might possibly befale them in this
				  place, for the 12. years of truca were now  out, and ther was nothing but
				  beating of drumes, and preparing for warr, the events wherof are allway
				  uncertaine. The Spaniard might prove as cruell as the salvages of America, and
				  the famine and pestelence as sore hear as ther, and their libertie less to
				  looke out for remedie. After many other perticuler things answered and aledged
				  on both sids, it was fully concluded by the major parte, to put this designe in
				  execution, and to prosecute it by the best means they could.</p> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>The 5. Chap.</head> 
				<head rend="italic">Shewing what means they usad for preparation to this waightie vioag</head> 
				<p n="32">AND first after thir humble praiers unto God for his direction
				  and assistance, and a generall conferrence held hear aboute, they consultad
				  what perticuler place to pitch upon, and prepare for. Soma (and pone of the
				  meanest) had thoughts and were ernest for Guiana, or soma of those fertill
				  places in those hott climats; others were for soma parts of Virginia, wher the
				  English had all ready made enterance, and begining. Those for Guiana aledged
				  that the cuntrie was rich, frutfull, and blessed with a perpetuall spring, and
				  a florishing greenes ;where vigorous nature brought forth all things in
				  abundance and plentie without any great labour or art of man. So as it must
				  needs make the inhabitants rich, seing less provisions of clothing and other
				  things would serve, then in more coulder and less frutfull countries must be
				  had. As also that the Spa.niards (having much more then they could possess) had
				  not yet plantad there, nor any where very near the same.2 But to this it was
				  answered, that out of question the countrie was both frutfull and pleasante,
				  and might yeeld riches and main tenance to the possessors, more easily then the
				  other; yet, other things considered, it would not be so fitt for them. !and
				  first, that such hott countries are subject to greevuos diseases, and many
				  noysome impediments, which other more temperate places are freer from, and
				  would not so well agree with our English bodys. Againe, if they should ther
				  live, and doe well, the jealous Spaniard would never suffer them long, but
				  would displante or overthrow them, as he did the French in Florida,who were
				  seated furder from his richest countries; and the sooner because they should
				  have none to protect them, and their owne strength would be too smale to
				  resiste so potent ara enemie, and so neare a neighbor.</p> 
				<p n="33">On the other hand, for Virginia it was objected, that if they
				  lived among the English which wear ther planted, or so near them as to be under
				  their goverment, they should be in as great danger to be troubled and
				  persecuted for the cause of religion, as if they lived in England, and it might
				  be worse. Arad if they lived too farr of, they should neither have succour, nor
				  defence from them.</p> 
				<p n="34">But at length the conclusion was, to live as a distincte body by
				  them selves, under the generall Goverment of Virginia; and by their freinds to
				  sue to his majestie that he would be pleased to grant them freedome of
				  Religion; arad that this might be obtained, they wear putt in good hope by some
				  great persons, of good ranke and qualitie, that were made their freinds.
				  Whereupon 2. were chosen and sent in to England (at the charge of the rest) to
				  sollicite this matter, who found the Virginia Company Z very desirous to have
				  them goe thither, and willing to grante them a patent, with as ample priviliges
				  as they had, or could grant to any, arad to give them the best furderance they
				  could. Arad some of the cheefe of that company douted not to obtaine their
				  suite of the king for liberty in p,eligion, and to have it confirmed under the
				  kings broad seale, according to their desires. But it prooved a harder peece of
				  worke then they tooke it for; for though many mearas were used to bring it
				  aboute, yet it could not be effected; for ther were diverse of good worth
				  laboured with the king to obtaine it, (amongst whom was ove of his cheefe
				  secretaries,)and some other wrought with the archbishop z to give way
				  therunto ; but it proved all in vaine. Yet thus farr they prevailed, in
				  sounding his majesties mind, that he would convive at them, and not molest
				  them, provided they carried them selves peacably. But to allow or tolerate them
				  by his publick authoritie, under his seale, they found it would not be. Arad
				  this was all the cheefe of the Virginia companie or any other of their best
				  freinds could doe in the case. Yet they perswaded them to goe ora, for they
				  presumed they should not be troubled. Arad with this answer the messengers
				  returned, and signified what diligence had bene used, and to what issue things
				  were come.</p> 
				<p n="35">But this made a dampe in the busines, arad caused some
				  distraction, for many were afraid that if they should unsetle them selves, and
				  put of their estates, arad goe upon these hopes, it might prove dangerous, arad
				  but a sandie foundation. Yea, it was thought they might better have presumed
				  hear upon without makeing any suite at all, then,3 haveing made it, to be thus
				  rejected. But some of the cheefest thought other wise, and that they might well
				  proceede hereupon, and that the kings majestie was willing enough to suffer
				  them without molestation, though for other reasons he would not confirme it by
				  any publick aete. Arad furdermore, if ther was no securitie in this promise
				  intimated, ther would be no great certainty in a furder confirmation of the
				  same; for if after wards ther should be a purpose or desire to wrong theln,
				  though they had a seale as broad as the house flore, it would not serve the
				  turne; for ther would be means enew found to recall or reverse it. Seeing
				  therfore the course was probable, they must rest herein ora Gods providente, as
				  they had done in other things.</p> 
				<p n="36">Upon this resolution, other messengers were dispatched, to end
				  with the Virginia Company as well as they could. And to procure a patent with
				  as good and ample conditions as they might by any good means obtaine. As also
				  to treate and conclude with such merchants and other freinds as had manifested
				  their forwardnes to provoke too and adventure in this vioage. For which end
				  they had instructions given them upon what conditions they should proceed with
				  them, or els to conclude nothing without further advice. And here it willbe
				  requesite to inserte a letter or too that may give light to these proceedings.
				  </p> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">A coppie of leter from Sr: Edwin Sands, directed lo Mr. John Robimon and Mr. William Brewster</head> 
				  <p n="37">After my hartie salutations. The agents of your congregation,
					 Robert Cushmanand John Carver,have been in communication with diverse
					 selecte gentlemen of his Majesties Counsell for Virginia; arad by the writing
					 of 7. Articles subscribed with your names,have given them that good degree of
					 satisfaction, which hath caried them ora with a resolution to sett forward your
					 desire in the best sorte that may be, for your owne and the publick good.
					 Divers perticulers wherof we leave to their faithfull reporte; having carried
					 them selves heere with that good discretion, as is both to ther owne and their
					 credite from whence they carne z Arad wheras being to treate for a multitude of
					 people, they have requested further time to conferr with them that are to be
					 interessed in this action, aboute the severall particularities which in the
					 prosecution thereof will fall out considerable, it hath been very willingly
					 assented too. And so they doe now returne unto you. If therfore it may please
					 God so to directe your desires as that ora your parts ther fall out no just
					 impediments, I trust by the same direction it shall likewise appear, that ora
					 our parte, all fonvardnes to set you forward shall be found in the best sorte
					 which with reason may be expected. And.so I betake you with this designe (which
					 I hope verily is the worke of God), to the gracious protection and blessing of
					 the Highest.</p> 
				  <dateline>London, Novbr: 12, Ano: 1617</dateline> 
				  <closer>Your very loving freind</closer> 
				  <signed>EDWIN SANDYS</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">Their answer was as foloweth.</head> 
				  <opener>Righte Worpl: </opener> 
				  <p n="38">Our humble duties remembred, in our owne, our messengers, and
					 our churches name, with all thankfull acknowledgmente of your singuler love,
					 expressing itselfe, as otherwise, so more spetially in your great tare and
					 earnest endeavor of our good in this weightie bussines aboute Virginia, which
					 the less able we are to requite, we shall thinke our selves the more bound to
					 commend in our prayers unto God for recompence; whom, as for the presente you
					 rightly behould in our indeavors, so shall we not be wanting on our parts (the
					 same God assisting us) to returne all answerable fruite, and respecte unto the
					 labour of your love bestowed upon us. We have with the best speed and
					 consideration withall that we could, sett downe our requests in writing,
					 subscribed, as you willed, with the hands of the greatest parte of our
					 congregation, and have sente the same unto the Counsell by our agente, and a
					 deacon of our church, John Carver, unto whom we have also requested a gentleman
					 of our company to adyone2 him selfe; to the tare and discretion of which two,
					 we doe referr the prose. cuting of the bussines. Now we perswade our selves
					 Right WorPPI that we need not provoke your godly and loving minde to any
					 further or more tender tare of us, since you have pleased so farr to interest
					 us in your selfe, that, under God, above all persons and things in the world,
					 we relye upon you, exprcting the tare of your love, counsell of your wisdome,
					 and the help and countenance of your authority. Notwithstanding, for your
					 encouragmente in the worke, so farr as probabilities may leade, we will not
					 forbeare to mention these instantes of indusmente.</p> 
				  <p n="39">1. We veryly beleeve and trust the Lord is with us, unto whom
					 and whose service we have given our selves in many trialls; and that he will
					 graciously prosper our indeavours according to the simplicitie of our harts
					 therin.</p> 
				  <p n="40">2ly. We are well weaned from the delicate milke of our mother
					 countrie, and enured to the dificulties of a strange and hard land, which yet
					 in a great parte we have by patience overcome</p> 
				  <p n="41">3ly. The people are for the body of them, industrious, and
					 frugall, we thinke we may safly say, as any company of people in the world.</p>
				  
				  <p n="42">4ly. We are knite togeather as a body in a most stricte and
					 sacred bond and covenante of the Lord, of the violation wherof we make great
					 consciente, and by vertue wherof we doe hould our selves straitly tied to all
					 tare of each others good, and of the whose by every one and so mutually.</p> 
				  <p n="43">5. Lastly, it is not with us as with other men, whom small
					 things can discourage, or small discontentments cause to wish them selves at
					 honre againe. We knowe our entertainmente in England, and in Holand; we shall
					 much prejudice both our arts and means by removall; who, if we should be driven
					 to returne, we should not hope to recover our present helps and comforts,
					 neither indeed looke ever, for our selves, to attaine unto the like in any
					 other place during our lives, which are now drawing towards their periods.</p> 
				  <p n="44">These motives we have been bould to tender unto you, which you
					 in your wisdome may also imparte to any other our worPP: freinds of the
					 Counsell with you; of all whose godly dispossition and loving towards our
					 despised persons, we are most glad, and shall not faire by all good means to
					 continue and increase the same. We will not be further troublesome, but doe,
					 with the renewed remembrance of our humble duties to your WorPP: and (so farr
					 as in modestie we may be bould) to any other of our wellwillers of the Counsell
					 with you, we take our leaves, commiting your persons and counsels to the
					 guidance and direction of the Almighty.</p> 
				  <dateline>Leyden, Desem: 15. Ano: 1617.</dateline> 
				  <closer>Yours much bounden in all duty 
					 <signed>JOHN ROBINSON, WILLIAM BREWSTER </signed></closer> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="45">For further light in these proceedings see some other letters
					 and notes as followeth.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">The coppy of a letter sent to Sr. John Worssenham</head> 
				  <p n="46">Right WorP": with due acknowledgmente of our thankfullnse for
					 your singular tare and pains in the bussines of Virginia, for our, and, we
					 hope, the commone good, we doe remember our humble dutys unto you, and have
					 sent inclosed, as is required, a further explanation of our judgments in the 3.
					 points specified by some of his majesties Honbl Privie Counsell;and though it
					 be greevious unto us that such unjust insinuations are made against us, yet we
					 are most glad of the occasion of making our just purgation unto so honourable
					 personages. The declarations we have sent inclosed, the one more breefe and
					 generall, which we thinke the fitter to be presented; the other something more
					 large, and in which we express some smale accidentall differances, which if it
					 seeme good unto you and other of our worPfreinds, you may send in stead of
					 the former. Our prayers unto God is, that your WorPP may see the frute of your
					 worthy endeaours, which on our parts we shall not faile to furder by all good
					 means in us. And so praing that you would please with the convenientest speed
					 that may be, to give us knowledge of the success of the bussines with his
					 majesties Privie Counsell, and accordingly what your further pleasure is,
					 either for our direction or furtherance in the same, so we rest</p> 
				  <dateline>Leyden, Jan: 27. Ano: 1617. old stile</dateline> 
				  <closer>Your Wor pp in all duty,</closer> 
				  <signed>JOHN ROBINSON, WILLIAM BREWSTER </signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">The first breefe note was this.</head> 
				  <p n="47">Touching the Ecclesiasticall ministrie, namly of pastores for
					 teaching, elders for ruling, and deacons for distributing the churches
					 contribution, as allso for the too Sacrements, baptisme, and the Lords supper,
					 we doe wholy and in all points agree with the French reformed churches,
					 according to their publick confession of faith.</p> 
				  <p n="48">The oath of Supremacie we shall willingly take if it be
					 required of as, and that conveniente satisfaction be not given by our taking
					 the oath of Alleagence.</p> 
				  <signed>JOHN ROB:, WILLIAM BREWSTER. </signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">The 2. was this.</head> 
				  <p n="49">Touching the Ecclesiasticall ministrie, etc. as in the former,
					 we agree in all things with the French reformed churches, according to their
					 publick confession of faith; though some small differences be to be found in
					 our practises, not at all in the substance of the things, but only in some
					 accidentall circumstances. </p> 
				  <p n="50">1. As first, their ministers doe pray with their heads
					 covered; ours uncovered.</p> 
				  <p n="51">2. We chose none for Governing Elders but such as are able to
					 teach; which abilitie they doe not require.</p> 
				  <p n="52">3. Their elders and deacons are annuall, or at most for 2. or
					 3. years; ours perpetuall.</p> 
				  <p n="53">4. Our elders doe administer their office in admonitions and
					 excommunications for publick scandals, publickly and before the congregation;
					 theirs more privately, and in their consistories.</p> 
				  <p n="54">5. We doe administer baptisme only to such infants as wherof
					 the one parente, at the least, is of some church, which some of ther churches
					 doe not observe; though in it our practice accords with their publick
					 confession and the judgmente of the most larned amongst them.</p> 
				  <p n="55">Other differences, worthy mentioning, we know none in these
					 points. Then aboute the oath, as in the former</p> 
				  <closer>Subscribed,</closer> 
				  <signed>JOHN R., W. B.</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">Part of another letter from him that delivered these</head> 
				  <opener>London. Feb: 14. 1617.</opener> 
				  <p n="56">Your letter to Sr. John Worstenholme I delivered allmost as
					 soone as I had it, to his owne hands, and staid with him the opening and
					 reading. Ther were 2. papers inclosed, he read them to him selfe, as also the
					 letter, and in the reading he spake to me and said, Who shall make them ? viz.
					 the ministers; I answered his Worpp. that the power of making was in the church,
					 to be ordained by the imposition of hands, by the fittest instrunments they
					 had. It must either be in the church or from the pope, and the pope is
					 Antichrist. Ho! said Sr. John, what the pope houlds good, (as in the Trinitie,)
					 that we doe well to assente too; but, said he, we will not enter into dispute
					 now. And as for your letters he would not show them at any hand, least he
					 should spoyle all. He expected you should have been of the archbp minde for the
					 calling of ministers, but it seems you differed. I could have wished to have
					 known the contents oI your toq, inclosed, at which he stuck so much,
					 espetially the larger. I asked his Worp what good news he had for me to write
					 to morrow. He tould me very good news, for both the kings majestie and the
					 bishops have consented. He said he would goe to Mr. Chancelor, Sr. Fulk
					 Grivell,l as this day, and nexte weeke I should know more. I mett Sr. Edw:
					 Sands on Wedensday night; he wished me to be at the Virginia Courtez the nexte
					 Wedensday, wher I purpose to be. Thus loath to be troublsome at present, I hope
					 to have somewhate nexte week oI certentie concerning you. I committee
					 you to the Lord.</p> 
				  <closer>Yours,</closer> 
				  <signed>S. B. </signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="57">These things being long in agitation, and messengers passing
					 too and againe aboute them, after all their hopes they were long delayed by
					 many rubs that f ell in the way ; for at the returne of these messengers into
					 England they found things f arr otherwise then they expected. For the Virginia
					 Counsell was now so disturbed with factions and quarrels amongst them selves,
					 as no bussines could well goe forward. The which may the better appear in one
					 of the messengers letters as followeth.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <opener>To his loving freinds, etc.</opener> 
				  <p n="58">I had thought long since to have write unto you, but could not
					 effecte that which I aimed at, neither can yet sett things as I wished; yet,
					 notwithstanding, I doubt not but Mr. B.hath writen to Mr. Robinson. But I
					 thinke my selfe bound also to doe something, least I be thought to neglecte
					 you. The maine hinderance oI our proseedings in the Virginia bussines,
					 is the dissentions and factions, as they terme it, amongs the Counsell and
					 Company oI Virginia; which are such, as that ever since we carne up no
					 busines could by them be dispatched. The occasion oI this trouble
					 amongst them is, for that a while since Sr. Thomas Smith, repining at his many
					 offices and troubls, wished the Company oI Virginia to case him
					 oI his office in being Treasurer and Goverr. oI the Virginia
					 Company.l Whereupon the Company tooke occasion to dismisse him, and chose Sr.
					 Edwin Sands Treasurer and Goverr oI the Company. $e having 60. voyces,
					 Sr. John Worstenholme 16. voices, and Alderman Johnsone 24. But Sr. Thomas
					 Smith, when he saw some parte oI his honour lost, was very angrie, and
					 raised a faction to cavill and contend aboute the election, and sought to taxe
					 Sr. Edwin with many things that might both disgrace him, and allso put him by
					 his office oI Governour. In which contentions they yet stick, and are
					 not fit nor readie to intermedle in any bussines; and what issue things will
					 come to we are not yet certaine. It is most like Sr. Edwin will carrie it away,
					 and if he doe, things will goe well in Virginia; if otherwise, they will goe
					 ill enough allways. We hope in some 2. or 3. Court days things will setle. Mean
					 space I thinke to goe downe into Kente, and come up againe aboute 14. days, or
					 3. weeks hence; except either by these afforesaid contentions, or by the ille
					 tidings from Virginia, we be wholy discouraged, oI which tidings I am
					 now to speake.</p> 
				  <p n="59">Captaine Argoll is come home this weeke (he upon notice
					 oI the intente oI the Counsell, carne away before Sr. Georg
					 Yeardleycarne ther, and so ther is no small dissention). But his tidings are
					 ill, though his person be wellcome. He saith Mr. Blackwellsshipe carne not
					 ther till March, but going towards winter, they had still norwest winds, which
					 carried them to the southward beyond their course. And the Mr oI the
					 ship and some 6. oI the mariners dieing, it seemed they could not find
					 the bay, till after long seeking and beating aboute. Mr. Blackwell is dead, and
					 Mr. Maggner, the Captain; yea, ther are dead, he saith, 130. persons, one and
					 other in that ship; it is said ther was in all an 180. persons in the ship, so
					 as they were packed togeather like herings. They had amongst them the fluxe,
					 and allso wante oI fresh water; so as it is hear rather wondred at that
					 so many are alive, then that so many are dead. The marchants hear say it was
					 Mr. Blackwells faulte to pack so many in the ship; yea, and ther were great
					 mutterings and repinings amongst them, and upbraiding of Mr. Blackwell, for his
					 dealing and dispossing of them, when they saw how he had dispossed of them, and
					 how he insulted over them. Yea, the streets at Gravsendrunge of therr
					 extreame quarrelings, crying out one of another, Thou hast brought me to this,
					 and, I may thanke the for this. Heavie newes it is, and I would be glad to
					 heare how farr it will discourage. I see none hear discouraged much, but rather
					 desire to larne to beware by other mens harmes, and to amend that wherin they
					 have failed. As we desire to serve one another in love, so take heed of being
					 inthraled by any imperious persone, espetially if they be discerned to have an
					 eye to them selves. It doth often trouble me to thinke that in this bussines we
					 are all to learne and none to teach; but better so, then to depend upon such
					 teachers as Mr. Blackwell was. Such a strategeme he once made for Mr. Johnson
					 and his people at Emden,which was their subversion. But though he ther
					 clenlily (yet unhonstly) plucked his neck out of the collar, yet at last his
					 foote is caught. Hear are no letters come, the ship captain Argole carne in is
					 yet in the west parts; all that we hear is but his report; it seemeth he carne
					 away secretly. The ship that Mr. Blackwell went in will be hear shortly. It is
					 as Mr. Robinson once said; he thouugt we should hear no good of them.</p> 
				  <p n="60">them. Mr. B. is not well at this time; whether he will come
					 back to you or goe into the north, I yet know not. For my selfe, I hope to see
					 an end of this bussines ere I come, though I am sorie to be thus from you; if
					 things liad gone roundly forward, I should have been with you within these 14.
					 days. I pray God directe us, and give us that spirite which is fitting for such
					 a bussines. Thus having summarily pointed at things which Mr. Brewster (I
					 thinke) hath more largely write of to Mr. Robinson, I leave you to the Lords
					 protection.</p> 
				  <closer>Yours in all readines, etc.</closer> 
				  <closer>London, May 8, Ano: 1619</closer> 
				  <signed>ROBART CUSHMAN</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="61">A word or tow by way of digression touching this Mr. Blackwell
					 ; he was an elder of the church at Amsterdam, a man well known of most of them.
					 He declined from the trueth with Mr. Johnson and the rest, and went with him
					 when they parted assunder in that wofull maner, which brought so great
					 dishonour to God, scandall to the trueth, and outward ruine to them selves in
					 this world. But I hope, notwithstanding, through the mercies of the Lord, their
					 souls are now at rest with him in the heavens, and that they are arrived in the
					 Haven of hapines; though some of their bodies were thus buried in the terrable
					 seas, and others sunke under the burthen of better afflictions. He with some
					 others had prepared for to goe to Virginia. And he, with sundrie godly
					 citizens, being at a private meeting (I take it a fast) in London, being
					 discovered, many of them were apprehended, wherof Mr. Blackwell was one; but he
					 so glosed with the bps,and either dissembled or flatly denyed the trueth
					 which formerly he had maintained; and not only so, but very unworthily betrayed
					 and accused another godly man who had escaped, that so he might slip his own
					 neck out of the collar, and to obtaine his owne freedtme brought others into
					 bodds. Wherupon he so wone the bps favour (but lost the Lord's) as he was not
					 only dismiste, but in open coarte the archbishop gave him great applause and
					 his sollemne blessing to proseed in his vioage. But if such events follow the
					 bps blessing, happie are they that misse the same; it is much better to keepe a
					 good consciente and have the Lords blessing, whether in life or death.</p> 
				  <p n="62">But see how the man thus apprehended by Mr. Blackwells means,
					 writs to a freind of his.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <salute>Right dear freind and christian brother, Mr. Carver, I
					 salute you and yours in the Lord, etc. </salute> 
				  <p n="63">As for my owne presente condition, I doubt not but you well
					 understand it ere this by our brother Maistersone, who should have tasted of
					 the same cupp, had his place of residente and his person been as well knowne as
					 my selfe. Some what I have written to Mr. Cushman how the matter still
					 continues. I have petitioned twise to Mr. Sherives, and once to my Lord Cooke,'
					 and have used such reasons to move them to pittie, that if they were not
					 overruled by some others, I suppose I should soone gaine my libertie; as that I
					 was a yonge roan living by my credite, indebted to diverse in our citie, living
					 at more then ordinarie charges in a Glose and tedious prison; besids great
					 rents abroad, all my bussines lying still, my only servante lying lame in the
					 countrie, iny wife being also great with child. And yet no answer till the
					 lords of his majesties Counsell gave consente. Howbeit, Mr. Blackwell, a man as
					 deepe in this action as I, was delivered at a cheaper rate, with a greatdeale
					 less adoe; yea, with an addition of the Archp: blessing. I am sorie for Mr.
					 Blackwels weaknes, I wish it may prove no worse. But yet he and some others of
					 them, before their going, were not sorie, but thought it was for the best that
					 I was nominated,2 not because the Lord sanctifies evill to good, but that the
					 action was good, yea for the best. One reason I well remember he used was,
					 because this trouble would encrease the Virginia plantation, in that now people
					 begane to be more generally inclined to goe; and if he had not nomminated some
					 such as I, he had not bene free, being it was knowne that diverse citizens
					 besids them selves were ther. I expecte an answer shortly what they intende
					 conscerning me; I purpose to write to some others of you, by whom you shall
					 know the certaintie. Thus not haveing further at present to acquaint you
					 withall, commending myselfe to your prairs, I cease, and committe you and us
					 all to the Lord.</p> 
				  <closer>From my chamber in Wodstreete Compter.</closer> 
				  <closer>Your freind, and brother in bonds,</closer> 
				  <dateline>Septr: 4. Ano: 1618.</dateline> 
				  <signed>SABIN STARESMORE</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="64">But thus much by the way, which may be of instruction and good
					 use.</p> 
				  <p n="65">But at last, after all these things, and their long
					 attendance, they had a patent granted them, and confirmed under the Companies
					 seale;but these devissions and distractions had shaken of many of ther
					 pretended freinds, and disappointed them of much of their hoped for and
					 proffered means. By the advise of some freinds this pattente was not taken in
					 the narre of any of their owne, but in the narre of Mr. John Wincob (a
					 religious gentleman then belonging to the Countess of Lincoline), who intended
					 to goe with them. But God so disposed as he never went, nor they ever made use
					 of this patente,which had cost them so much labour and charge, as by the
					 sequell will appeare. This patente being sente'bver for them to veiw and
					 consider, as also the passages aboute the propossitions between them and such
					 marchants and freinds as should either goe or adventure with them, and
					 espetially with thoseon whom they did cheefly depend for shipping and means,
					 whose proffers had been large, they were requested to fitt and prepare them
					 selves with all speed. A right emblime, it may be, of the uncertine things of
					 this world; that when men have toyld them selves for them, they vanish into
					 smoke.</p> 
				</div3> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>The 6. Chap</head> 
				<head rend="italic">Conscerning the agreements and artickles between them, and such marchants and others as adventured moneys; with other things falling out aboute making their provissions.</head> 
				<p n="66">UPON the receite of these things by one of their messengers,
				  they had a sollemne meeting and a day of humilliation to seeke the Lord for his
				  direction; and their pastor tooke this texte, 1 
				<title rend="italic">Sam</title>. 23. 3, 4. 
				<hi rend="italic">And David's men said unto him, see, we be
				  afraid hear in Judah, how much more if we come to Keilah against the host of
				  the Phillistines2 Then David asked counsell o f the Lord againe</hi>, etc.
				From which texte he taught many things very aptly, and befitting ther present
				occasion and condition, strengthing them against their fears and perplexities,
				and incouraging them in the resolutions. After which they concluded both what
				number and what persons should prepare them selves to goe with the first; for
				all that were willing to have gone could not gett ready for their other affairs
				in so shorte a time; neither if all coald have been ready, had ther been means
				to have transported them alltogeather. Those that staied being the greater
				number required the pastor to stay with them; and indeede for other reasons he
				could not then well goe, and so it oras the more easilie yeelded unto. The
				other then desired the elder, Mr. Brewster, to goe with them, which was also
				condescended unto.</p> 
				<p n="67">It oras also agreed on by mutuall consente and covenante, that
				  those that went should be an absolute church of them selves, as well as those
				  that staid; seing in such a dangrous vioage, and a removall to such a distante,
				  it might come to pass they should (for the body of them) never meete againe in
				  this world; yet with this proviso, that as any of the rest came over to them,
				  or of the other returned upon occasion, they should be reputed as members
				  without any further dismission or testimoniall. It oras aliso promised to those
				  that wente first, by the body of the rest, that if the Lord gave them life, and
				  means, and opportunitie, they would come to them as soone as they could.</p> 
				<p n="68">Aboute this time, whilst they were perplexed with the
				  proseedings of the Virginia Company, and the ill news from thence aboute Mr.
				  Blackwell and his Company, and making inquirey about the hiring and buying of
				  shiping for their vioage, some Dutchmen made them faire offers aboute goeing
				  with them.l Also one Mr. Thomas Weston,2 a merchant of London, came to Leyden
				  aboute the same time, (who vas well aquainted with some of them, and a
				  furtherer of them in their former proSeedings,) haveing much conferance with
				  Mr. Robinson and other of the cheefe of them, perswaded them to goe on (as it
				  seems) and not to medie with the Duteh, or too much to depend on the Virginia
				  Company; for if that failed, if they came to resolution, he and such marchants
				  as were his freends (togeather with their owne means) would sett them forth;
				  and they should make ready, and neither feare -wante of shipping nor money; for
				  what they wanted should be provided. And, not so much for him selfe as for the
				  satisfing of such frends as he should procure to adventure in this bussines,
				  they were to draw such articls of agreemente, and make such propossitions, as
				  might the better induce his freinds to venture. Upon which (after the formere
				  conclusion) artieles were drawne and agreed unto, and were showne unto him, and
				  approved by him; and afterwards by their messenger (Mr. John Carver) sent into
				  England, who, togeather with Robart Cushman, were to receive the moneys and
				  make provissione both for shiping and other things for the vioage; with this
				  charge, not to exseede their commission, but to proseed according to the former
				  articles. Also some were chossen to doe the like for such things as were to be
				  prepared there; so those that oreare to goe, prepared them selves with all
				  speed, and sould of their estats and (such as were able) put in their moneys
				  into the commone stock, which was disposed by those appointed, for the making
				  of generall provissions. Aboute this time also they had heard, both by Mr.
				  Weston and others, that sundrie Honbl: Lords had obtained a large grante from
				  the king, for the more northerly parts of that countrie, derived out of the
				  Virginia patente, and wholy secluded from their Govermente, and to be called by
				  another name, viz. New-England.l Unto which Mr. Weston, and the cheefe of them,
				  begane to incline it was best for them to goe, as for other reasons, so cheefly
				  for the hope of present profite to be made by the fishing that was found in
				  that countrie.</p> 
				<p n="69">But as in all bussineses the acting parte is most difficulte,
				  espetially wher the worke of many agents must concurr, so it was found in this;
				  for some of those that should have gone in England, fell of and would not goe;
				  other marchanta and freinds that had offered to adventure their moneys
				  withdrew, and pretended many excuses. Some disliking they wente not to Guiana;
				  others againe would adventure nothing excepte they wente to Virginia. Some
				  againe (and those that were most relied on) fell in utter dislike with
				  Virginia, and would doe nothing if they wente thither. In the midds of these
				  distractions, they of Leyden, who had put of their estats, and laid out their
				  moneys, were brought into a greate streight, fearing what issue these things
				  would come too; but at length the generalitie. was swaid to this latter
				  opinion. </p> 
				<p n="70">But now another difficultie arose, for Mr. Weston and some other
				  that were for this course, either for theirbetter advantage or rather for the
				  drawing on of others, as they pretended, would have some of those conditions
				  altered that were first agreed on at Leyden. To which the 2. agents sent from
				  Leyden (or at least one of them who is most charged with it) did consente ;
				  seeing els that all was like to be dashte, and the opportunitie lost, and that
				  they which had put of their estats and paid in their moneys were in hazard to
				  be undon. They presumed to conclude with the marchanta on those termes, in some
				  things contrary to their order and commission, and without giving them notice
				  of the same; yea, it was conceled least it should make any furder delay; which
				  was the cause afterward of much trouble and contention.</p> 
				<p n="71">It will be meete I here inserte these conditions, which are as f
				  oloweth.</p> 
				<div3 type="list"> 
				  <p n="72">Ano 1620. July 1</p> 
				  <p n="73">1. The adventurers and planters doe agree, that every person
					 that goeth being aged 16. years and upward, be rated at 10li., and ten pounds
					 to be accounted a single share.</p> 
				  <p n="74">2. That he that goeth in person, and furnisheth him selfe out
					 with 10li. either in money or other provissions, be accounted as haveing 20li..
					 in stock, and in the devssion shall receive a double share.</p> 
				  <p n="75">3. The persons transported and the adventurers shall continue
					 their joynt stock and partnership togeather, the space of 7. years, (excepte
					 some unexpected impedimente doe cause the whole company to agree otherwise,)
					 during which time, all profits and benifits that are gott by trade, traffick,
					 trucking, working, fishing, or any other means of any person or persons,
					 remaine still in the commone stock untill the division.</p> 
				  <p n="76">4. That at their comming ther, they chose out such a number of
					 fitt persons, as may furnish their ships and boats for fishing upon the sea;
					 imploying the rest in their severall faculties upon the land; as building
					 houses, tilling, and planting the ground, and makeing shuch commodities as
					 shall be most usefull for the collonie.</p> 
				  <p n="77">5. That at the end of the 7. years, the capitall and profits,
					 viz. the houses, lands, goods and chatles, be equally devided betwixte the
					 adventurers, and planters; which done, every man shall be free from other of
					 them of any debt or detrimente concerning this adventure.</p> 
				  <p n="78">6. Whosoever cometh to the colonie herafter, or putteth any
					 into the stock, shall at the ende of the 7. years be alowed proportionably to
					 the time of his so doing.</p> 
				  <p n="79">7. He that shall carie his wife and children, or servants,
					 shall be alowed for everie person now aged 16. years and upward, a single share
					 in the devision, or if he provid them necessaries, a duble share, or if they be
					 between 10. year old and 16., then 2. of them to be reconed for a person, both
					 in transportation and devision.</p> 
				  <p n="80">8. That such children as now goe, and are under the age of ten
					 years, have noe other shar in the devision, but 50. acera of unmanured
					 land.</p> 
				  <p n="81">9. That such persons as die before the 7. years be expired,
					 their executors to have their parte or sharr at the devision, proportionably to
					 the time of their life in the collonie.</p> 
				  <p n="82">10. That all such persons as are of this collonie, are to have
					 their meate, drink, apparell, and all provissions out of the common stock and
					 goods of the said collonie.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="83">The cheefe and principall differences betwene these and the
					 former conditions, stood in those 2. points; that the houses, and Lands
					 improved, espetialy gardens and home lotts should remaine undevided wholy to
					 the planters at the 7. years end. 2ly, that they should have had 2. days in a
					 weeke for their owne private imploymente, for the more comforte of them selves
					 and their families, espetialy such u had families. But because letters are by
					 some wise men counted the best parte of histories, I shall shew their
					 greevances hereaboute by their owne letters, in which the passages of things
					 will be more truly discerned.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">A letter o f Mr. Robinsons lo John Carver.</head> 
				  <dateline>June 14. 1620. N. Stile.</dateline> 
				  <salute>My dear freind and brother, whom with yours I alwaise
					 remember in my best affection, and whose wellfare I shall never cease to
					 commend to God by my best and most earnest praires.</salute> 
				  <p n="84">You doe throwly understand by our generall letters the estate
					 of things hear, which indeed is very pitifull; espetialy by wante of shiping,
					 and not seeing means lickly, much less certaine, of having it provided; though
					 withall ther be great want of money and means to doe needfull things. Mr.
					 Pickering,you know before this, will not defray a peny hear; though Robart
					 Cushman presumed of I know not how many 100li. from him, and I know not whom.
					 Yet it seems strange that we should be put to him to receive both his and his
					 partners adventer, and yet Mr. Weston write unto him, that in regard of it, he
					 hath drawne upon him a 100li. more. But ther is in this some misterie, as
					 indeed it seems ther is in the whole course. Besids, wheras diverse are to pay
					 in some parts of their moneys yet behinde, they refuse to doe it, till they see
					 shiping provided, or a course taken for it. Neither doe I thinke is ther a man
					 hear would pay any thing, if he had againe his money in his purse. You know
					 right well we depended on Mr. Weston alone, and upon such means as he would
					 procure for this commone bussines; and when we had in hand another course with
					 the Dutchmen, broke it of at his motion, and upon the conditions by him shortly
					 after propounded. He did this in his love I know, but things appeare not
					 answerable from him. hitherto. That he should have first have put in his
					 moneys, is thought by many to have been but fitt, but that I can well excuse,
					 he being a marchante and haveing use of it to his benefite; wheras others, if
					 it had been in their hands, would have consumed it. But that he should not but
					 have had either shipping ready before this time, or at least certaine means,
					 and course, and the same knowne to. us for it, or have taken other order
					 otherwise, cannot in my consciente be excused. I have heard that when he hath
					 been moved in the bussines, he hath put it of from him selfe, and referred it
					 to the others; and would come to Georg Morton,l and enquire news of him aboute
					 things, as if he had scarce been some accessarie unto it. Wether he hath failed
					 of some helps from others which he expected, and so be not well able to goe
					 through with things, or whether he hath feared least you should be ready too
					 soone and so encrease the charge of shiping above that is meete, or whether he
					 have thought by withhoulding to put us upon straits, thinking that therby Mr.
					 Brewerand Mr. Pickering would be drawne by importunitie to doe more, or what
					 other misterie is in it, we know not; but sure we are that things are not
					 answerable to such an occasion. Mr. Weston maks himselfe mery with our
					 endeavors about buying a ship, but we have done nothing in this but with good
					 reason, as I am perswaded, nor yet that I know in any thing els, save in those
					 tow; the one, that we imployed Robart Cushman, who is known (though a good man,
					 and of spetiall abilities in his kind yet) most unfitt to deale for other men,
					 by reason of his singularitie, and too great indifferancie for any conditions,
					 and for (to speak truly) that we have had nothing from him but termes and
					 presumptions. The other, that we have so much relyed, by implicite faith as it
					 were, upon generalities, without seeing the perticuler course and means for so
					 waghtie an affaire set down unto us. For shiping, Mr. Weston, it should seeme,
					 is set upon hireing, which yet I wish he may presently effecte; but I see litle
					 hope of help from hence if so it be. Of Mr. Brewer you know what to expecte. I
					 doe not thinke Mr. Pickering will ingage, excepte in the course of buying, in
					 former letters specified. Aboute the conditions, you have our reasons for our
					 judgments of what is agreed. And let this spetially be borne in minde, that the
					 greatest parte of the Collonie is like to be imployed constantly, not upon
					 dressing ther perticuler land and building houses, but upon fishing, trading,
					 etc. So as the land and house will be but a trifell for advantage to the
					 adventurers, and yet the devission of it a great discouragmente to the
					 planters, who would with singuler tare make it comfortable with borowed houres
					 from their sleep. The same con. sideration of commone imploymente constantly by
					 the most is a good reason not to have the 2. daies in a weeke denyed the few
					 planters for private use, which yet is subordinate to commone good. Consider
					 also how much unfite that you and your liks must serve a new prentishipe of 7.
					 years, and not a daies freedome from taske. Send me word what persons
					 are to goe, who of usefull faculties, and how many, and perticulerly of every
					 thing. I know you wante not a minde. I am sorie you have not been at London all
					 this while, but the provissions could not wante you. Time will suffer me to
					 write no more; fare you and yours well allways in the Lord, in whom I rest.</p>
				  
				  <closer>Yours to use,</closer> 
				  <signed>JOHN ROBINSON.</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">An other letter from sundrie o f them al the same time.</head> 
				  <salute>To their loving freinds John Carver and Robart Cushman,
					 these, etc. Good bretheren, after salutations, etc. </salute> 
				  <p n="85">We received diverse letters at the coming of Mr. Nashand our
					 pilott, which is a great incouragmente unto us, and for whom we hop after times
					 will minister oceasion of praising God; and indeed had you not seene him, many
					 would have been ready to fainte and goe backe. Partly in respecte of the new
					 conditions which have bene taken up by you, which all men are against, and
					 partly in regard of our owne inabillitie to doe any one of those many waightie
					 bussineses you referr to us here. For the former wherof, wheras Robart Cushman
					 desirs reasons for our dislike, promising therupon to after the same, or els
					 saing we should thinke he hath no brains, we desire him to exercise them
					 therin, refering him to our pastors former reasons, and them to the censure of
					 the godly wise. But our desires are that you will not entangle your selvs and
					 us in any such unreasonable courses as those are, viz. that the marchants
					 should have the halfe of mens houses and lands at the dividente; and that
					 persons should be deprived of the 2. days in a weeke agreed upon, yea every
					 momente of time for their owne perticuler; by reason wherof we cannot conceive
					 why any should carie servants for their own help and comfort; for that we can
					 require no more of them then all men one of another. This we have only by
					 relation from Mr. Nash, and not from any writing of your owne, and therfore
					 hope you have not proceeded farr in so great a thing without us. But requiring
					 you not to exseed the bounds of your commission, which was to proceed upon the
					 things or conditions agred upon and expressed in writing (at your going over
					 about it), we leave it, not without marveling, that your selfe, as you write,
					 knowing how smale a thing troubleth our consultations, and how few, as you
					 fear, understands the busnes aright, should trouble us with such matters as
					 these are, etc.</p> 
				  <p n="86">Salute Mr. Weston from us, in whom we hope we are not
					 deceived; we pray you make known our estate unto him, and if you thinke good
					 shew him our letters, at least tell him that (under God) we much relie upon him
					 and put our confidente in him; and, as your selves well know, that if he had
					 not been an adventurer with us, we had not taken it in hand; presuming that if
					 he had not seene means to accomplish it, he would not have begune it; so we
					 hope in our extremitie he will so farr help us as our expectation be no way
					 made frustrate concerning him. Since therfore, good brethren, we have plainly
					 opened the state of things with us in this matter, you will, etc. Thus
					 beseeching the Allmightie, who is allsufficiente to raise us out of this depth
					 of dificulties, to assiste us herein; raising such means by his providente and
					 fatherly tare for us, his pore children and servants, as we may with comforte
					 behould the hand of our God for good towards us in this our bussines, which we
					 undertake in his name and fear, we take leave and remaine</p> 
				  <closer>Your perplexed, yet hopfull bretheren,</closer> 
				  <signed>S. F. E. W. W. B. J. A</signed> 
				  <dateline>June 10. New Stille, Ano: 1620</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">A letter of Robart Cushmns to them.</head> 
				  <salute>Brethren,</salute> 
				  <p n="87"> I understand by letters and passagess that have come to me,
					 that ther are great discontents, and dislike of my proceedings amongst you.
					 Sorie I am to hear it, yet contente to beare it, as not doubting but that
					 partly by writing, and more principally by word when we shall come togeather, I
					 shall satisfie any reasonable man. I have been perswaded by some, espetialy
					 this bearer, to come and clear things unto you; but as things now stand I
					 cannot be absente one day, excepte I should hazard all the viage. Neither
					 conceive I any great good would come of it. Take then, brethern, this as a step
					 to give you contente. First, for your dislike of the alteration of one clause
					 in the conditions, if you conceive it right, ther can be no blame lye on me at
					 all. For the articles first brought over by John Carver were never seene of any
					 of the adventurers hear, excepte Mr. Weston, neither did any of them like them
					 because of that clause; nor Mr. Weston him selfe, after he had well considered
					 it. But as at the first ther was 500li. withdrawne by Sr. Georg Farrer and his
					 brother upon that dislike, so all the rest would have withdrawne (Mr. Weston
					 excepted) if we had not altered that clause. Now whilst we at Leyden conelude
					 upon points, as we did, we reckoned without our host, which was not my falte.
					 Besids, I shewed you by a letter the equitie of that condition, and our
					 inconvenientes, which might be sett against all Mr. Rob:inconvenientes, that
					 without the alteration of that clause, we could neither have means to gett
					 thither, nor supplie wherby to subsiste when we were ther. Yet notwithstanding
					 all those reasons, which were not mine, but other mens wiser then my selfe,
					 without answer to any one of them, here cometh over many quirimonies, and
					 complaints against me, of lording it over my brethern, and making conditions
					 fitter for theeves and bondslaves then honest men, and that of my owne head I
					 did what I list. And at last a paper of reasons, framed against that clause in
					 the conditions, which as they were delivered me open, so my answer is open to
					 you all. And first, as they are no other but inconvenientes, such as a man
					 might frame 20. as great on the other side, and yet prove nor disprove nothing
					 by them, so they misse and mistake both the very ground of the article and
					 nature of the project. For, first, it is said, that if ther had been no
					 divission of houses and Lands, it had been better for the poore. True, and that
					 showeth the inequalitie of the condition; we should more respecte him that
					 ventureth both his money and his person, then him that ventureth but his person
					 only. </p> 
				  <p n="88">2. Consider wheraboute we are, not giveing almes, but
					 furnishing a store house; no one shall be porer then anotherfor 7. years, and
					 if any be rich, none can be pore. At-the least, we must not in such bussines
					 crIe, Pore, pore, mercie, mercie. Charitie hath it[s] life in wraks, not
					 in venturs; you are by this most in a hopefull pitie of makeing, therfore
					 complaine not before you have need.</p> 
				  <p n="89">3. This will hinder the building of good and faire houses,
					 contrarie to the advise of pollitiks? A. So we would have it; our purpose is to
					 build for the presente such houses as, if need be, we may with litle greefe set
					 a fire, and rune away by the lighte; qur riches shall not be in pompe,
					 but-iu--strenght; if God send us riches, we will imploye them to provid more
					 men, ships, munition, etc. You may lee it amongst the best pollitiks, that a
					 commonwele is readier to ebe then to flow, when once fine houses and gay
					 cloaths come up.</p> 
				  <p n="90">4. The Govet  may presente excess in building. A. But if it
					 be on all men beforehand resolved on, to build mean houses, the Gove" laboure
					 is spared.</p> 
				  <p n="91">5. All men are not of one condition. A. If by condition you
					 mean wealth, you are mistaken; if you mean by condition, qualities, then I say
					 he that is not contente his neighbour shall have as good a house, fare, means,
					 etc. as him selfe, is not of a good qualitie. 2ly. Such retired persons, as
					 have an eie only to them selves, are fitter to come wher catching is, then
					 closing; and are fitter to live alone, then in any societie, either civill or
					 religious. </p> 
				  <p n="92">6. It will be of litle value, scarce worth 51i. A. True, it
					 may be not worth halfe 5li. If then so smale a thing will content them, why
					 strive we thus aboute it, and give them occasion to suspecte us to be worldly
					 and covetous ? I will not say what I have heard lince these complaints came
					 first over.</p> 
				  <p n="93">7. Our freinds with us that adventure mind not their owne
					 profite, as did the old adventurers. A. Then they are better then we, who for a
					 litle matter of profite are readie to draw back, and it is more apparente
					 brethern looke too it, that make profite your maine end; repente of this, els
					 goe not least you be like Jonas to Tarshis. 2ly. Though some of them mind not
					 their profite, yet others doe mind it; and why not as well as we? venturs are
					 made by all sorts of men, and we must labour to give them all contente, if we
					 can.</p> 
				  <p n="94">8. It will break the course of communitie, as may be showed by
					 many reasons. A. That is but said, and I say againe, it will best foster
					 comunion, as may be-showed by many reasons.</p> 
				  <p n="95">9. Great Profite is like to be made by trucking, fishing, etc.
					 A. As it is better for them, so for us; for halfe is ours, besids our living
					 still upon it, and if such profite in that way come, our labour shall be the
					 less on the land, and our houses and Lands must and will be of less value.</p> 
				  <p n="96">10. Our hazard is greater then theirs. A. True, but doe they
					 put us upon it? doe they urge or egg us ? hath not the motion and resolution
					 been always in our selves ? doe they any more then in seeing us resolute if we
					 had means, help us to means upon equall termes and conditions ? If we will not
					 goe, they are content to keep their moneys. Thus I have pointed at a way to
					 loose those knots, which I hope you will consider seriously, and let me have no
					 more stirre about them. </p> 
				  <p n="97">Now furder, I hear a noise of slavish conditions by me made;
					 but surly this is all that I have altered, and reasons I have sent you. If you
					 mean it of the 2. days in a week for perticuler, as some insinuate, you are
					 deceived; you may have 3. days in a week for me if you will. And when I have
					 spoken to the adventurers of times of working, they have said they hope we are
					 men of discretion and consciente, and so fitte to be trusted our selves with
					 that. But indeed the ground of our proceedings at Leyden was mistaken, and so
					 here is nothing but tottering every day, etc.</p> 
				  <p n="98">As for them of Amsterdam I had thought they would as soone
					 have gone to Rome as with us; for our libertie is to them as ratts bane, and
					 their riggour as bad to us as the Spanish Inquision. If any practise of mine
					 discourage them, let them yet draw back; I will undertake they shall have their
					 money againe presently paid hear. Or if the company thinke me to be the Jonas,
					 let them cast me of before we goa; I shall be content to stay with good will,
					 having but the cloaths on my back; only let us have quietnes, and no more of
					 these clamors; full litle did I expecte these things which are now come to
					 pass, etc.</p> 
				  <closer>Yours,</closer> 
				  <signed>R. CUSHMAN</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="99">But whether this letter of his ever came to their hands at
					 Leyden I well know not; I rather thinke it was staied by Mr. Carver and kept by
					 him, forgiving offence. But this which follows was ther received; both which I
					 thought pertenent to recite.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">Another of his lo the a foresaid, June 11. 1620</head> 
				  <salute>Salutations, etc. </salute> 
				  <p n="100">I received your le[tte]r yesterday, by John Turner,with
					 another the same day from Amsterdam by Mr. W. savouring of the place whenc it
					 came. And indeed the many discouragements I find her, togeather with the
					 demurrs and retirings ther, had made me to say, I would give up my accounts to
					 John Carver, and at his comeing aquainte him fully with all courses, and so
					 leave it quite, with only the pore cloaths on my back. But gathering up my
					 selfe by further consideration, I resolved yet to make one triall more, and to
					 aquainte Mr. Weston with the fainted state of our bussines; and though he hath
					 been much discontented at soma thing amongst us of late, which hath made him
					 often say that save for his promise, he would not meadle at all with the
					 bussines any more, yet considering how farr we were plunged into maters, and
					 how it stood both on our credits and undoing, at the last he gathered up him
					 selfe a litle more, and coming to me 2. hours after, he tould me he would not
					 yet leave it. And so advising togeather we resolved to hire a ship, and have
					 tooke liking of one till Monday, about 60. laste,for a greater we cannot
					 gett, excepte it be tow great; but a fine ship it is. And seeing our neer
					 freinds ther are so streite lased, we hope to assure her without troubling them
					 any further; and if the ship fale too small, it fitteth well that such as
					 stumble at strawes allready, may rest them ther a while, least worse blocks
					 come in the way ere 7. years be ended. If you had beaten this bussines so
					 throuly a month agoe, and write to us as now you doe, we could thus have done
					 much more conveniently. But it is as it is; I hope our freinds ther, if they be
					 quitted of the ship hire, will be indusced to venture the more. All that I now
					 require is that salt and netts may ther be boughte, and for all the rest we
					 will here provid it; yet if that will not be, let them but stand for it amonth
					 or tow, and we will take order to pay it all. Let Mr. Reinholdstare ther, and
					 bring the ship to Southampton. We have hired another pilote here, one Mr.
					 Clarke, who went last year to Virginia with a ship of kine </p> 
				  <p n="101">You shall here distinctly by John Turner, who I thinke shall
					 come hence on Tewsday night. I had thought to have come with him, to have
					 answered to my complaints; but I shal lerne to pass litle for ther censurs; and
					 if I had more minde to goe and dispute and expostulate with them, then I have
					 tare of this waightie bussines, I were like them who live by clamours and
					 jangling. But neither my mind nor my body is at libertie to doe much, for I am
					 fettered with bussines, and had rather study to be quiet, then to make answer
					 to their exceptions. If men be set on it, let them beat the eair; I hope such
					 as are my sinceire freinds will not thinke but I can give some reason of my
					 actions. But of your mistaking aboute the water, and other things tending to
					 this bussines, I shall nexte informe you more distinctly. Mean space entreate
					 our freinds not to be too bussie in answering matters, before they know them.
					 If I doe such things as I cannot give reasons for, it is like you have sett a
					 foole aboute your bussines, and so turne the reproofe to your selves, and send
					 an other, and let me come againe to my Combes.But setting a side my natural'
					 infirmities, I refuse not to have my cause judged, both of God, and all
					 indifferent men; and when we come togeather I shall give accounte of my actions
					 hear. The Lord, who judgeth justly without respect of persons, see finto the
					 equitie of my cause, and give us quiet, peaceable, and patient minds, in all
					 these turmoiles, and sanctifie unto us all erosses whatsoever. And so I take my
					 leave of you all, in all 'ove and affection. I hope we shall gett all hear
					 ready in 14. days.</p> 
				  <closer>Your pore brother,</closer> 
				  <signed>ROBART CUSHMAN.</signed> 
				  <dateline>June 11. 1620.</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="102">Besids these things, ther fell out a differance amongs those
					 3. that received the moneys and made the provissions in England; for besids
					 these tow formerly mentioned sent from Leyden for this end, viz. Mr. Carver and
					 Robart Cushman, ther was one chosen in England to be joyned with them, to make
					 the provisions for the vioage; his name was Mr. Martin,he carne from
					 Billirike in Essexe, from which parts carne sundrie others to goe with them, as
					 also from London and other places; and therfore it was thought meete and
					 conveniente by them in Holand that these strangers that were to goe with them,
					 should apointe one thus to be joyned with them, not so much for any great need
					 of ther help, as to avoyd all susspition, or jelosie of any partiallitie. And
					 indeed their tare for giving offence, both in this and other things afterward,
					 turned to great inconveniente unto them, as in the sequell will apeare; but
					 however it shewed their equall and honest minds. The provissions were for the
					 most parte made at Southhamton, contrarie to Mr. Westons and Robert Cushmans
					 mind (whose counsells did most concure in all things). A touch of which things
					 I shall give in a letter of his to Mr. Carver, and more will appear
					 afterward.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <opener>To his loving freind Mr. John Carver, these,
					 etc.</opener> 
				  <salute>Loving freind, </salute> 
				  <p n="103">I have received from you some letters, full of affection and
					 complaints, and what it is you would have of me I know not; for your crieing
					 out, Negligente, negligente, negligente, I marvell why so negligente a man was
					 used in the bussines. Yet know you that all that I have power to doe hear,
					 shall not be one hower behind, I warent you. you have referente to Mr. Weston
					 to help us with money, more then his adventure; wher he protesteth but for his
					 promise, he would not have done any thing. He saith we take a heady course, and
					 is offended that our provissions are made so farr of; as also that he was not
					 made aquainted with our quantitie of things; and saith that in now being in 3.
					 places, so farr remote, we will, with going up and downe, and wrangling and
					 expostulating, pass over the sommer before we will goe. And to speake the
					 trueth, ther is fallen already amongst us a fiatt schisme; and we are redier to
					 goe to dispute, then to sett forwarde a voiage. I have received from Leyden
					 since you wente 3. or 4. letters directed to you, though they only consterne
					 me. I will not trouble you with them. I always feared the event of the
					 Amsterdamers striking in with us. I trow you must excommunicate me, or els you
					 must goe without their companie, or we shall wante no quareling; but let them
					 pass. We have reckoned, it should seeme, without our host; and, counting upon a
					 150. persons, ther cannot be founde above 1200li. and odd moneys of all the
					 venturs you can reckone, besids some cloath, stockings, and shoes, which are
					 not counted; so we shall come shorte at least 3. or 400li. I would have had
					 some thing shortened at first of beare and other provissions in hope of other
					 adventurs, and nowwe could have, both in Amsterd: and Kent, beere inough to
					 serve our turne, but now we cannot accept it without prejudice. You fear we
					 have begune to build and shall not be able to make an end; indeed, our courses
					 were never established by counsell, we may therfore justly fear their standing.
					 Yea, ther was a schisme amongst us 3. at the first. You wrote to Mr. Martin,
					 to, prevente the inaking of the provissions in Kente, which he did, and sett
					 downe his resolution how much he would have of every thing, without respecte to
					 any counsell or exception. Surely he that is in a societie and yet regards not
					 counsell, may better be a king then a consorte. To be short, if ther be not
					 some other dispossition setled unto then yet is, we that should be partners of
					 humilitie and peace, shall be examples of jangling and insulting. Yet your
					 money which you ther must have, we will get provided for you instantly. 500li.
					 you say will serve; for the rest which hear and in Holand is to be used, we may
					 goe scratch for it. For Mr. Crabe, of whom you write, he hath promised to goe
					 with us, yet I tell you I shall not be without feare till I see hita shipped,
					 for he is much opposed, yet I hope he will not faile. Thinke the best of all,
					 and bear with patience what is wanting, and the Lord guid us all.</p> 
				  <closer>Your loving freind,</closer> 
				  <signed>ROBART CUSHMAN</signed> 
				  <dateline>London, June 10. Ano : 1620.</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="104">I have bene the larger in these things, and so shall Grave
					 leave in some like passages following, (thoug in other things I shal labour to
					 be more contrate,) that their children may see with what difficulties their
					 fathers wrastled in going throug these things in their first beginnings, and
					 how God brought them along notwithstanding all their weaknesses and
					 infirmities. As allso that some use may be made hereof in after times by others
					 in such like waightie imployments; and herewith I will end this chapter.</p> 
				</div3> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>The 7. Chap.</head> 
				<head rend="italic">0f their departure from Leyden, and other things ther abouue, with their arivall at South hamton, were they all mete togeather, and tooke in ther provissions.</head> 
				<p n="105">AT length, after much travell and these debats, all things were
				  got ready and provided. A smale ship was bought, and fitted in Holand, which
				  was intended as to serve to help to transport them, so to stay in the euntrie
				  and atend upon fishing and shuch other affairs as might be for the good and
				  benefite of the colonie when they came ther. Another was hired at
				  London, of burden about 9. score; and all other things gott in readines. So
				  being ready to departe, they had a day of solleme humiliation, their pastor
				  taking his texte from Ezra S. 21. 
				  <hi rend="italic">And ther at the river, by Ahava, I
					 proelaimed a fast, that we might humble ourselves be f ore our God, and seeke o
					 f him a right way for us, and for our children, and for all our substance.
					 </hi>Upon which he spente a good parte of the day very profitably, and
				  suitable to their presente occasion. The rest of the time was spente in
				  powering out prairs to the Lord with great fervencie, mixed with abundante of
				  tears. And the time being come that they must departe, they were accompanied
				  with most of their brethren out of the citie, unto a towne sundrie miles of
				  called Delfes-Haven,l wher the ship lay ready to receive them. So they lefte
				  that goodly and pleasante citie, which had been ther resting place near 12.
				  years; but they knew they were pilgrimes,2 and looked not much on these things,
				  but lift up their eyes to the heavens, their dearest cuntrie, and quieted their
				  spirits. When they came to the place they found the ship and all things ready;
				  and shuch of their freinds as could not come with them followed after them, and
				  sundrie also came from Amsterdame to see them shipte and to take their leave of
				  them. That night was spent with htle sleepe by the most, but with freindly
				  entertainmente and christian discourse and other reall expressions of true
				  christian love. The next day, the wind being faire, they wente aborde, and
				  their freinds with them, where truly dolfull was the sight of that sade and
				  mournfull parting; to see what sighs and sobbs and praires did sound amongst
				  them, what tears did gush from every eye, and pithy speeches peirst each harte;
				  that sundry of the Dutch strangers that stood on the key as spectators, could
				  not refraine from tears. Yet comfortable and sweete t was to see shuch lively
				  and true expressions of dear and unfained love. But the tide (which stays for
				  no man) caling them away that were thus loath to departe, their Rev[erjead
				  pastor falling downe on his knees, (and they all with hirn,) with watrie cheeks
				  commended them with most fervente praiers to the Lord and his blessing. And
				  then with mutuall imbrases and many thars, they tooke their leaves one of an
				  other; which proved to be the last leave to many of them.</p> 
				<p n="106">Thus hoysing Baile,with a prosperus winde they came in short
				  time to Southhamton, wher they found the bigger ship come from London, lying
				  ready, with all the rest of their company. After a joyfull wellcome, and
				  mutuall congratulations, with other frendly entertainements, they fell to
				  partey aboute their bussines, how to dispatch with the best expedition; as
				  allso with their agents aboute the alteration of the conditions. Mr. Carver
				  pleaded he was imployed hear at Hamton,a and knew not well what the other had
				  don at London. Mr. Cushman answered, he had done nothing but what he was rlrged
				  too, partly by the grounds of equity, and more espetialy by necessitie, other
				  wise all had bene dasht and many undon. And in the begining he aquainted his
				  felow agents here with "rho consented unto him, and left it to him to execute,
				  and to receive the money at London and send it downe to them at l-lamton, wher
				  they made the provissions; the which he accordingly did, though it was against
				  his minde, and some of the marchants, that they were their made. And for
				  giveing them notise at Leyden of this change, he could not well in regarde of
				  the shortnes of the time; againe, he knew it would trouble them and hinder the
				  bussines, which was already delayed overlong in regard of the season of the
				  year, which he feared they would find to their cost. But these things gave not
				  contente at presente. Mr. Weston, likwise, came up from London to see them
				  dispatcht and to have the conditions confirmed; but they refused, and answered
				  him, that he knew right well that these were not according to the first
				  agreemente neither could they yeeld to them without the contente of the rest
				  that were behind. And indeed they had spetiall charge when they came away, from
				  the cheefe of these that were be hind, not to doe it. At which he was much
				  offended, and tould them, they must then looke to stand on their owne leggs. So
				  he returned in displeasure, and this was the first ground of discontent
				  betweene them. And wheras ther wanted well near l00li. to clear things at their
				  going away, he would not take order to disburse a penie, but let them shift as
				  they could. So they were forst to selle of some of their provissions to stop
				  this gape, which was some 3. or 4. score firkins of butter, which comoditie
				  they might best spare, haveing provided too large a quantitie of that kind.
				  Then they write a leter to the marchants and adventures aboute the diferances
				  concerning the conditions, as foloweth. </p> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <dateline>Aug. 3. Ano : 1620</dateline> 
				  <salute>Beloved freinds, </salute> 
				  <p n="107">sory we are that ther should be occasion of writing at all
					 unto you, partly because we ever expected to see the most of you hear, but
					 espetially because ther should any differance at all be conceived betweene us.
					 But seing it faleth out that we cannot conferr togeather, we thinke it meete
					 (though brefly) ta show you the just cause and reason of our differing from
					 those articles last made by Robart Cushman, without our comission or knowledg.
					 And though he might propound good ends to himselfe, yet it no way justifies his
					 doing it. Our maine diference is in the 5. and 9. article, concerning the
					 deviding or holding of house and lands; the injoying wherof some of your selves
					 well know, was one spetiall motive, amongst many other, to provoke us to goe.
					 This was thought so reasonable, that when the greatest of you in adventure
					 (whom we have much cause to respecte), when he propounded conditions to us
					 freely of his owne accorde, he set this downe for one; a coppy wherof we have
					 sent unto you, with some additions then added by us; which being liked on both
					 sids, and a day set for the moneys, those of Holland paid in theirs. After
					 that, Robart Cushman, Mr. Peirceand Mr. Martine,
				  brought them into a better forme, and write them in a booke
					 now extante; and upon Robarts shewing them and delivering Mr. Mullins a coppy
					 therof under his hand (which we have), he payd in his money. And we of Holland
					 had never seen other before our coming to Hamton, but only as one got for him
					 selfe a private coppy of them; upon sight wherof we manyfested uter dislike,
					 but had put of our estats and were ready to come, and therfore was too late to
					 rejecte the vioage. Judge therfore we beseech you indiferently of things, and
					 if a faulte have bene commited, lay it wher it is, and not upon us, who have
					 more cause to stand for the one, then you have for the other. We never gave
					 Robart Cushman comission to make any one article for us, but only sent him to
					 receive moneys upon articles before agreed on, and to further the provissions
					 till John Carver carne, and to assiste him in it. Yet since you conceive your
					 selves wronged as well as we, we thought meete to add a branch to the end of
					 our 9. article, as will allmost heale that wound of it selfe, which you
					 conceive to be in it. But that it may appeare to all men that we are not lovers
					 of our selves only, but desire also the good and inriching of our freinds who
					 have adventured your moneys with our persons, we have added our last article to
					 the rest, promising you againe by leters in the behalfe of the whole company,
					 that if large profits should not arise within the 7. years, that we will
					 continue togeather longer with you, if the Lord give a blessing? This we hope
					 is sufficente to satisfie any in this case, espetialy freinds, since we are
					 asured that if the whole charge was devided into 4. parts, 3. of them will not
					 stand upon it, nether doe regarde it, etc. We are in shuch a streate at
					 presente, as we are forced to sell away 60li. worth of our provissions to
					 eleare the Haven, and withall put our selves upon great extremities, scarce
					 haveing any butter, no oyle, not a sole to mend a shoe, nor every man a sword
					 to his side, wanting many muskets, much armoure, etc. And yet we are willing to
					 expose our selves to shuch eminente dangers as are like to insue, and trust to
					 the good providente of God, rather then his narre and truth should be evill
					 spoken of for us. Thus saluting all of you in love, and beseeching the Lord to
					 give a blesing to our endeavore, and keepe al] our harts in the bonds of peace
					 and love, we take leave and rest,</p> 
				  <closer>Yours, etc.</closer> 
				  <dateline>Aug. 3. 1620.</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="109">It was subscribed with many names of the cheefest of the
					 company.</p> 
				  <p n="110">At their parting Mr. Robinson write a leter to the whole
					 company, which though it hath already bene printed,yet I thought good here
					 likwise to inserte it; as also a breefe leter writ at the same time to Mr.
					 Carver, in which the tender love and godly tare of a true pastor appears.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <salute>My dear Brother,-</salute> 
				  <p n="111">I received inclosed in your last leter the note of
					 information, which I shall carefuly keepe and make use of as ther shall be
					 occasion. I have a true feeling of your perplexitie of mind and toyle of body,
					 but I hope that you who have allways been able so plentifully to administer
					 comforte unto others in their trials, are so well furnished for your selfe as
					 that farr greater difficulties then you have yet undergone (though I conceive
					 them to have been great enough) cannot oppresse you, though they press you, as
					 the Apostle speaks. The spirite of a man (sustained by the spirite of God) will
					 sustaine his infirmitie, I dout not so will yours. And the beter much when you
					 shall injoye the presente and help of so many godly and wise bretheren, for the
					 bearing of part of your burthen, who also will not admitte into their harts the
					 least thought of suspition of any the least negligente, at least presumption,
					 to have been in you, what so ever they thinke in others. Now what shall I say
					 or write unto you and your goodwife my loving sister?z even only this, I desire
					 (and allways shall) unto you from the Lord, as unto my owne soule; and assure
					 your selfe that my harte is with you, and that I will not forslowe my bodily
					 coming at the first oppertunitie. I have writen a large leter to the whole, and
					 am sorie I shall not rather speak then write to them; and the more, considering
					 the wante of a preacher, which I shall also make sume spurr to my hastening
					 after you. I doe ever commend my best affection unto you, which if I thought
					 you malle any doubte of, I would express in more, and the same more ample and
					 full words. And the Lord in whom you trust and whom you serve ever in this
					 bussines and journey, guid you with his hand, protecte you with his winge, and
					 shew you and us his salvation in the end, and bring us in the mean while
					 togeather in the place desired, if shuch be his good will, for his Christs
					 sake. Amen. </p> 
				  <closer>Yours, etc.</closer> 
				  <signed>Jo: R.</signed> 
				  <dateline>July 27. 1620.</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="112">This was the last letter that Mr. Carver lived to see frorn
					 him. The other follows.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <salute>Lovinge Christian friends,</salute> 
				  <p n="113">I doe hartily and in the Lord salute you all, as being they
					 with whom I am presente in my best affection, and most ernest longings after
					 you, though I be constrained for a while to be bodily absente from you. I say
					 constrained, God knowing how willingly, and much rather then otherwise, I would
					 have borne my part with you in this first brunt, were I not by strong
					 necessitie held back for the present. Make accounte of me in the mean while, as
					 of a man devided in my selfe with great paine, and as (natural] bonds set a
					 side) having my beter parte with you. And though I doubt not but in your godly
					 wisdoms, you both foresee and resolve upon that which concerneth your presente
					 state and condition, both severally and joyntly, yet have I thought it but my
					 duty to add some furder spurr of provocation unto them, who rune allready, if
					 not because you need it, yet because I owe it in love and dutie. And first, as
					 we are daly to renew our repentance with our God, espetially for our cines
					 known, and generally for our unknowne trespasses, so doth the Lord cal] us in a
					 singuler maner upon occasions of shuch difficultie and danger as lieth upon
					 you, to a both more narrow search and carefull reformation of your ways in his
					 sight; least he., calling to remembrance our cines forgotten by us or
					 unrepented of, take advantage against us, and in judgmente leave us for the
					 same to be swalowed up in one danger or other; wheras, on the contrary, sine
					 being taken away by ernest repentance and the pardon therof from the Lord
					 sealed up unto a mans consciente by his spirite, great shall be his securitie
					 and peace in all dangers, sweete his comforts in all distresses, with hapie
					 deliverance from all evill, whether in life or in death. </p> 
				  <p n="114">Nownext after this heavenlypeacewith God and our owne
					 conscientes, we are carefully to provide for peace with all men what in us
					 lieth, espetially with our associats, and for that watchfullnes must be had,
					 that we neither at all in our selves doe give, no nor easily take offence being
					 given by others. Woe, be unto the world for offences, for though it be
					 necessarie (considering the malice of Satan and mans corruption) that offences
					 come, yet woe unto the man or woman either by whom the offence cometh, saith
					 Christ, Mat. 18. 7. And if offences in the unseasonable use of things in them
					 selves indifferent, be more to be feared then death itselfe, as the Apostle
					 teacheth, 1. Cor. 9. 15. how much more in things simply evill, in which neither
					 honour of God nor ]ove of man is thought worthy to be regarded. Neither yet is
					 it sufficiente that we keepe our selves by the grace of God from giveing
					 offence, exepte withall we be armed against the taking of them when they be
					 given by others. For how unperfect and lame is the work of grace in that
					 person, who wants charitie to cover a multitude of offences, as the scriptures
					 speake. Neither are you to be exhorted to this grace only upon the commone
					 grounds of Christianitie, which are, that persons ready to take offence, either
					 wante charitie, to cover offences, of wisdome duly to waigh humane frailtie; or
					 lastly, are grosse, though Glose hipocrites, as Christ our Lord teacheth, Mat.
					 7. 1, 2, 3, as indeed in my owne experience, few or none have bene found which
					 sooner give offence, then shuch as easily take it; neither have they ever
					 proved sound and profitable members in societies, which have nurished this
					 touchey humor. But besids these, ther are diverse motives provoking you above
					 others to great tare and consciente this way: As first, you are many of you
					 strangers, as to the persons, so to the infirmities one of another, and so
					 stand in neede of more watchfullnes this way, least when shuch things fall out
					 in men and women as you suspected not, you be inordinatly affected with them;
					 which doth require at your hands much wisdome and charitie for the covering and
					 preventing of incident offences that way. And lastly, your intended course of
					 civil] comunitie will minister continuall occasion of offence, and will be as
					 fuell for that fire, excepte you dilligently quench it with brotherly
					 forbearance. And if taking of offence causlesly or easilie at mens doings be so
					 carefuly to be avoyded, how much more heed is to be taken that we take not
					 offence at God him selfe, which yet we certainly doe so often as we doe murmure
					 at his providente in our crosses, or beare impatiently shuch afictions as
					 wherwith he pleaseth to visite us. Store up therfore patience against the evill
					 day, without which we take offence at the Lord him selfe in his holy and just
					 works.</p> 
				  <p n="115">A 4. thing ther is carfully to be provided for, to witte, that
					 with your commone imployments you joyne commone affections truly bente upon the
					 general] good, avoyding as a deadly plague of your both commone and spetiall
					 comfort all retirednes of minde for proper advantage, and all singularly
					 affected any maner of way; let every man represe in him selfe and the who] body
					 in each person, as so many rebels against the commone good, all prIvate
					 respects of mens selves, not sorting with the general] conveniencie. And as men
					 are carfull not to have a new house shaken with any violente before it be well
					 setled and the parts firmly knite, so be you, I beseech you, brethren, much
					 more carfull, that the house of God which you are, and are to be, be not shaken
					 with unnecessarie novelties or other oppositions at the first setling
					 therof.</p> 
				  <p n="116">Lastly, wheras you are become a body politik, using amongst
					 your selves civill govermente, and are not furnished with any persons of
					 spetiall eminencie above the rest, to be chosen by you into of$ce of goverment,
					 let your wisdome and godlines appeare, not only in chusing shuch person s as
					 doe entirely love and will promote the commone good, but also i:a yeelding unto
					 them all due honour and obediente in their lawfull administrations; not
					 behoulding in them the ordinarinesse of their persons, but Gods ordinance for
					 your good, not being like the foolish multitud who more honour the gay coste,
					 then either the vertuous minde of the roan, or glorious ordinance of the Lord.
					 But you know better things, and that the image of the Lords power and
					 authoritie which the magistrate beareth, is honourable, in how meane persons
					 soever. And this dutie you both may the more willingly and ought the more
					 conscionably to performe, because you are at least for the present to have only
					 them for your or. dinarie governours, which your selves shall make choyse of
					 for that worke. Sundrie other things of importante I could put you in minde of,
					 and of those before mentioned, in more words, but I will not so farr wrong your
					 godly minds as to thinke you heedless of those things, ther being also diverce
					 among you so well able to admonish both them selves and others of what
					 concerneth them. These few things therfore, and the same in few words, I doe
					 ernestly commend unto your tare and consciente, joyning therwith my daily
					 incessante prayers unto the Lord, that he who hath made the heavens and the
					 earth, the sea and all rivers of waters, and whose providente is over all his
					 workes, espetially over all his dear children for good, would so guide and gard
					 you in your wayes, as inwardly by his Spirite, so outwardly by the hand of his
					 power, as that both you and we also, for and with you, may have after matter of
					 praising his narre all the days of your and our lives. Fare you well in him in
					 whom you trust, and in whom I rest.</p> 
				  <closer>An unfained wellwiller of your hapie success in this
					 hopefull voyage, </closer> 
				  <signed>JOHN ROBINSON.</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="117">This letter, though large, yet being so frutfull in it selfe,
					 and suitable to their occation, I thought meete to inserte in this place. </p> 
				  <p n="118">All things being now ready, and every bussines dispatched, the
					 company was caled togeather, and this letter read amongst them, which had good
					 acceptation with all and after fruit with many. Then they ordered and
					 distributed their company for either shipe, as they conceived for the best. And
					 chose a Govr and 2. or 3. assistants for each shipe, to order the people by the
					 way, and see to the dispossing of there provissions, and shuch like affairs.
					 All which was not only with the liking of the maisters of the ships, but
					 according to their desires. `Vhich being done, they sett sayle from thence
					 aboute the 5. of August; but what befell them further upon the coast of England
					 will appeare in the nexte chapter.</p> 
				</div3> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>The 8. Chap.</head> 
				<head rend="italic">Off the troubls that befell them on the coaste, and at sea being Torced, after much trouble, to leave one of tW ships and some o f their companie behind them.</head> 
				<p n="119">BEING thus put to sea they had not gone farr, but Mr. Reinolds
				  the mr of the leser ship complained that he found his ship so leak as he durst
				  not put further to sea till she was mended. So the mr of the biger ship (caled
				  Mr. Jonas) being consulted with, they both resolved to put into Dartmouth and
				  have her ther searched and mended, which accordingly was done, to their great
				  charg and losse of time and a faire winde. She was hear thorowly searcht from
				  steme to sterne, some leaks were found and mended, and now it was conceived by
				  the workmen and all, that she was sufhciente, and they might proceede without
				  either fear or danger. So with good hopes from hence, they put to sea againe,
				  conceivingtheyshould goe comfortably on, not looking for any more lets of this
				  kind; but it fell out otherwise, for after they were gone to sea againe above
				  100. leagues without the Lands End, houlding company togeather all this while,
				  the mr of the small ship complained his ship was so leake as he must beare up
				  or sinke at sea, for they could scarce free her with much pumping. So they
				  carne to consultation againe, and resolved both ships to bear up backe againe
				  and put into Plimmoth, which accordingly was done. But no spetiall leake could
				  be founde, but it was judged to be the generall weaknes of the shipe, and that
				  shee would not prove sufficiente for the voiage. Upon which it was resolved to
				  dismise her and parte of the companie, and proceede with the other shipe. The
				  which (though it was greevous, and caused great discouragmente) was put in
				  execution. So after they had tooke out such provission as the other ship could
				  well stow, and concluded both what number and what persons to send bak, they
				  made another sad parting, the one ship going backe for London, and the other
				  was to proceede on her viage. Those that went bak were for the most parte such
				  as were willing so to doe, either out of some discontente, or beare they
				  conceived of the ill success of the vioage, seeing so many croses befale, and
				  the year time so farr spente; but others, in regarde of their owne weaknes, and
				  charge of many yonge children, were thought least usefull, and most unfite to
				  bear the brunte of this hard adventure; unto which worke of God, and judgmente
				  of their brethern, they were contented to submite. And thus, like Gedions
				  armie, this small nuYnber was devided, as if the Lord by this worke of his
				  providente thought these few to many for the great worke he had to doe. But
				  here by the way let me show, how afterward it was found that the leaknes of
				  this ship was partly by being over masted, and too much pressed with sayles;
				  for after she was sould and put into her old trime, she made many viages and
				  performed her service very sufficiently, to the great profite of her owners.
				  But more espetially, by the cuning and deceite of the mr and his company, who
				  were hired to stay a whole year in the cuntrie, and now fancying dislike and
				  fearing wante of victeles, they ploted this strategem to free them selves; as
				  afterwards was knowne, and by some of them confessed. For they apprehended that
				  the greater ship, being of forte, and in whom nlost of the provissions were
				  stowed, she would retayne enough for her selfe, what soever became of them or
				  the passengers; and indeed shuch speeches had bene cast out by some of them;
				  and yet, besids other incouragments, the cheefe of them that carne from Leyden
				  wente in this shipe to give the Inr contente. But so strong was self love and
				  his fears, as he forgott all duty and former kindnesses, and delt thus falsly
				  with them, though he pretended otherwise. Amongest those that returned was Mr.
				  Cushman and his familie, whose hart and courage was gone from them before, as
				  it seems, though his body was with them till now he departed; as may appear by
				  a passionate letter he write to a freind in London from Dartmouth, whilst the
				  ship lay ther a mending; the which, besids the expressions of his owne fears,
				  it shows much of the providente of God working for their good beyonde man's
				  expectation, and other things concerning their condition in these streats.I
				  will hear relate it. And though it discover some infirmities in him (as who
				  under temtation is free), yet after this he continued to be a spetiall
				  instrumente for their good, and to doe the ofices of a loving freind and
				  faithfull brother unto them, and pertaker of much comforte with them.</p> 
				<p n="120">The letter is as followth.</p> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <opener>To his loving friend Ed: S.at Henige House in the Duks
					 Place, these, etc</opener> 
				  <dateline>Dartmouth, Aug. 17.</dateline> 
				  <salute>Loving friend, </salute> 
				  <p n="121">my most kind remembrance to you and your wife, with loving E.
					 M. etc. whom in this world I never looke to see againe. For besids the eminente
					 dangers of this viage, which are no less then deadly, an infirmitie of body
					 hath ceased me, which will not in all licelyhoode leave me till death. What to
					 call it I know not, but it is a bundle of lead, as it were, crushing my harte
					 more and more these 14. days, as that allthough I doe the acctions of a liveing
					 man, yet I am but as dead; but the will of God be done. Our pinass will not
					 cease leaking, els I thinke we had been halfe way at Virginia, our viage hither
					 hath been as full of crosses, as our selves have been of crokednes. We put in
					 hear to trimme her, and I thinke, as others also, if we had stayed at sea but
					 3. or 4. howers more, shee would have sunke right downe. And though she was
					 twise trimmed at Hamton, yet now shee is open and leakie as a seive; and ther
					 was a borde, a man might have puld of with his fingers, 2 foote longe, wher the
					 water carne in as at a mole hole. We lay at Hamton 7. days, in fair weather,
					 waiting for her, and now we lye hear waiting for her in as faire a wind as can
					 blowe, and so have done these 4. days, and are like to lye 4. more, and by that
					 time the wind will happily turne as it did at Hampton. Our victualls will be
					 halfe caten up, I thinke, before we goe from the coaste of England, and if our
					 viage last longe, we shall not have a months victialls when we come in the
					 countrie. Neare 700li. hath bene bestowed at Hampton, upon what I know not. Mr.
					 Martin saith he neither can nor will give any accounte of it, and if he be
					 called upon for accounts he crieth out of unthankfullnes for his paines and
					 tare, that we are susspitious of him, and flings away, and will end nothing.
					 Also he so insulteth over our poore people, with shuch scorne and contempte, as
					 if they were not good enough to wipe his shoes. It would break your hart to see
					 his dealing,and the mourning of our people. They complaine to me, and alass!
					 I can doe nothing for them; if I speake to him, he flies in my face, as
					 mutinous, and saith no complaints shall be heard or received but by him selfe,
					 and saith they are forwarde, and waspish, discontented people, and I doe ill to
					 hear them. Ther are others that would lose all they have put in, or make
					 satisfaction for what they have had, that they might depart; but he will not
					 hear them, nor suffer them to goe ashore, least they should rune away. The
					 sailors also are so offended at his ignorante bouldnes, in medling and
					 controuling in things he knows not what belongs too, as that some thrcaten to
					 misscheefe him, others say they will leave the shipe and goe their way. But at
					 the best this cometh of it, that he maks him selfe a scorne and laughing stock
					 unto them. As for Mr. Weston, excepte grace doe greatly swaye with him, he will
					 hate us ten times more then ever he loved us, for not confirming the
					 conditions. But now, since some pinches have taken them, they begine to reveile
					 the trueth, and say Mr. Robinson was in the falte who charged them never to
					 contente to those conditions, nor chuse me into office, but indeede apointed
					 them to chose them they did chose.But he and they will rue too late, they may
					 now see, and all be ashamed when it is too late, that they were so ignorante,
					 yea, and so inordinate in their courses. I am sure as they were resolved not to
					 seale those conditions, I was not so resolute at Hampton to have left the whole
					 bussines, excepte they would seale them, and better the vioage to have bene
					 broken of then, then to have brought such miserie to our selves, dishonour to
					 God, and detrimente to our loving freinds, as now it is like to doe. 4. or 5.
					 of the cheefe of them which carne from Leyden, carne resolved never to goe on
					 those conditions. And Mr. Martine, he said he never received no money on those
					 conditions, he was not beholden to the marchants for a pine, they
					 were.bloudsuckers, and I know not what. Simple man, he indeed never made any
					 conditions with the marchants, nor ever spake with them. But did all that money
					 flie to Hampton, or was it his owne? Who will goe and lay out money so rashly
					 and lavishly as he did, and never know how he comes by it, or on what
					 conditions ? 2y. I tould him of the alteration longe agoe, and he was contente;
					 but now he dominires, and said I had betrayed them into the hands of selves; he
					 is not beholden to them, he can set out 2. ships him selfe to a viage. When,
					 good man ? He hath but 50li. in, and if he should give up his accounts he would
					 not have a penie left him, as I am persuaded,etc. Freind, if ever we make a
					 plantation, God works a mirakle; especially considering how scante we shall be
					 of victualls, and most of all ununited amongst our selves, and devoyd of good
					 tutors and regimente. Violente will break al]. Wher is the meek and humble
					 spirite of Moyses ? and of Nehemiah who reedified the wals of Jerusalem, and
					 the state of Israell ? Is noi the shoud of Rehoboams braggs daly hear amongst
					 us ? Have not the philosophers and all wise men observed that, even in setled
					 commone welths, violente governours bring either them selves, or people, or
					 boath, to ruine; how much more in the raising of commone wealths, when the
					 morter is yet scarce tempered that should bind the wales. If I should write to
					 you of all things which promiscuously forerune our ruine, I should over charge
					 my weake head and greeve your tender hart; only this, I pray you prepare for
					 evill tidings of us every day. But pray for us instantly, it may be the Lord
					 will be yet entreated one way or other to make for us. I see not in reason how
					 we shall escape even the gasping of hunger starved persons; but God can doe
					 much, and his will be done. It is better for me to dye, then now for me to bear
					 it, which I doe daly, and expecte it howerly; haveing received the sentance of
					 death, both within me and without me. Poore William King and my selfe doe
					 strive who shall be meate first for the fishes; but we looke for a glorious
					 resurrection, knowing Christ Jesus after the flesh no more, but looking unto
					 the joye that is before us, we will endure all these things and accounte them
					 light in comparison of that joye we hope for. Remember me in all love to our
					 freinds as if I named them, whose praiers I desire ernestly, and wish againe to
					 see, but not till I can with more comforte looke thenl in the face. The Lord
					 give us that true comforte which none can take from us. I had a desire to make
					 a breefe relation of our estate to some freind. I doubte not but your wisdome
					 will teach you seasonably to utter things as here after you shall be called to
					 it. That which I have writen is treue, and many things more which I have
					 forborne. I write it as upon my life, and last confession in England. What is
					 of use to be spoken of presently, you may speake of it, and what is fitt to
					 conceile, conceall. Pass by my weake maner, for my head is weake, and my body
					 feeble, the Lord make me strong in him, and keepe both you and yours.</p> 
				  <closer>. Your loving freind, 
					 <signed>ROBART CUSHMAN</signed> 
					 <dateline>Dartmouth, Aug. 17. 1620.</dateline></closer> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="122">These being his conceptions and fears at Dartmouth, they must
					 needs be much stronger now at Plimoth.</p> 
				</div3> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>The 9. Chap.</head> 
				<head rend="italic">Of their vioage, and how they passed the sea, and o f their safe arrival at Cape Codd.</head> 
				<p n="123">SEPTR : 6. These troubls being blowne over, and now all being
				  compacte togeather in one shipe,they put to sea againe with a prosperus
				  winde, which continued diverce days togeather, which was some incouragmente
				  unto them; yet according to the, usuall maner many were alicted with
				  seasicknes. And I may not omite hear a spetiall worke of Gods providente. Ther
				  was a proud and very profane yonge man, one of the sea-men, of a lustie, able
				  body, which made him the more hauty; he would allway be contemning the poore
				  people in their sicknes, and cursing them dayly with greevous execrations, and
				  did not let to tell them, that he hoped to help to cast halfe of them over
				  board before they came to their jurneys end, and to make mery with what they
				  had; and if he were by any gently reproved, he would curse and swear rnost
				  bitterly. But it plased God before they came halfe seas over, to smite this
				  yong man with a greeveous disease, of which he dyed in a desperate maner, and
				  so was him selfe the first that was throwne overbord. Thus his curses light on
				  his owne head; and it was an astonishmente to all his fellows, for they noted
				  it to be the just hand of God upon him.</p> 
				<p n="124">After they had injoyed faire winds and weather for a season,
				  they were incountred many times with crosse winds, and mette with many feirce
				  stormes, with which the shipe was shroudlyshaken, and her upper works madeo
				  very leakie; and one of the maine beames in the midd ships was bowed and
				  craked, which put them in some fear that the shipe could not be able to
				  performe the vioage. So some of the cheefe of the company, perceiveing the
				  mariners to faare the suffisiencie of the shipe, as appeared by their
				  mutterings, they entred into serious consulltation with the mr and other
				  officers of the ship, to consider in time of the danger; and rather to returne
				  then to cast them selves into a desperate and inevitable perill. And truly ther
				  was great distraction and differance of opinion amongst the mariners them
				  selves; faine would they doe what could be done for their wages sake, (being
				  now halfe the seas over,) and on the other hand they were loath to hazard their
				  lives too desperately. But in examening of all opinions, the lnr and others
				  affirmed they knew the ship to be stronge and firme under water; and for the
				  buckling of the maine beame, ther was a great iron scrue the passengers
				  brought out of Holland, which would raise the beame into his place; the which
				  being done, the carpenter and mr affirmed that with a post put under it, set
				  firme in the lower deck, and otherways bounde, he would make it sufficiente.
				  And as for the decks and uper workes they would calke them as well as they
				  could and though with the workeing of the ship they would not longe keepe
				  stanch, yet ther would otherwise be no great danger, if they did not overpress
				  her with sails. So they commited thern selves to the will of God, and resolved
				  to proseede. In sundrie of these stormes the winds were so feirce, and the seas
				  so high, as they could not beare a knote of saile, but were forced to hull, for
				  diverce days togither. And in one of them, as they thus lay at hull, in a
				  mighty storme, a lustie yonge man (called Jolln Howland) coming upon some
				  occasion aboye the grattings, was, with a seele of the shipe throwne into [the]
				  sea; but it pleased God that he caught hould of the top-saile halliards, which
				  hunge over board, and rane out at length; yet he held his hould (though he was
				  sundrie fadomes under water) till he was hald up by the same rope to the brime
				  of the water, and then with a boat hooke and other means got into the shipe
				  againe, and his life saved; and though he was something ill with it, yet he
				  lived many years after, and became a profitable member both in church and
				  commone wealthe. In all this viage ther died but one of the passengers, which
				  was William Butten, a youth, servant to Samuell Fuller, when they drew near the
				  coast. But to omite other things, (that I may be breefe,) after longe beating
				  at sea they fell with that land which is called Cape Cod; the which being made
				  and certainly knowne to be it, they were not a litle joyfull. After some
				  deliberation had amongst them selves and with the mr of the ship, they y tacked
				  aboute and resolved to stande for the southward (the wind and weather being
				  faire) to finde some place aboute Hudsons river for their habitation. But after
				  they had sailed that course aboute halfe the day, they fell amongst deangerous
				  shoulds and roring breakers, and they were so farr intangled ther with as they
				  conceived them selves in great danger; and the wind shrinking upon them
				  withall, they resolved to bear up againe for the Cape, and thought them selves
				  hapy to gett out of those dangers before night overtooke them, as by Gods
				  providence they did. And the next day they gott into the Cape-harbor wher they
				  ridd in saftie. A word or too by the way of this cape; it was thus first named
				  by Capten Gosnole and his company, Anoo: 1602, and after by Capten Smith was
				  caled Cape James; but it retains the former name amongst seamen. Also that
				  pointe which first shewed those dangerous shoulds unto them, they called Pointe
				  Care, and Tuckers Terrour; but the French and Dutch to this day call it
				  Malabarr,= by reason of those perilous shoulds, and the losses they have
				  suffered their.</p> 
				<p n="125">Being thus arived in a good harbor and brought safe to land,
				  they fell upon their knees and blessed the God of heaven, who had brought them
				  over the vast and furious ocean, and delivered them from all the periles and
				  miseries therof, againe to set their feete on the firme and stable earth, their
				  proper elemente. And no marvell if they were thus joyefull, seeing wise Seneca
				  was so affected with sailing a few miles on the coast of his owne Italy; as he
				  affirmed,3 that he had rather remaine twentie years on his way by land, then
				  pass by sea to any place in a short time; so tedious and dreadfull was the same
				  unto him.But hear I cannot but stay and make a pause, and stand half amased at
				  this poore peoples presente condition; and so I thinke will the reader too,
				  when he well considera the same. Being thus passed the vast ocean, and a sea of
				  troubles before in their preparation (as may be remembred by that which vente
				  before), they had now no freinds to wellcome them, )for inns to entertaine or
				  refresh their weatherbeaten bodys, no houses or much less townes to repaire
				  too, to seeke for succoure. It is recorded in scriptureas, a mercie to the
				  apostle and his shipwraked company, that the barbarians shewed them no smale
				  kindnes in refreshing them, but these savage barbarians, when they mette with
				  them (as after will appeare) were readier to fill their sids full of arrows
				  then otherwise. And for the season it vas winter, and they that know the
				  winters of that cuntrie know them to be sharp and violent, and subjecte to
				  cruell and feirce stormes, deangerous to travill to known places, much more to
				  serch an unknown coast. Besids, what could they see but a hidious and desolate
				  wildernes, full of wild beasts and willd men? and what multituds ther might be
				  of them they knew not. Nether could they, as it were, goe up to the tope of
				  Pisgah, to vew from this willdernes a more goodly cuntrie to feed their hops;
				  for which way soever they turnd their eys (save upward to the heavens) they
				  could have litle solace or content in respecte of any outward objects. `For
				  summer being done, all things stand upon them with a wetherbeaten face; and the
				  whole countrie, full of woods and thickets, represented a wild and savage heiw.
				  If they looked behind them, ther vas the mighty otean which they had passed,
				  and vas now as a maine barr and goulfe to seperate them from all the civill
				  parts of the world. If it be said they had a ship to sucour them, it is trew;
				  but what heard they daly from the mr and company ? but that with speede they
				  should looke out a place with their shallop, wher they would be at some near
				  distante; for the season vas shuch as he would not stirr from thence till a
				  safe harbor vas discovered by them wher they would be, and he might goe without
				  danger; and that victells consumed apace, but he must and would keepe
				  sufflcient for them selves and their returne. Yea, it vas muttered by some,
				  that if they gott not a place in time, they would turne them and their goods
				  ashore and leave them. Let it also be considred what weake hopes of supply and
				  succoure they left behinde them, that might bear up their minds in this sade
				  condition and trialls they were under; and they could not but be very smale. It
				  is true, indeed, the affections and love of their brethren at Leyden vas
				  cordiall and entire towards them, but they had litle power to help them, or
				  them selves; and how the case stode betweene them and the marchanta at their
				  coming away, hath allready been declared. What could now sustaine them but the
				  spirite of God and his grace? May not and ought not the children of these
				  fathers rightly soy: <hi rend="italic">Our f aithers were Englishmen which
				  come over this great otean, and were ready to perish in this willdernes; but
				  they eried unto the Lord, and he heard their voyce, and looked on their
				  adversitie, etc. Let them ther f ore praise the Lord, because he is good, and
				  his mercies endure for ever. Yea, let them which have been redeemed of the
				  Lord, shew how he hath delivered them from the hand of the oppressour. When
				  they wandered in the deserte willdernes out of the way, and found no citie to
				  dwell in, both hungrie, and thirstie, their sowle vas overwhelmed in them. Let
				  them confesa before the Lord his loving kindnes, and his wonderfull works be f
				  ore the sons o f men. </hi></p> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head>The 10. Chap.</head> 
				<head rend="italic">Showing how they sought out a place of habitation, and what be f ell them theraboute.</head> 
				<p n="126">BFING thus arrived at Cap-Cod the 11. of November, and
				  necessitie calling them to looke out a place for habitation, (as well as the
				  maisters and marinera importunitie,) they having brought a large shalop with
				  them out of England, stowed in quarters in the ship, they now gott her out and
				  sett their carpenters to worke to trime her up; but being much brused and
				  shatered in the shipe with foule weather, they saw she would be longe in
				  mending. Wherupon a few of them tendered them selves to goe by 'and and
				  discovere those nearest places, whilst the shalopp was in mending; and the
				  rather because as they wente into that harbor ther seemed to be an opening
				  solee 2. or 3 leagues of, which the maister judged to be a river. It was
				  conceived ther might be some danger in the attempte, yet seeing them resolute,
				  they were permited to goe, being 16, of them well armed, under the conduct of
				  Captain Standish,having shuch instructions given them as was thought meete.
				  They sett forth the 15. of Novebr: and when they had marched aboute the space
				  of a mile by the sea side, they espied 5. or 6. persons with a dogg coming
				  towards them, who were salvages; but they fIed from them, and ranne up
				  into the woods, and the English followed them, partly to see if they could
				  speake with them, and partly to discover if ther might not be more of them
				  lying in ambush. But the Indeans seeing them selves thus followed, they againe
				  forsooke the woods, and rape away on the sands as hard as they could, so as
				  they could not come near them, but followed them by the tracte of their feet
				  sundrie miles, and saw that they had come the same way. So, night coming on,
				  they made their randevous and set out their sentinels, and rested in quiete
				  that night, and the next morning followed their tracte till they had headed a
				  great creake, and so left the sands, and turned an other way into the woods.
				  But they still followed them by geuss, hopeing to find their dwellings; but
				  they soone lost both them and them selves, falling into shuch thickets as were
				  ready to tear their cloaths, and armore in peeces, but were most distresed for
				  wante of drinke. But at length they found water and refreshed them selves,
				  being the first New-England water they drunke of, and was now in thir great
				  thirste as pleasante unto them as wine or bear had been in for-times.
				  Afterwards they directed their course to come to the other shore, for they knew
				  it was a necke of 'and they were to crosse over, and so at length gott to the
				  sea-side, and marched to this supposed river, and by the way found a pond of
				  clear fresh water, and shortly after a good quantitie of clear ground wher the
				  Indeans had formerly set torne, and some of their graves.And proceeding
				  furder they saw new-stuble wher torne had been set the same year, also they
				  found wher latly a house had been, wher some planks and a great ketle was
				  remaining, and heaps of sand newly padled with their hands, which they, digging
				  up, found in them diverce faire Indean baskets filled with torne, and some in
				  eares, faire and good, of diverce collours, which seemed to them a very goodly
				  sight, (haveing never seen any shuch before). This was near the place of that
				  supposed river they came to seeck ;z unto which they wente and found it to open
				  it selfe into 2. armes with a high cliffe of sand in the enterance, but more
				  like to be crikes of salte water then any fresh, for ought they saw; and that
				  ther was good harborige for their shalope; leaving it further to be discovered
				  by their shalop when she was ready. So their time limeted them being expired,
				  they returned to the ship, least they should be in fear of their saftie; and
				  tooke with them parte of the coree, and buried up the rest, and so like the mee
				  from Eshcoll carried with them of the fruits of the land, and showed their
				  breethren; of which, and their returne, they were marvelusly glad, and their
				  harts incouraged.</p> 
				<p n="127">After this, the shalop being got ready, they set out againe for
				  the better discovery of this place, and the mr of the ship desired to goe him
				  selfe, so ther went some 30. men, but found it to be no harbor for ships but
				  only for boats; ther was allso found 2. of their houses covered with matts, and
				  sundrie of their implements in them, but the people were rune away and could
				  not be seen; also ther was found more of their corve, and of their beans of
				  various collours. The torne and beans they brought away, purposing to give them
				  full satisfaction when they should meete with any of them (as about some 6.
				  months afterward they did, to their good contente). And here is to be noted a
				  spetiall providente of God, and a great mercie to this poore people, that hear
				  they gott seed to plant them torne the next year, or els they might have
				  starved, for they had pone, nor any liklyhood to get any till the season had
				  beene past (as the sequell did manyfest). Neither is it lickly they had had
				  this, if the first viage had not been made, for the ground was now all covered
				  with snow, and hard frozen. But the Lord is never wanting unto his in their
				  greatest needs; let his holy name have all the praise. </p> 
				<p n="128">The month of November being spente in these affairs, and much
				  foule weather falling in, the 6. of Desemr: they sente out their shallop againe
				  with 10. of their principall men, and some sea men, upon further discovery,
				  intending to circulate that deepe bay of Cap-codd. The weather was very could,
				  and it frose so hard as the sprea of the sea lighting on their coats, they were
				  as if they had been glased; yet that night betimes they gott downe into the
				  botome of the bay, and as they drue nere the shore they saw some 10. or 12.
				  Indeans very busie aboute some thing. They landed aboute a league or 2. from
				  them, and had much a doe to put a shore any wher, it lay so full of flats.
				  Being landed, it grew late, and they made them selves a barricade with loggs
				  and bowes as well as they could in the time, and set out their sentenill and
				  betooke them to rest, and saw the smoake of the fire the savages made that
				  night. When morning was come they devided their company, some to coaste along
				  the shore in the boate, and the rest lnarched throw the woods to see the land,
				  if any fit place lnight be for their dwelling. They carne allso to the place
				  wher they saw the Indans the night before, and found they had been cuting up a
				  great fish like a grampus, being some 2. inches thike of fate like a hogg, some
				  peeces wher of they had left by the way; and the shallop found 2. more of these
				  fishes dead on the sands, a thing usuall after storms in that place, byreason
				  of the great flats of sand that lye of. So theyranged upand doune all that day,
				  but found no people, nor any place they liked. When the supe grue low,they
				  hasted out of thewoods to meete with their shallop, to whom they made signes to
				  come to them into a creeke hardby, the which they did at highwater; of which
				  they were very glad, for they had not seen each other all that day, since the
				  morning. So they made them a barricado (as usually they did every night) with
				  loggs, staks, and thike pine bowes, the height of a man, leaving it open to
				  leeward, partly to shelter them from the could and wind (making their fire in
				  the midle, and lying round aboute it), and partly to defend them from any
				  sudden assaults of the savags, if they should surround them.So being very
				  weary, they betooke them to rest. But aboute midnight, they heard a hideous and
				  great crIe, and their sentinell caled, "Arme, arme"; so they bestired
				  them and stood to their armes, and shote of a cupple of moskets, and then the
				  noys seased. They concluded it was a companie of wolves, or such like willd
				  beasts; for ove of the sea men tould them he had often heard shuch a noyse in
				  New-found land. So they rested till about 5. of the clock in the morning; for
				  the tide, and ther purposs to goe from thence, made them be stiring betimes. So
				  after praisr they prepared for breakfast, and it being day dawning, it was
				  thought best to be carring things downe to the boate. But some said it was not
				  best to carrie the armes downe, others said they would be the readier, for they
				  had layed them up in their coats from the dew. But some 3. or 4. would not cary
				  theirs till they wente them selves, yet as it fell out, the water being not
				  high enough, they layed them downe on the banke side, and carne up to
				  breakfast. But presently, all on the sudain, they heard a great and strange
				  crie, which they knew to be the same voyces they heard in the night, though
				  they varied their notes, and one of their company being abroad carne runing in,
				  and cried, "Men, Indeans, Indeans"; and withall, their arrwes carne flying
				  amongst them. Their men rape with all speed to recover their armes, as by the
				  good providente of God they did. In the mean time, of those that were ther
				  ready, tow muskets were discharged at them, and 2. more stood ready in the
				  enterance of ther randevoue, but were ocomanded not to shoote till they could
				  take- full aime at them; and the other 2. charged againe with al] speed, for
				  ther were only 4. had armes ther, and defended the baricado which was first
				  assalted. The crie of the Indeans was dreadfull, espetially when they saw ther
				  men rune out of the randevoue towourds the shallop, to recover their armes, the
				  Indeans wheeling aboute upon them. But some running out with coats of malle on,
				  and cutlasses in their hands, they soone got their armes, and let flye amongs
				  them, and quickly stopped their violente. Yet ther was a lustie man, and no
				  less valiante, stood behind a tree within halfe a musket shot, and let his
				  arrows flie at them. He was seen shoot 3. arrowes, which were all avoyded. He
				  stood 3. shot of a musket, till one taking full aime at him, and made the banke
				  or splinters of the tree fly about his ears, after which he gave an
				  extraordinary shrike, and away they wente all of them. They left some to keep
				  the shalop, and followed them aboute a quarter of a mille, and shouted once or
				  twise, and shot of 2. or 3. peces, and so returned. This they did, that they
				  might conceive that they were not affrade of them or any way discouraged. Thus
				  it pleased God to vanquish their enimies, and give them deliverance; and by
				  his spetiall providence so to dispose that not any one of them were either
				  hurte, or hitt, though their arrows carne Glose by them, and on every side
				  them, and sundry of their coats, which hunge up in the barricado, were shot
				  throw and throw. Aterwards theygave God sollamne thanks and praise for their
				  deliverance, and gathered up a bundle of their arrows, and sente them into
				  England afterward by the mr of the ship, and called that place the first
				  encounter. From hence they departed, and costed all along, but discerned-no
				  place likly for harbor; and therfore hasted to a place that their pillote, (one
				  Mr. Coppin who had bine in the cuntrie before)did assure them was,agood
				  harbor, which he had been in, and they might fetch.it before night; of which
				  they were glad, for it begane to be Soule weather. After some houres sailing,
				  it begane to snow and raine, and about the mdle of the afternoone, the wind
				  increased, and the sea became very rough, and they broake their rudder, and it
				  was as much as 2. men could doe to steere her with a cupple of oares. But their
				  pillott bad them be of good cheere, for he saw the harbor; but the storme
				  increasing, and night drawing on, they bore what saile they could to gett in,
				  while they could see. But herwith they broake their mast in 3. peeces, and
				  their saill fell over bord, in a very grown sea, so as they had like to have
				  been cast away; yet by God's mercie they recovered them selves, and having the
				  floud with them, struck into the harbore. But when it carne too, the pillott
				  was deceived in the place, and said, the Lord be mercifull unto them, for his
				  eys never saw that place before; and he and the mr mate would have rune her
				  ashore, in a cove full of breakers, before the winde. But a lusty seaman which
				  steered, bad those which rowed, if they were men, about with her, or ells they
				  were all cast away; the which they did with speed. So he bid them be of good
				  cheere and row lustly, for ther was a faire sound before them, and he doubted
				  not but they should find one place or other wher they might ride in saftie. And
				  though it was very darke, and rained sore, yet in the end they gott under the
				  lee of a smalle iland, and remained ther all that night in saftie.But they
				  knew not this to be an iland till morning, but were devided in their minds;
				  some would keepe the boate for fear they might be amongst the Indians; others
				  were so weake and could, they could not endure, but got a shore, and with much
				  adoe got fine, (all things being so wett,) and the rest were glad to come to
				  them; for after midnight the wind shifted to the north-west, and it frose hard.
				  But though this had been a day and night of much trouble and danger unto them,
				  yet God gave them a morning of comforte and refreshing (as usually he doth to
				  his children), for the next day was a faire sunshining day, and they found
				  theni sellvs to be on an iland secure from the Indeans, wher they might drie
				  their stufe, fixe their peeces, and rest them selves, and gave God thanks for
				  his mercies, in their manifould deliverances. And this being the last day of
				  the weeke, they prepared ther to keepe the Sabath. On Munday they sounded the
				  harbor, and founde it fitt for shipping; and marched into the land,Z and found
				  diverse cornfeilds, and litle runing brooks, a place (as they supposed) fitt
				  for situation; at least it was the best they could find, and the season, and
				  their presente necessitie, made them glad to accepte of it. So they returned to
				  their shipp againe with this news to the rest of their people which did much
				  comforte their harts.</p> 
				<p n="129">On the 15. of Desemr: they wayed anchor to goe to the place they
				  had discovered, and came within 2. leagues of it, but were faine to bear up
				  againe; but the 16. day the winde carne faire, and they arrived safe in this
				  harbor. And after wards tooke better view of the place, and resolved wher to
				  pitch their dwelling; and the 25. day begane to erecte the first house for
				  commone use to receive them and their goods.</p> 
			 </div2> 
		  </div1> 
		  <div1> 
			 <head rend="bold">THE 2. BOOKE.</head> 
			 <head>The rest of this History (if God give me life, and opportunity) I shall, for brevitis sake, handle by way of annalls, noteing only the heads of principall things, and passage as they fell in order of time, and may seeme to be profitable to 
know, or to make use of.	And this may be as the 2. Booke
</head> 
			 <div2> 
				<head rend="italic">The remainder of Ano: 1620.</head> 
				<p n="130">I SHALL a litle returne backe and begine with a. combination I
				  made by them before they came ashore, being the first foundation of their
				  govermente in this place; occasioned partly by the discontented and mutinous
				  speeches that some of the strangers amongst them had let fall from them in the
				  ship-That when they came a shore they would use their owne libertie; for none
				  had power to command them, the patente they had being for Virginia, and not for
				  New-england, which belonged to an other Goverment, with which the Virginia
				  Company had nothing to doe. And partly that shuch an acte by them done (this
				  their condition considered) might be as firme as any patent, and in some
				  respects more sure.</p> 
				<p n="131">The forme was as followeth.</p> 
				<div3 type="document"> 
				  <p n="132">In the narre of God, Amen. We whose names are under-writen,
					 the loyall subjects of our dread soveraigne Lord, King James, by the grace of
					 God, of Great Britaine, Frane, and Ireland king, defender of the faith, cte.,
					 haveing undertaken, for the glorie of God, and advancemente of the Christian
					 faith, and honour of our king and countrie, a voyage to plant the first colonie
					 in the Northerne parts of Virginia, doe by these presents solemnly and mutualy
					 in the presente of God, and one of another, covenant and combine our selves
					 togeather into a civill body politick, for our better ordering and preservation
					 and furtherance of the ends aforesaid; and by vertue hearof to enacte,
					 constitute, and frame such just and equall lawes, ordinances, acts,
					 constitutions, and offices, from time ta time, as shall be thought most meete
					 and convenient for the generall good of the Colonie, unto which we promise all
					 due submission and obediente. In witnes wherof we have hereunder subscribed our
					 narres at Cap-Codd the 11. of November, in the year of the raigne of our
					 soveraigne lord, King James, of England, France, and Ireland the eighteenth,
					 and of Scotland the fiftie fourth.</p> 
				  <dateline>An: Dom. 1620.</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="133">After this they chose, or rather confirmed,z Mr. John Carver
					 (a man godly and well approved amongst them) their Governour for that year. And
					 after they had provided a place for their goods, or combne store, (which were
					 long in unlading for want of boats, foulnes of winter weather, and sicknes of
					 diverce,) and begune some small cottages for their habitation, as time would
					 admitte, they mette and consulted of lawes and orders, both for their civill
					 and military Govermente, as the necessitie of their condition did require,
					 still adding therunto as urgent occasion in severall times, and as cases did
					 require.</p> 
				  <p n="134">In these hard and difficulte beginings they found some
					 discontents and murmurings arise amongst some, and mutinous speeches and
					 carriags in other; but they were soone quelled and overcome by the wisdome,
					 patience, and just and equall carrage of things by the Govr and better part,
					 which clave faithfully togeather in the maine. But that which was most sadd and
					 lamentable was, that in 2. or 3. moneths time half e of their company dyed,
					 espetialy in Jan : and February, being the depth of winter, and wanting houses
					 and other comforts; being infected with the scurvie and other diseases, which
					 this long vioage and their inacomodate condition had brought upon them; so as
					 ther dyed some times 2. or 3. of a day, in the foresaid time; that of 100. and
					 odd persons, scarce 50. remained., And of these in the time of most distres,
					 ther was but 6. or 7. sound persons, who, to their great comendations be it
					 spoken, spared no pains, night nor day, but with abundante of toyle and hazard
					 of their owne health, fetched them woode, made them fires, drest them meat,
					 made their beads, washed their lothsome cloaths, cloathed and uncloathed them;
					 in a word, did all the homly and necessarie offices for them which dainty and
					 quesie stomacks cannot endure to hear named; and all this willingly and
					 cherfully, without any grudging in the least, shewing herein their true love
					 unto their freinds and bretheren. A rare example and worthy to be remembred.
					 Tow of these 7. were Mr. William Brewster, ther reverend Elder, and Myles
					 Standish, ther Captein and military comander, unto whom my selfe, and many
					 others, were much beholden in our low and sicke condition. And yet the Lord so
					 upheld these persons, as in this generall calamity they were not at all
					 infected either with sicknes, or lamnes. And what I have said of these, I may
					 say of many others who dyed in this generall vissitation, and others yet
					 living, that whilst they had health, yea, or any strength continuing, they were
					 not wanting to any that had need of them. And I doute not but their recompense
					 is with the Lord. </p> 
				  <p n="135">But I may not hear pass by an other remarkable passage not to
					 be forgotten. As this calamitie fell among the passengers that were to be left
					 here to plant, and were hasted a shore and made to drunke water, that the
					 sea-men might have the more bear,l and one in his sicknes desiring but a small
					 cann of beere, it was answered, that if he were their owne fatlier he should
					 have none; the disease begane to fall amongst then also, so as allmost halfe of
					 their company dyed before they went away, and many of their officers and
					 lustyest men, as the boatson, gunner, quarter-maisters, the cooke, and others.
					 At which the mr was something strucken and sent to the sick a shore and tould
					 the Govr he should send for beer for them that had peed of it, though he drunke
					 water homward bound. But now amongst his company ther was farr another kind of
					 carriage in this miserie then amongst the passengers; for they that before had
					 been boone companions in drinking and joyllity in the time of their health and
					 wellfare, begane now to deserte one another in this calamitie, saing they would
					 not hasard ther lives for them, they should be infected by coming to help them
					 in their cabins, and so, after they came to dye by it, would doe litle or
					 nothing for them, but if they dyed let them dye. But shuch of the passengers as
					 were yet abord shewed them what merey they could, which made some of their
					 harts relente, as the boatson (and some others), who was a prowd yonge man, and
					 would often curse and scofe at the passengers; but when he grew weak, they had
					 compassion on him and helped him; then he confessed he did not deserve it at
					 their hands, he had abused them in word and deed. 0 ! saith he, you, I now see,
					 shew your love like Christians indeed one to another, but we let one another
					 lye and dye like doggs. Another lay cursing his wife, saing if it had not ben
					 for her he had never come this unlucky viage, and anone cursing his felows,
					 saing he had done this and that, for some of them, he had spente so much, and
					 so much, amongst them, and they were now weary of him, and did not help him,
					 having need. Another gave his companion all he had, if he died, to help him in
					 his weaknes; he went and got a litle spise and made him a mess of meat once or
					 twise, and because he dyed not so soone as he expected, he went amongst his
					 fellows, and swore the rogue would cousen him, he would see hita choaked before
					 he made him any more meate; and yet the pore fellow dyed before morning.</p> 
				  <p n="136">All this while the Indians carne skulking about them, and
					 would sometimes show them selves aloofe of, but when any aproached near them,
					 they would rune away. And once they stoale away their tools wher they had been
					 at worke, and were gone to diner. But about the 16. of March a certaine Indian
					 carne bouldly amongst them, and spoke to them in broken English, which they
					 could well understand, but marvelled at it. At length they understood by
					 discourse with him, that he was not of these parts, but belonged to the
					 eastrene parts, wher some English-ships carne to fhish, with whom he was
					 aquainted, and could name sundrie of them by their names, amongst whom he had
					 gott his language. He became proftable to them in aquainting them with many
					 things concerning the state of the cuntry in the east-parts wher he lived,
					 which was afterwards profitable unto them; as also of the people hear, of their
					 names, number, and strength; of their situation and distance from this place,
					 and who was cheefe amongst them. His name was Samaset;he tould them also of
					 another Indian whos name was Squanto,a native of this place, who had been in
					 England and could speake better English then him selfe. Being, after some time
					 of entertainmente and gifts, dismist, a while after he carne againe, and 5.
					 more with him, and they brought againe all the tooles that were stolen away
					 before, and made way for the coming of their great Sachem, called Massasoyt ;
					 who, about 4. or 5. days after, carne with the cheefe of his freinds and other
					 attendance, with the aforesaid Squanto. With whom, after frendly entertainment,
					 and some gifts given him, they made a peace with him (which hath now continued
					 this 24. years)in these terms.</p> 
				  <p n="137">1. That neither he nor any of his, should injurie or doe hurte
					 to any of their peopl.</p> 
				  <p n="138">2. That if any of his did any hurte to any of theirs, he
					 should send the offender, that they might punish him.</p> 
				  <p n="139">3. That if any thing were taken away from any of theirs, he
					 should cause it to be restored; and they should doe the like to his.</p> 
				  <p n="140">4. If any did unjustly warr against him, they would aide him;
					 if any did warr against them, he should aide them.</p> 
				  <p n="141">5. He should send to his neighbours confederats, to certifie
					 them of this, that they might not wrong them, but might be likewise comprised
					 in the conditions of peace.</p> 
				  <p n="142">6. That when ther mea carne to them, they should leave their
					 bows and arrows behind them.</p> 
				  <p n="143">After these things he returned to his place caled Sowams, some
					 40. mile from this place, but Squanto continued with them, and was their
					 interpreter, and was a spetiall instrument sent of God for their good beyond
					 their expectation. He directed them how to set their carne, wher to take fish,
					 and to procure other comodities, and was also their pilott to bring them to
					 unknowne places for theirprofitt, and never left them till he dyed. He was a
					 native of this place, and scarce any left alive beside him selfe He was
					 caried away with diverce others by one Hunt, a mr of a ship, who thought to
					 sell them for slaves in Spaine; but he got away for England, and wa,
					 entertained by a marchante in London, and imployed to New-foundland and other
					 parts, and lastly brought hither into these parts by one Mr. Dermer, a
					 gentle-man imployed by Sr. Ferdinando Gorges and others, for discovery, and
					 other designes in these parts. Of whom I shall say some thing, because it is
					 mentioned in a booke set forth Ano: 1622. by the Presidente and Counsell for
					 New-England,that he made the peace betweene the salvages of these parts and
					 the English; of which this plantation, as it is intimated, had the benefite.
					 But what a peace it was, may apeare by what befell him and his men.</p> 
				  <p n="144">This Mr. Dermer was hear the same year that these people came,
					 as apears by a relation written by him, and given me by a freind, bearing date
					 June 30. Ano : 1620. And they came in Novembr: following, so ther was but 4.
					 months differance. In which relation to his honored freind, he hath these
					 passages of this very place.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="hi"> 
				  <p n="145">I will first begine (saith he) with that place from whence
					 Squanto, or Tisquantem, was taken away; which in Cap: Smiths mape is called
					 Plimoth: and I would that Plimoth had the like comodities. I would that the
					 first plantation might hear be seated, if ther come to the number of 50.
					 persons, or upward. Otherwise at Charlton, because ther the savages are lese to
					 be feared. The Pocanawkits,which live to the west of Plimoth, bear an
					 inveterate malice to the English, and are of more streingth then all the savags
					 from thence to Penobscote. Their desire of revenge was occasioned by an English
					 man, who having many of them on bord, made a great slaughter with their
					 murderers and smale shot, when as (they say) they offered no injurie on their
					 parts. Whether they were English or no, it may be douted; yet they beleeve they
					 were, for the Frenche have so possest them; for which cause Squanto cannot
					 deney but they would have kiled me when I was at Namasket,had he not
					 entreated hard for me. The soyle of the borders of this great hay, may be
					 compared to most of the plantations which I have seene in Virginia. The land is
					 of diverce sorts; for Patuxite is a hardy but strong soyle, Nawset and
					 Saughtughtett are for the most part a blakish and deep mould, much like that
					 wher groweth the best Tobacco in Virginia. In the botume of that great hay is
					 store of Codd and basse, or mulett, etc.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="146">But above all he comends Pacanawkite for the richest soyle,
					 and much open ground fitt for English graine, etc.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="hi"> 
				  <p n="147">Massachuseets z is about 9. leagues from Plimoth, and situate
					 in the mids betweene both, is full of ilands and peninsules very fertill for
					 the most parte.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="148">With sundrie shuch relations which I forbear to transcribe,
					 being now better knowne then they were to him.</p> 
				  <p n="149">He was taken prisoner by the Indeans at Manamoiak(a place
					 not farr from hence, now well knowne). He gave them what they demanded for his
					 liberty, but when they had gott what they desired, they kept him still and
					 indevored to kill his men; but he was freed by seasing on some of them, and
					 kepI them bound till they gave him a cannows load of torne. Of which,
					 see Purch: lib. 9. fol. 1778.But this was Ano: 1619. </p> 
				  <p n="150">After the writing of the former relation he came to the Ile of
					 Capawack(which 'yes south of this place in the way to Virginia), and the
					 foresaid Squanto with him, wher he going a shore amongst the Indans to trad, as
					 he used to doe, was betrayed and assaulted by them, and all his men slaine, but
					 one that kept the boat; but him selfe gott abord very sore wounded, and they
					 had cut of his head upon the cudy of his boat, had not the man reskued him
					 with a sword. And so they got away, and made shift to gett into Virginia, wher
					 he dyed; whether of his wounds or the diseases of the cuntrie, or both
					 togeather, is uncertaine. By all which it may appeare how farr these people
					 were from peace, and with what danger this plantation was begane, save as the
					 powerfull hand of the Lord did protect them. These thing[s] were partly the
					 reason why they kept aloofe and were so long before they carne to the English.
					 An other reason (as after them selvs made known) was how aboute 3. years
					 before, a French-ship was cast away at Cap-Codd, but the men gott ashore, and
					 saved their lives, and much of their victails, and other goods; but after the
					 Indeans heard of it, they geathered togeather from these parts, and never left
					 watching and dogging them till they got advantage, and kild them all but 3. or
					 4. which they kept, and sent from one Sachem to another, to make sporte with,
					 and used them worse then slaves; (of which the foresaid Mr. Dermer redeemed 2.
					 of them;) and they conceived this ship was now come to revenge it.</p> 
				  <p n="151">Also, (as after was made knowne,) before they came to the
					 English to make freindship, they gott all the Powachsof the cuntrie, for 3.
					 days togeather, in a horid and divellish maner to curse and exeerate them with
					 their cunjurations, which asembly and service tllcy luda in ,t darke and
					 dismale swampe.</p> 
				  <p n="152">But to returne. The spring approaching, it pleased God the
					 mortalitie begane to cease amongst them, and the sick and lame recovered apace,
					 which put as it were new life into them; though they had borne their sadd
					 affiiction with much patience and contentednes, as I thinke any people could
					 doe. But it was the Lord which upheld them, and had beforehand prepared them;
					 many having long borne the yoke, yea from their youth. Many other smaler maters
					 I omite, sundrie of them having been allready published in a Jurnall rnade by
					 one of the company;l and some other passages of jurneys and relations allredy
					 published, to which I referr those that are willing to know them more
					 perticulerly. And being now come to the 25. of March I shall begine the year
					 1621. </p> 
				</div3> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head><hi rend="italic">Anno</hi>. 1621</head> 
				<p n="153">THEY now begane to dispatch the ship away which bronght them
				  over, which lay tille aboute this time, or the begining of Aprill. The reason
				  on their parts why she stayed so long, was the necessitie and danger that lay
				  upon them, for it was well towards the ende of Desember before she could land
				  any thing hear, or they able to receive any thing ashore. Afterwards, the 14.
				  of Jan: the house which they had made for a generall randevoze by casulty fell
				  afire, and some were faine to retire abord for shilter. Then the sicknes begane
				  to fall sore amongst them, and the weather so bad as they could not make much
				  sooner any dispatch. Againe, the Govr and cheefe of them, seeing so many dye,
				  and fall downe sick dayly, thought it it no wisdom to send away the ship, their
				  condition considerad, and the danger they stood in from the Indeans, till they
				  could procure some shelter; and therfore thought it better to draw some more
				  charge upon them selves and freinds, then hazard all. The mr and sea-men
				  likewise, though before they hasted the passengers a shore to be goone, now
				  many of their men being dead, and of the ablest of them, (as is before noted,)
				  and of the rest many lay sick and weake, the mr durst not put to sea, till he
				  saw his men begine to recover, and the hart of winter over.</p> 
				<p n="154">Afterwards they (as many as were able) began to plant ther
				  torne, in which servise Squanto stood them in great stead, showing them both
				  the manar how to set it, and after how to dress and tend it. Also he tould them
				  excepte they gott fish and set with it (in these old grounds) it would come to
				  nothing, and he showed them that in the midle of Aprill they should have store
				  enough come up the brooke, by which they begane to build, and taught them how
				  to take it, and wher to get other provissions necessary for them; all which
				  they found true by triall and experience. Some English seed they sew, as wheat
				  and pease, but it came not to good, eather by the badnes of the seed, or
				  latenes of the season, or both, or some other defecte.</p> 
				<p n="155">In this month of Aprill whilst they were bussie about their
				  seed, their Govr (Mr. John Carver) came out of the feild very sick, it being a
				  hott day; he complained greatly of his head, and lay downe, and within a few
				  howers his sences failed, so as he never spake more till he dyed, which was
				  within a few days after. Whoss death was much lamented, and caused great
				  heavines amongst them, as ther was cause. He was buried in the best maner they
				  could, with some vollies of shott by all that bore armes; and his wife, being a
				  weak woman, dyed within 5. or 6. weeks after him.</p> 
				<p n="156">Shortly after William Bradford was chosen Gover in his stead,
				  and being not yet recoverd of his ilnes, in which he had been near the point of
				  death, Isaak Allerton was chosen to be an Asistante unto him, who, by renewed
				  election every year, continued sundry years togeather, which I hear note tmc'co
				  for all.</p> 
				<p n="157">May 12. was the first mariage in this place,which, according
				  to the laudable custome of the Low-Cuntries, in which they had lived, was
				  thought most requisite to be performed by the magistrate, as being a civill
				  thing, upon which many questions aboute inheritances doe depende, with other
				  things most proper to their cognizans, and most consonante to the scripturs,
				  Ruth4. and no wher found in the gospell to be layed on the ministers as a part
				  of their office. "This decree or law about mariage was published by the Stats
				  of the Low-Cuntries Ano : 1590. That those of any religion, after lawfull and
				  open publication, coming before the magistrats, in the Town or Stat-house, were
				  to be orderly (by them) maried one to another." Petets Hist. fol: 1029. And
				  this practiss hath continued amongst, not only them, but hath been followed by
				  all the famous churches of Christ in these parts to this time,-Ano : 1646.</p>
				
				<p n="158">Haveing in some sorte ordered their bussines at home, it was
				  thought meete to send some abroad to see their new freind Massasoyet,and to
				  bestow upon him some gratuitie to bind him the faster unto them; as also that
				  hearby they might veiw the countrie, and see in what maner he lived, what
				  strength he had aboute him, and how the ways were to his place, if at any time
				  they should have occasion. So the 2. of July they sente Mr. Edward Winslowand
				  Mr. Hopkins, with the foresaid Squanto for ther guid, who gave him a suite of
				  cloaths, and a horsemans coate, with some other small things, which were kindly
				  accepted; but they found but short commons, and carne both weary and hungrie
				  home. For the Indeans used then to have nothing so much torne as they have
				  since the English have stored them with their hows,l and seene their industrie
				  in breaking up new grounds therwith. They found his place to be 40. miles from
				  hence, the soyle good, and the people not many, being dead and abundantly
				  wasted in the late great mortalitie which fell in all three parts aboute three
				  years before the coming of the English,wherin thousands of them dyed, they
				  not being able to burie one another; ther sculs and bones were found in many
				  places lying still above ground, where their houses and dwellings had been; a
				  very sad spectackle to behould. But they brought word that the Narighansets
				  lived but on the other side of that great bay, and were a strong people, and
				  many in number, living compacte togeather, and had not been at all touched with
				  this wasting plague.</p> 
				<p n="159">Aboute the later end of this month, one John Billington lost him
				  selfe in the woods, and wandered up and downe some 5. days, living on beries
				  and what he could find. At length he light on an Indean plantation, 20. mils
				  south of this place, called Manamet, they conveid him furder of, to Nawsett,
				  among those peopl that had before set upon the English when they were costing,
				  whilest the ship lay at the Cape, as is before noted. But the Gover caused him
				  to be enquired for among the Indeans, and at length Massassoyt sent word wher
				  he was, and the Gover sent a shalop for him, and had him delivered. Those
				  people also came and made their place; and they gave full satisfaction to those
				  whose torne they had found and taken when they were at Cap-Codd.</p> 
				<p n="160">Thus ther peace and aquaintance was prety well establisht with
				  the natives aboute them; and ther was an other Indean called Hobamackcome to
				  live amongst them, a proper lustie man, and a man of accounte for his vallour
				  and parts amongst the Indeans, and continued very faithfull and constant to the
				  English till he dyed. He and Squanto being gone upon bussines amonge the
				  Indeans, at their returne (whether it was out of envie to them or malice to the
				  English) ther was a Sachem called Corbitant, alyed to Massassoyte, but never
				  any good freind to the English to this day, mett with them at an Indean towne
				  caled Namassakett 14. miles to the west of this place, and begane to quarell
				  with them, and offered to stabe Hobamack; but being a lusty man, he cleared him
				  selfe of him, and came running away all sweating and tould the Govr what had
				  befalne him, and he feared they had killed Squanto, for they threatened them
				  both, and for no other cause but because they were freinds to the English, and
				  servisable unto them. Upon this the Gover taking counsell, it was conceivd not
				  fitt to be borne; for if they should suffer their freinds and messengers thus
				  to be wronged, they should have none would cleave unto them, or give them any
				  inteligente, or doe them serviss afterwards; but nexte they would fall upon
				  them selves. Whereupon it was resolved to send the Captaine and 14. men well
				  armed, and to goe and fall upon them in the night; and if they found that
				  Squanto was kild, to cut of Corbitants head, but not to hurt any but those that
				  had a hand in it. Hobamack was asked if he would goe and be their guid, and
				  bring them ther before day. He said he would, and bring them to the house wher
				  the man lay, and show them which was he. So they set forth the 14. of August,
				  and beset the house round; the Captin giving charg to let none pass out, entred
				  the house to search for him. But he was goone away that day, so they mist him;
				  but understood that Squanto was alive, and that he had only threatened to kill
				  him, and made an offer to stabe him but did not. So they withheld and did no
				  more hurte, and the people came trembling, and brought them the best
				  provissions they had, after they were aquainted by Hobamack what was only
				  intended. Ther was 3. sore wounded which broak out of the house, and asaid to
				  pass through the garde. These they brought home with them, and they had their
				  wounds drest and cured, and sente home. After this they had many gratulations
				  from diverce sachims, and much firmer peace; yea, those of the Iles of Capawack
				  sent to make frendship; and this Corbitant him selfe used the mediation of
				  Massassoyte to make his peace, but was shie to come neare them a longe while
				  after.</p> 
				<p n="161">After this, the 18. of Sepembr: they sente out ther shalop to
				  the Massachusets, with 10. mee, and Squanto for their guid and interpreter, to
				  discover and veiw that bay, and trade with the natives,the which they
				  performed, and found kind entertainement. The people were much affraid of the
				  Tarentins,a people to the eastward which used to come in harvest time and
				  take away their torne, and many times kill their persons. They returned in
				  saftie, and brought home a good quanty of beaver, and made reporte of the
				  place, wishing they had been ther seated; (but it seems the Lord, who assignes
				  to all mee the bounds of their habitations, had apoynted it for an other use).
				  And thus they found the Lord to be with them in all their ways, and to blesse
				  their outgoings and incommings, for which let his holy name have the praise for
				  ever, to all posteritie.</p> 
				<p n="162">They begane now to gather in the small harvest they had, and to
				  fitte up their houses and dwellings against winter, being all well recovered in
				  health and strenght, and had all things in good plenty; for as some were thus
				  imployed in affairs abroad, others were excersised in fishing, aboute codd, and
				  bass, and other fish, of which they tooke good store, of which every family had
				  their portion. All the sommer ther was no wante. And now begane to come in
				  store of foule, as winter aproached, of which this place did abound when they
				  came first (but afterward decreased by degrees). And besids water foule,
				  ther was great store of wild Turkies, of which they tooke many, besids venison,
				  etc. Besids they had aboute a peck a meale a weeke to a person, or now since
				  harvest, Indean coree tb that proportion. Which made many afterwards write so
				  largly of their plenty hear to their freinds in England, which were not fained,
				  but true reports.</p> 
				<p n="163"> In Novembr, about that time twelfe month that them selves came,
				  ther came in a small ship to them unexpected or loked for,in which came Mr.
				  Cushman (so much spoken of before) and with him 35. personsto remaine and
				  live in the plantation; which did not a litle rejoyee them. And they when they
				  came a shore and found all well, and saw plenty of vitails in every house, were
				  no less glade. For most of them were lusty yonge mee, and many of them wild
				  enough, who litle considered whither or aboute what they wente, till they came
				  into the harbore at Cap-Codd, and ther saw nothing but a naked and barren
				  place. They then begane to thinke what should become of them, if the people
				  here were dead or cut of by the Indeans. They begane to consulte (upon some
				  speeches that some of the sea-mee had cast out) to take the sayls from the
				  yeard least the ship should gett away and leave them ther. But the mr hereing
				  of it, gave them good words, and tould them if any thing but well should have
				  befallne the people hear, he hoped he had vitails enough to cary them to
				  Virginia, and whilst he had a bitt they should have their parte; which gave
				  them good satisfaction. So they were all landed; but ther was not so much as
				  bisket-cake or any other victiallsfor them, neither had they any beding, but
				  some sory things they had in their cabins, nor pot, nor pan, to drese any meate
				  in; nor overmany cloaths, for many of them had brusht away their coats and
				  cloaks at Pymouh as they came. But ther was sent over some burching-lanesuits
				  in the ship, out of which they were supplied. The plantation was glad of this
				  addition of strenght, but could have wished that many of them had been of beter
				  condition, and all of them beter furnished with provissions; but that could not
				  now be helpte.</p> 
				<p n="164">In this ship Mr. Weston sent a large leter to Mr. Carver, the
				  late Gover, now deseased, full of complaints and expostulations aboute former
				  passagess at Hampton; and the keeping the shipe so long in the country, and
				  returning her without lading, etc., which for brevitie I omite. The rest is as
				  followeth:</p> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">Part of Mr. Westons letter.</head> 
				  <p n="165">I durst never aquainte the adventurers with the alteration of
					 the conditions first agreed on betweene us, which I have since been very glad
					 of, for I am well assured had they knowne as much as I doe, they would not have
					 adventured a halfe-peny of what was necesary for this ship. That you sent no
					 lading in the ship is wonderfull, and worthily distasted. I know youweaknes
					 was the cause of it, and I beleeve more weaknes of judgmente, then weaknes of
					 hands. A quarter of the time you spente in discoursing, arguing, and
					 consulting, would have done much more; but that is past, etc. If you mean, bona
					 fide, to performe the conditions agreed upon, doe us the favore to coppy them
					 out faine, and subscribe them with the principal) of your names. And likwise
					 give us accounte as perticulerly as you can how our moneys were laid out. And
					 then I shall be able to give them some satisfaction, whom I am now forsed.with
					 good words to shift of. And consider that the life of the bussines depends on
					 the lading of this ship, which, if you doe to any good purpose, that I may he
					 freed from the great sums I have disbursed for the former, and must doe for the
					 leter, <hi rend="italic">I promise you I will never quit the bussines, though
					 all the other adventurers shauld.</hi></p> 
				  <p n="166">We have procured you a Charter, the best we could, which is
					 beter then your former, and with less limitation. For any thing that is els
					 worth writting, Mr. Cushman can informe you. I pray write instantly for Mr.
					 Robinson to come to you. And so praying God to blesse you with all graces
					 nessessary both for this life and that to come, I rest</p> 
				  <closer>Your very loving frend,</closer> 
				  <signed>THO. WESTON</signed> 
				  <dateline>London, July 6. 1621.</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="167">This ship (caled the <name rend="italic">Fortune</name>) was speedily dispatcht away,
					 being laden with good clapbord as full as she could stowe, and 2. hoggsheads of
					 beaver and otter skins, which they gott with a few trifling comodities brought
					 with them at first, being altogeather unprovided for trade; neither was ther
					 any amongst them that ever saw a beaver skin till they came hear, and were
					 informed by Squanto. The fraight was estimated to be worth near 500li. Mr.
					 Cushman returned backe also with this ship, for so Mr. Weston and the rest had
					 apoynted him, for their better information. And he doubted not, nor them selves
					 neither, but they should have a speedy supply; considering allso how by Mr.
					 Cushmns perswation,and letters received from Leyden, wherin they willed them
					 so to doe, they yeel[d]ed to the afforesaid conditions, and subscribed them
					 with their hands. But it proved other avise, for Mr. Weston, who had made that
					 large promise in his leter, (as is before noted,) that if all the rest should f
					 all of, yet he would never quit the bussines, but stick to them, if they
					 yeelded to the conditions, and sente some lading in the ship; and of this Mr.
					 Cushman was confident, and confirmed the same from his mouth, and serious
					 protestations to him selfe before he came. But all proved but wind, for he was
					 the first and only man that forsooke them, and that before he so much as heard
					 of the returne of this ship, or knew what was done; (so vaine is the confidente
					 in man.) But of this more in its place.</p> 
				  <p n="168">A leter in answer to his write to Mr. Carver, was sente to him
					 from the Govr, of which so much as is pertenente to the thing in hand I shall
					 hear inserte.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <salute>Sr:</salute> 
				  <p n="169">Your large letter writen to Mr. Carver, and dated the 6. of
					 July, 1621, I have received the 10. of Novemb`, wherin (after the apologie made
					 for your selfe) you lay many heavie imputations upon him and us all. Touching
					 him, he is departed this life, and now is at rest in the Lord from all those
					 troubls and incoumbrances with which we are yet to strive. He needs not my
					 appologie,- for his tare and pains was so great for the commone good, both ours
					 and yours, as that therwith (it is thought) he oppressed him selfe and
					 shortened his days; of whose loss we cannot sufficiently complaine. At great
					 charges in this adventure, I confess you have beene, and many losses may
					 sustaine; but the loss of his and many other honest and industrious mens lives,
					 cannot be vallewed at any prise. Of the one, ther may be hope of recovery, but
					 the other no recompence can make good. But I will not insiste in generalls, but
					 come more per ticulerly to the things them selves. You greatly blame us for
					 keping the ship so long in the countrie, and then to send her away emptie. She
					 lay 5. weks at Cap-Codd, whilst with many a weary step (after a long journey)
					 and the indurance of many a hard brunte, we sought out in the foule winter a
					 place of habitation. Then we went in so tedious a time to make provission to
					 sheelter us and our goods, aboute which labour, many of our armes and leggs can
					 tell us to this day we were not necligent. But it pleased God to vissite us
					 then, with death dayly, and with so generall a disease, that the living were
					 scarce able to burie the dead; and the well not in any measure suficiente to
					 tend the sick. And now to be so greatly blamed, for not fraighting the ship,
					 doth indeed goe near us, and much discourage us. But you say you know we will
					 pretend weaknes; and doe you think we had not cause? Yes, you tell us you
					 beleeve it, but it was more weaknes of judgmente, then of hands. Our weaknes
					 herin is great we confess, therfore we will bear this check patiently amongst
					 the rest, till God send us wiser men. But they which tould you we spent so much
					 time in discoursing and consulting, etc., their harts can tell their toungs,
					 they lye. They cared not, so they might salve their owne sores, how they
					 wounded others. Indeed, it is our callamitie that we are (beyound expectation)
					 yoked with some ill conditioned people, who will never doe good, but corrupte
					 and abuse others, etc </p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="170">The rest of the letter declared how they had subscribed those
					 conditions according to his desire, and sente him the former accounts very
					 perticulerly; also how the ship was laden, and in what condition their affairs
					 stood ; that the coming of these people would bring famine upon them
					 unavoydably, if they had not supply in time (as Mr. Cushman could more fully
					 informe him and the rest of the adventurers). Also that seeing he was now
					 satisfied in all his demands, that offences would be forgoten, and he remember
					 his promise, etc.</p> 
				  <p n="171">After the departure of this ship, (which stayed not above 14.
					 days,) the Gover and his assistante haveing disposed these late commers into
					 severall families, as they best could, tooke an exacte accounte of all their
					 provissions in store, and proportioned the same to the number of persons, and
					 found that it would not hould out above 6. months at halfe alowance, and hardly
					 that. And they could not well give less this winter time till fish came in
					 againe. So they were presently put to half alowance, one as well as an other,
					 which begane to be hard, but they bore it patiently under hope of supply.</p> 
				  <p n="172">Soone after this ships departure, the great people of the
					 Narigansets, in a braving maner, sente a messenger unto them with a bundl of
					 arrows tyed aboute with a great sneak-skine; which their interpretours tould
					 them was a threatening and a chaleng. Upon which the Govr, with the advice of
					 others sente them a round answere, that if they had rather have warre then
					 peace, they might begine when they would ; they had done them no wrong, neither
					 did they fear them, or should they find them unprovided. And by another
					 messenger sente the sneake-skine back with bulits in it; but they would not
					 receive it, but sent it back againe. But these things I doe but mention,
					 because they are more at large allready put forth in printe,l by Mr. Winslow,
					 at the requeste of some freinds. And it is like the reason was their owne
					 ambition, who, (since the death of so many of the Indeans,) thought to dominire
					 and lord it over the rest, and conceived the English would be a barr in their
					 way, and saw that Massasoyt took sheilter allready under their wings.</p> 
				  <p n="173">But this made them the more carefully to looke to them selves,
					 so as they agreed to inclose their dwellings with a good strong pale, and make
					 flankers in convenient places, with gates to shote, which were every night
					 locked, and a watch kept and when neede required ther was also warding in the
					 day time. And the company was by the Captaine and the Govr advise, devided into
					 4. squadrons, and every one had ther quarter apoynted them, unto which they
					 were to repaire upon any suddane alarme. And if ther should be any crie of
					 fire, a company were appointed for a gard, with muskets, whilst others quenchet
					 the same, to prevent Indean treachery. This was accomplished very cherfully,
					 and the towne impayled round by the begining of March, in which evry family had
					 a prety garden plote secured. And herewith I shall end this year. Only I shall
					 remember one passage more, rather of mirth then of waight. One the day called
					 Chrismasday, the Govr calmd them out to worke, (as was used,) but the most of
					 this new-company excused them selves and said it wente against their
					 conscientes to work on that day. So the Govr tould them that if they made it
					 mater of consciente, he would spare them till they were better informed. So he
					 led-away the rest and left them; but when they came home at noone from their
					 worke, he found them in the streete at play, openly; some pitching the barr and
					 some at stoole-ball, and shuch like sports. So he went to them, and tooke away
					 their implements, and tould them that was against his consciente, that they
					 should play and others worke. If they made the keeping of it mater of devotion,
					 let them kepe their houses, but ther should be no gameing or revelling in the
					 streets. Since which time nothing hath been atempted that way, at least
					 openly.</p> 
				</div3> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head><hi rend="italic">Anno </hi>1622</head> 
				<p n="174">AT the spring of the year they had apoynted the Massachusets to
				  come againe and trade with them, and begane now to prepare for that vioag about
				  the later end of March. But upon some rumors heard, Hobamak, their Indean,
				  tould them upon some jealocies he had, he feared they were joyned with the
				  Narihhansets and might betray them if they were not carefull. He intimated also
				  some jealocie of Squanto, by what he gathered from some private whisperings
				  betweene him and other Indeans. But they resolved to proseede, and sente out
				  their shalop with 10. of their cheefe men aboute the begining of Aprill, and
				  both Squanto and Hobamake with them, in regarde of the jelocie betweene them.
				  But they had not bene gone longe, but an Indean belonging to Squantos family
				  came runing in seeming great fear, and tould them that many of the
				  Narihgansets, with Corbytant, and he thought also Massasoyte, were coming
				  against them; and he gott away to tell them, not without danger. And being
				  examined by the Govr, he made as if they were at hand, and would still be
				  looking back, as if they were at his heels. At which the Govr caused them to
				  take armes and stand on their garde, and supposing the boat to be still within
				  hearing (by reason it was calme) caused a warning peece or 2. to be shote of,
				  the which they heard and came in. But no Indeans apeared; watch was kepte all
				  night, but nothing was seene. Hobamak was confidente for Massasoyt, and thought
				  all was f alce ; yet the Govr caused him to send his wife privatly, to see what
				  she could observe (pretening other occasions), but ther was nothing found, but
				  all was quiet. After this they proseeded on their vioge to the Massachusets,
				  and had good trade, and returned in saftie, blessed be God. </p> 
				<p n="175">But by the former passages, and other things of like nature,
				  they begane to see that Squanto sought his owne ends, and plaid his owne game,
				  by putting the Indeans in fear, and drawing gifts from them to enrich him
				  selfe; making them beleeve he could stur up warr against whom he would, and
				  make peece for whom he would. Yea, he made them beleeve they kept the plague
				  buried in the ground, and could send it amongs whom they would, which did much
				  terrifie the Indeans, and made them depend more on him, and seeke more to him
				  then to Massasoyte, which proucured him envIe, and had like to have cost
				  him his life. For after the discovery of his practises, Massasoyt sought it
				  both privatly and openly; which caused him to stick Glose to the English, and
				  never durst goe from them till he dyed. They also made good use of the
				  emulation that grue betweene Hobamack and him, which made them cary more
				  squarely. And the Govr seemed to countenance the one, and the Captaine the
				  other, by which they had better intelligence, and made them both more
				  diligente</p> 
				<p n="176">Now in a maner their provissions were wholy spent, and they
				  looked hard for supply, but pone came. But about the later end of May, they
				  spied a boat at sea, which at first they thought had beene some Frenchman; but
				  it proved a shalop which came from a ship which Mr. Weston and an other had set
				  out a fishing, at a place called Damarins-cove,40. leagues to the eastward of
				  them, wher were that year many more ships come a fishing. This boat brought 7.
				  passengers and some letters, but no vitails, nor any hope of any. Some part of
				  which I shall set downe.</p> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <p n="177">Mr. Carver, in my last leters by the Fortune, in whom Mr.
					 Cushman wente, and who I hope is with you, for Ove daly expecte the shipe back
					 againe. She departed hence, the begining of July, with 35. persons, though not
					 over well provided with necesaries, by reason of the parsemonie of the
					 adventure[r]s. I have solisited them to send you a supply of men and
					 provissions before shee come. They all answer they will doe great n,aters, when
					 they hear good news. Nothing before; so faithfull, constant, and carefull of
					 your good, are your olde and honest freinds, that if they hear not from you,
					 they are like to send you no supplie, etc. I am now to relate the occasion of
					 sending this ship, hoping if you give credite to my words, you will have a more
					 favourable opinion of it, then some hear, wherof Pickering is one, who taxed me
					 to mind my owne ends, which is in part true, etc. Mr. Beachamp'and my selfe
					 bought this litle ship, and Nave set her out, partly, if it may be, to uphold'
					 the plantation, as well to doe others good as our selves; and partly to gett up
					 what Ove are formerly out; though Ove are otherwise censured, etc. This is the
					 occasion Ove have sent this ship and these passengers, on our owne accounte;
					 whom Ove desire you will frendly entertaine and supply with shuch necesaries as
					 you cave spare, and they wante, etc. And among other things Ove pray you lend
					 or sell them some seed torne, and if you have the salt remaining of the last
					 year, that you will let them have it for their presente use, and Ove will
					 either pay you for it, or give you more when Ove have set our saltpan to worke,
					 which Ove desire may be set up in one of the litle ilands in your bay, etc. And
					 because Ove intende, if God plase, (and the generallitie doe it not,) to send
					 within a month another shipe, who, having discharged her passengers, shal goe
					 to Virginia, etc. And it may be Ove shall send a shall ship to abide with you
					 on the coast, which I conceive may be a great help to the plantation. To the
					 end our desire may be effected, which, I assure my selfe, will be also for your
					 good, Ove pray you give them entertainmente in your houses the time they shall
					 be with you, that they may lose no time, but may presently goe in hand to fell
					 trees and cleave them, to the end lading may be ready and our ship stay not.
					 </p> 
				  <p n="178">Some of the adventurers have sent you hearwith all some
					 directions for your furtherance in the commone bussines, who are like those St.
					 James speaks of, that bid their brother eat, and Ovarme him, but give him
					 nothing; so they bid you make salt, and uphold the plantation, but send you no
					 means wherwithall to doe it, etc. By the next Ove purpose to send more people
					 on our owne accounte, and to take a patente; that if your peopl should be as
					 unhumane as some of the adventurers, not to admite us to dwell with them, which
					 were extreme barbarisme, and which will never enter into my head to thinke you
					 have any shuch Pickerings amongst you. Yet to satisfie our passengers I must of
					 force doe it; and for some other reasons not necessary to be writen, etc. I
					 find the generall so backward, and your freinds at Leyden so could, that I fear
					 you must stand on your leggs, and trust (as they say) to God and your
					 selves.</p> 
				  <closer>Subscribed,</closer> 
				  <closer>your loving freind,</closer> 
				  <signed>THO.: WESTON.</signed> 
				  <dateline>Jan: 12. 1621</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="179">Sundry other things I pass over, being tedious and
					 impertinent.</p> 
				  <p n="180">All this was but could comfort to fill their hungrie bellies,
					 and a slender performance of his former late promiss; and as litle did it
					 either fill or warme them, as those the Apostle James spake of, by him before
					 mentioned. And well might it make them remember what the psalmist saith, Psa.
					 118.8. 
					 <hi rend="italic">It is better to trust in the Lord, then to
						have con fidence in man. And Psa. 146. Put not you, trust in princes (much less
						in the marchants) nor in the sope o f man, for ther is no help in them. v. 5.
						Blesed is he that hath the God ot Jacob for his help, whose hope is in the Lord
						his God</hi>. And as they were now fayled of suply by him and others in this
					 their greatest neede and wants, which was caused by him and the rest, who put
					 so great a company of men upon them, as the former company were, without any
					 food, and came at shuch a time as they must live almost a whose year before any
					 could be raised, excepte they had sente some; so, upon the pointe they never
					 had any supply of vitales more afterwards (but what the Lord gave them
					 otherwise) ; for all the company sent at any time was allways too short for
					 those people that came with it.</p> 
				  <p n="181">Ther came allso by the same ship other leters, but of later
					 date, one from Mr. Weston, an other from a parte of the adventurers, as
					 foloweth.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <p n="182">Mr. Carver, since my last, to the end we might the more
					 readily proceed to help the generall, at a meeting of some of the principall
					 adventurers, a proposition was put forth, and alowed by all presente (save
					 pickering), to adventure each man the third parte of what he formerly had done.
					 And ther are some other that folow his example, and will ad venture no furder.
					 In regard wherof the greater part of the adventurers being willing to uphold
					 the bussines, finding it no reason that those that are willing should uphold
					 the bussines of those that are unwilling, whose backwardnes doth discourage
					 those that are forward, and hinder other new-adventurers from coming in, we
					 having well considered therof, have resolved, according to an article in the
					 agreemente, (that it may be lawfull by a generall consente of the adventurers
					 and planters, upon just occasion, to breake of thirr joynte stock,) to breake
					 it of; and doe pray you to ratifie, and confirme the same on your parts. Which
					 being done, we shall the more willingly goe forward for the upholding of you
					 with all things necesarie. But in any case you must agree to the artickls, and
					 send it by the first under your hands and seals. So I end. </p> 
				  <closer>Your loving freind</closer> 
				  <signed>THO: WESTON. </signed> 
				  <dateline>Jan: 17. 1621</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="183">Another leter was write from part of the company of the
					 adventurers to the same purpose, and subscribed with 9. of their names, wherof
					 Mr. Westons and Mr. Beachamphs were tow. Thes things seemed strang unto them,
					 seeing this unconstancie and shufling; it made them to thinke ther was some
					 misterie in the matter. And therfore the Govr concealed these letters from the
					 publick, only imparted them to some trustie freinds for advice, who concluded
					 with him, that this tended to disband and scater them (in regard of their
					 straits) ; and if Mr. Weston and others, who seemed to rune in a perticuler
					 way, should come over with shiping so provided as his letters did intimate,
					 they most would fall to him, to the prejudice of them selves and the rest of
					 the adventure[r]s, their freinds, from whom as yet they heard nothing. And it
					 was doubted whether he had not sente over shuch a company in the former ship,
					 for shuch an end. Yet they tooke compassion of wose 7. men which this ship,
					 which fished to the eastward, had kept till planting time was over, and so
					 could set no corne ; and allso wanting vitals, (for they turned them off
					 without any, and indeed wanted for them selves,) neither was their saltpan
					 come, so as they could not performe any of those things which Mr. Weston had
					 apointed, and might have starved if the plantation had not succoured them; who,
					 in their wants, gave them as good as any of their owne. The ship wente to
					 Virginia, wher they sould both ship and fish, of which (it was conceived) Mr.
					 Weston had a very slender accounte.</p> 
				  <p n="184">After this came another of his ships, and brought letters
					 dated the 10. of Aprill, from Mr. Weston, as followeth.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <p n="185">Mr. Bradford, these, etc. The<name rend="italic"> Fortune</name> is arived, of whose good
					 newss touching your estate and proceedings, I am very glad to hear. And how
					 soever he was robed on the way by the Frenchmen,yet I hope your loss will not
					 be great, for the conceite of so great a returne doth much animate the
					 adventurers, so that I hope some matter of importante will be done by them,
					 etc. As for my selfe, I have sould my adventure and debts unto them, so as I am
					 quitof you, and you of me, for that matter, etc. Now though I have nothing to
					 pretend as an adventurer amongst you, yet I will advise you a litle for your
					 good, if you can apprehend it. I perceive and know as well as another, the
					 dispositions of your adventurers, whom the hope of gaine hath drawne on to this
					 they have done; and yet I fear that hope will not draw them much furder.
					 Besids, most of them are against the sending of them of Leyden, for whose cause
					 this bussines was first begune, and some of the most religious (as Mr. Greene
					 by name) a excepts against them. So that my advise is (you may follow it if you
					 please) that you forthwith break of your joynte stock, which you have warente
					 to doe, both in law and consciente, for the most parte of the adventurers have
					 given way unto it by a former letter. And the means you have ther, which I hope
					 will be to some purpose by the trade of this spring, may, with the help of some
					 freinds hear, bear the charge of transporting thoseoof Leyden; and when they
					 are with you I make no question hut by Gods help you will be able to subsist of
					 your selves. But I shall leave you to your discretion.</p> 
				  <p n="186">I desired diverce of the adventurers, as Mr. Peirce, Mr.
					 Greene, and others, if they had any thing to send you, either vitails or
					 leters, to send liem by these ships; and marvelling they sent not so much as a
					 letter, I asked our passengers what leters they had, and with some dificultie
					 one pf them tould me he had one, which was delivered him with great
					 charge of secrecie; and for more securitie, to buy a paire of new-shoes, and
					 sow it betweene the soles for fear of intercepting. l, taking the leter,
					 wondering what mistrie might be in it, broke it open, and found this
					 treacherous letter subscribed by the hands of Mr. Pickering and Mr. Greene.
					 Wich leter had it come to you` hands without answer, might have caused the
					 hurt, if not the ruine, of us all. For assuredly if you had followed their
					 instructions, and shewed us that unkindness which they advise you unto, to hold
					 us in distruste as enimise, cte., it might have been an occasion to have set us
					 togeather by the eares, to the distruction of us all. For I doe beleeve that in
					 shuch a case, they knowing what bussines hath been betweene us, not only my
					 brother, but others also, would have been violent, and heady against you, etc.
					 I mente to have setled the peorie I before and now send, with or near you, as
					 well for their as your more securitie and defence, as help on all occasions.
					 But I find the adventurers so jealous and suspitious, that I have altered my
					 resolution, and given order to my brother and those with him, to doe as they
					 and him selfe shall find fitte. Thus, etc. </p> 
				  <closer>Your loving freind,</closer> 
				  <signed>THO: WESTON.</signed> 
				  <dateline>Aprill 10. 1621.</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				 
				<div3 rend="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">Some part o f Mr Pickerings letter before
					 mentioned</head><salute>To Mr. Bradford and Mr. Brewster, etc.</salute> 
				  <p n="188">My dear love remembred unto you all, etc. The company hath
					 bought out Mr. Weston, and are very glad they are freed of him, he being judged
					 a man that thought him selfe aboye the general), and not expresing so much the
					 fear of God as was meete in a man to whom shuch trust should have been reposed
					 in a matter of so great importante. I am sparing to be so plaine as indeed is
					 clear against him; but a few words to the wise.</p> 
				  <p n="189">Mr. Weston will not permitte leters to be sent in his ships,
					 nor any thing for your good or ours, of which ther is some reason in respecte
					 of him selfe, etc. His brother Andrew, whom he doth send as principal) in one
					 of these ships, is a heady yong man, and violente, and set against you ther,
					 and the company hear; ploting with Mr. Weston their owne ends, which tend to
					 your and our undooing in respecte of our estates ther, and prevention of our
					 good ends. For by credible testimoney we are informed his purpose is to come to
					 your colonie, pretending he comes for and from the adventurers, and will seeke
					 to gett what you have in readynes into his ships, as if they came from the
					 company, and possessing all, will be so much profite to him selfe. And further
					 to informe them selves what spetiall places or things you have discovered, to
					 the end that they may supres and deprive you, etc.</p> 
				  <p n="190">The Lord, who is the watchman of Israll and slepeth not,
					 preserve you and deliver you from unreasonable men. I am sorie that ther is
					 cause to admonish you of these things concerning this man; so I leave you to
					 God, who bless and multiply you into thousands, to the advancemente of the
					 glorious gospell of our Lord Jesus. Amen. Fare well. </p> 
				  <closer>Your loving freinds,</closer> 
				  <signed>EDWARD PICKERING. WILLIAM GREENE</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="191">I pray conceale both the writing and deliverie of this leter,
					 but make the best use of it. We hope to seto forth a ship our selves with in
					 this month</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">The heads of his answer</head> 
				  <p n="192">Mr. Bradford, this is the leter that I wrote unto you of,
					 which to answer in every perticuler is needles and tedious. My owne consciente
					 and all our people can and I thinke will testifie, that my end in sending the
					 ship <name rend="italic">Sparrow</name> was your good, etc. Now I will not deney but ther are many of our
					 people rude fellows, as these men termo them; yet I presume they will be
					 governed by such as I set over them. And I hope not only to be able to reclaime
					 them from that profanenes that Inay scandalise the vioage, but by degrees to
					 draw them to God, etc. I am so farr from sending rudo fellows to deprive you
					 either by fraude or violente of what is yours, as I have charged the m` of the
					 ship Sparrow, not only to leave w-ith you 2000. of bread, but also a good
					 quantitie of fish,etc. But I will leave it to you to consider what evill this
					 leter would or might have done, had it come to your hands and taken the effecte
					 the other desired.</p> 
				  <p n="193">Now if you be of the mind that these men are, deale plainly
					 with us, and ove will seeke our residente els-wher. If ,you are as freindly as
					 ove have thought you to be, give us the entertainment of freinds, and w e will
					 take nothing from you, neither meat, drinke, nor lodgmg, but what ove will, in
					 one kind or other, pay you for, etc. I shall leave in the countrie a litle
					 ship (if God send her safe thither) with mariners and fisher-men to stay ther,
					 who shall coast, and trad with the savages, and the old plantation. It may be
					 ove shall be as helpfull to you, as you will be to us. I thinke I shall see
					 you the next spring; and so I comend you to the protection of God, who ever
					 keep you.</p> 
				  <closer>Your loving freind,</closer> 
				  <signed>THO: WESTON</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="194">Thus all ther hops in regard of Mr. Weston were layed in
					 the dust, and all his promised helpe turned into an empttie advice, which they
					 apprehended was nether lawfull nor profitable for them to follow. And they were
					 not only thus left destitute of help in their extreme wants, haveing neither
					 vitails, nor any thing to trade with, but others prepared and ready to glean up
					 what the cuntrie might have afforded for their releefe. As for those harsh
					 censures and susspitions intimated in the former and following leters, they
					 desired to judg as charitably and wisly of them as they could, waighing them in
					 the ballance of love and reason; and though they (in parte) came from godly
					 and loveing freinds, yet they conceived many things might arise from over deepe
					 jealocie and fear, togeather with unmeete provocations, though they well saw
					 Mr. Weston pursued his owne ends, and was imbittered in spirite. For after the
					 receit of the former leters, the Govr received one from Mr. Cushman, who went
					 home in the ship, and was allway intimate with Mr. Weston, (as former passages
					 declare), and it was much marveled that nothing was heard from him, all this
					 while. But it should seeme it was the difficulty of sending, for this leter was
					 directed as the leter of a wife to her husband, who was here, and brought by
					 him to the Govr. It was as followeth.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <salute>Beloved Sr:</salute> 
				  <p n="195">I hartily salute you, with trust of your health, and many
					 thanks for your love. By Gods providente ove got well home the 17. of Feb.
					 Being robbed by the Frenchmen by the way, and carried by them into Franco, and
					 were kepte ther 15. days, and lost all that ove had that was worth taking; but
					 thanks be to God, ove escaped with our lives and ship. I see not that it
					 worketh any discouragment hear. I purpose by Gods grace to see you shortly, I
					 hope in June nexte, or before. In the mean space know these things, and I pray
					 you be advertised a litle. Mr. Weston hath quite broken of from our company,
					 through some discontents that arose betwext him and some of our adventurers,
					 and hath sould all his adventurs, and hath now sent 3. smale chips for his
					 perticuler plantation. The greatest wherof, being 100. tune, ".Nlr. Revnolds
					 goeth mi and he with the rest purposeth to come him selfe; for what end I know
					 not.</p> 
				  <p n="196">The people which they cary are no men for us, wherfore I pray
					 you entertaine them not, neither exchainge man for man with them, exeepte it be
					 some of your worst. He hath taken a patente for him selfe. If they offetr to
					 buy any thing of you, let it be shuch as you can spare, and let them give the
					 worth of it. If they borrow any thing of you, let them leave a good pawne, etc.
					 lt is like he will plant to the southward of the Cape, for William Trevore I
					 hath lavishly tould but what he knew or imagined of Capewack, Mohiggen, and the
					 Narigansets. I fear these peo pie will hardiv deale so well with the savages as
					 they should. I pray you therfore signifie to Squanto, that they are a distincte
					 body from us, and we have nothing to doe with them, neither must be blamed for
					 their falts, much less can warrente their fidelitie. We are aboute to recover
					 our losses in Franco. Our freinds at Leyden are well, and will cometo you as
					 many as can this time. I hope all will turne to the best, wherfore I pray You
					 be not discouraged, but gather up your selfe to goa thorow these dificulties
					 cherfully and with courage in that place wherin God hath sett you, untill the
					 day of refreshing come. And the Lord God of sea and land bring us comfortably
					 togeather againe, if it may stand with his glorie. </p> 
				  <closer>Yours,</closer> 
				  <signed>ROBERT CUSHMAN</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="197">On the other sid of the leave, in the same leter, came these
					 few linos from Mr. John Peirce, in whose name the patente was taken, and of
					 whom more will follow, to be spoken in its place.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <salute>Worthy Sr:</salute> 
				  <p n="198">I desire you to talle into consideration that which is writen
					 on the other side, and not any way to damnifie your owne collony, whos strength
					 is but weaknes, and may therby be more infeebled. And for the leters of
					 association, by the next ship we send, I hope you shall receive satisfaction;
					 in the mean time whom you admite I will approve. But as for YIr. Weston's
					 company, I thinke them so base in condition (for the most parte) as in all
					 apearance not fitt for an honest mans company. I wish they prove other wise. My
					 purpose is not to enlarge my selfe, but cease in these few lins, and so
					 rest</p> 
				  <closer>Your loving freind,</closer> 
				  <signed>JOHN PEIRCE</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="199">All these things they pondred and well considerad, yet
					 concluded to give his men frendly entertainmente; partly in regard of Mr.
					 Weston him selfe, considering what he had been unto them, and done for them,
					 and to some, more espetially; and partly in compassion to the people, who were
					 now come into a willdernes, (as them selves were,) and were by the ship to be
					 presently put a shore, (for sha was to cary other passengers to Virginia, who
					 lay at great charge,) and they were alltogeather unacquainted and knew not what
					 to doe. So as they had received his former company of 7. men, and vitailed them
					 as their owne hitherto, so they also received these (being aboute 60. lusty
					 men), and gave housing for them selves and their goods; and many being sicke,
					 they had the best means the place could aford them. They stayed hear the most
					 parte of the sommer till the ship came back againe from Virginia. Then, by his
					 direction, or those whom he set over them, they removed into the Dlassachusset
					 Bay, he having got a patente for some part ther, (by light of ther former
					 discovery in leters sent home). Yet they left all ther sicke folke hear till
					 they were setled and housed. But of ther victails they had not any, though they
					 were in great wante, nor any thing els in recompence of any courtecie done
					 them; neither did they desire it, for they saw they were an unruly company, and
					 had no good govermente over them, and by disorder would soone fall into wants
					 if Dsr. Weston came not the sooner amongst them; and therfore, to prevente all
					 after occasion, would have nothing of them.</p> 
				  <p n="200">Amids these streigths, and the desertion of those from whom
					 they had hoped for supply, and when famine begane now to pinch them sore, they
					 not knowing what to doe, the Lord, (who never fails his,) presents them with an
					 occasion, beyond all expectation. This boat, which came from the eastward
					 brought them a letter from astranger, of whose name they had never heard
					 before, being a captaine of a ship come ther a fishing. This leter was as
					 followeth. Being thus inscribed.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <salute>To all his good freinds at Plimoth, these, etc.</salute> 
				  <p n="201">Freinds, cuntrimen, and neighbours: I salute you, and wish you
					 all health and hapines in the Lord. I make bould with these few unes totrouble
					 you, because unless I were unhumane, I can doe no les. Bad news doth spread it
					 selfe too farr; yet I will so farr informe you that my selfe, with many good
					 freinds in the south-collonie of Virginia, have re. ceived shuch a blow, that
					 400. persons large will not make good our loases. Therfore I doe intreat you
					 (allthough not knowing you) that the old rule which I learned when I went to
					 schoole, may be sufA&#x00B1;cente. That is, Hapie is he whom other mens harmes
					 doth make to beware. And now againe and againe, wishing all those that
					 willingly would serve the Lord, all health and happines in this world, and
					 everlasting peace in the world to come. And so I rest, </p> 
				  <closer>Yours, </closer> 
				  <signed>JOHN HUDLSTON</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="202">By this boat the Govr returned a thankfull answer, as was
					 meete, and sent a boate of their owne with them, which was piloted by them, in
					 which Mr. Winslow was sente to procure what provissions he could of the ships,
					 who was kindly received by the foresaid gentill-man, who not only spared what
					 he could, but writ to others to doe the like. By which means he gott some good
					 quantitie and returned in saftie, by which the plantation had a duble benefite,
					 first, a present refreshing by the food brought, and secondly, they knew the
					 way to those parta for their benifite hearafter. But what was gott, and this
					 small boat brought, being devided among so many, came but to a litle, yet by
					 Gods blesing it upheld them till harvest. It arose but to a quarter of a pound
					 of bread a day to each person; and the Govr caused it to be dayly give~ them,
					 otherwise, had it been in their owne custody, they would have eate it up and
					 then istarved. But thus, with what els they could get, they made pretie shift
					 till come was ripe. </p> 
				  <p n="203">This sommer they builte a fort with good timber, both strong
					 and comly, which was of good defence, made with a flate rofe and batelments, on
					 which their ordnance were mounted, and wher they kepte constante watch,
					 espetially in time of danger. It served them allso for a meeting house, and was
					 fitted accordingly for that use. It was a great worke for them in this weaknes
					 and time of wants; but the deanger of the time required it, and both the
					 continuall rumors of the fears from the Indeans hear, espetially the
					 Narigansets, and also the hearing of that great massacre in Virginia, made all
					 hands willing to despatch the same. </p> 
				  <p n="204">Now the wellcome time of harvest aproached, in which all had
					 their hungrie bellies filled. But it arose but to a litle, in comparison of a
					 full years supplie; partly by reason they were not yet well aquainted with the
					 manner of Indean torne, (and they had no other,) allso their many other
					 imployments, but cheefly their weaknes for wante of food, to tend it as they
					 should have done. Also much was stolne both by night and day, before it became
					 scarce eatable, and much more after ward. And though -many were well whipt
					 (when they were taken) for a few ears of torne, yet hunger made others (whom
					 consciente did not restraine) to venture. So as it well appeared that famine
					 must still insue the next year aliso, if not some way prevented, or supplie
					 should faile, to which they durst not trust. Markets there was pone to goe too,
					 but only the Indeans, and they had no trading comodities. Behold now another
					 providente of God; a ship comes into the harbor, ove Captain Jons being cheefe
					 therin. They were set out by some marchanta to discovere all the harbors
					 betweene this and Virginia, and the shouds of Cap-Cod, and to trade along the
					 coast wher they could. This ship had atore of English-beads (which were then
					 good trade) and some knives, but would sell none but at dear rates, and also a
					 good quantie togeather. Yet they weere glad of the occasion, and faine to buy
					 at any yate; they were faine to give after the rate of cento per cento, if not
					 more, and yet pay away coat-beaver at 3s. per li., which in a few years after
					 yeelded 20s. By this means they were fitted againe to trade for beaver and
					 other things, and intended to buy what come they could. </p> 
				  <p n="205">But I will hear take liberty to make a little digression. Ther
					 was in this ship a gentle-man by name Mr. John Poory;l he had been secretarie
					 in Virginia, and was now going honre passenger in this ship. After his
					 departure he write a leter to the Govr in the postscrite wherof he hath these
					 lines.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <p n="206">To your selfe and Mr. Brewster, I must acknowledg my selfe
					 many ways indebted, whose books I would have you thinke very well bestowed on
					 him, who esteemeth them shuch juells. My hast would not suffer me to remember
					 (much less to begg) Mr. Ainsworths elaborate worke upon the 5. books of Moyses.
					 Both his and Mr. Robinsons doe highly comend the authors, as being most
					 conversante in the scripturs of all others. And what good (who knows) it may
					 please God to worke by them, through my hands, (though most unworthy,) who
					 finds shuch high contente in them. God have you all in his keeping.</p> 
				  <closer>Your unfained and firme freind,</closer> 
				  <signed> JOHN PORY</signed> 
				  <dateline>Aug. 28. 1622.</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="207">These things I hear inserte for honour sake of the authors
					 memorie, which this gentle-man doth thus ingeniusly acknowledg; and him selfe
					 after his returne did this pooreplantation much credite amongst those of no
					 mean ranck. But to returne.</p> 
				  <p n="208">Shortly after harvest Mr. Westons people who were now seated
					 at the Massachusets, and by disorder (as it seems) had made havock of their
					 provissions, begane now to perceive that want would come upon them. And hearing
					 that they hear had bought trading comodities and intended to trade for corve,
					 they write to the Govr and desired they might joyne with them, and they would
					 imploy their small ship in the servise; and furder requested either to lend or
					 sell them so much of their trading comodities as their part might come to, and
					 they would undertake to make paymente when Mr. Weston or their supply, should
					 come. The Govr condesended upon equall terms of agreemente, thinkeing to goe
					 aboute the Cap to the southward with the ship, wher some store of come rnight
					 be got. Althings being provided, Captaint Standish was apointed to goe with
					 them, and Squanto for a guid and interpreter, about the letter end Pf
					 September; but the winds put them in againe, and putting out the 2. time, he
					 fell sick af a feavor, so the Govr wente him selfe. But they could not get
					 aboute the should of Cap-Cod, for flats and breakers, neither could Squanto
					 directe them better, nor the id durst venture any further, so they put into
					 Manamoyack Bay and got wth [what] they could ther. In this place Squanto fell
					 sick of an Indean feavor, bleeding much at the nose (which the Indeans take for
					 a simptome of death), and within a few days dyed ther; desiring the Govr to
					 pray for him, that he might goe to the Englishmens God in heaven, and
					 bequeathed sundrie of his things to sundry of his English freinds, as
					 remembrances of his love; of whom they had a great loss. They got in t is
					 vioage, in ove place and other, about 26. or 28. hogsheads~f come and beans,
					 which was more then the Indeans could well spare in these parts, for the set
					 but a litle till they got English hows. And so were faine to returne, being
					 sory they could not gett about the Cap, to have been better laden. After ward
					 the Govr toA&#x00B3;ke a few men and wente to the inland places, to get what he
					 could, and to fetch it honre at the spring, which did help them something. </p>
				  
				  <p n="209">After these things, in Feb: a messenger came from John
					 Sanders, who was left cheefe over Mr. Weston's men in the bay of Massachusets,
					 who brought a letter shewing the great wants they were falen into; and he would
					 have borrowed a Il$ of come of the Indeans, but they would lend him
					 none. He desired advice whether he might not take it from them by forte to
					 succore his men till he came from the eastward, whither he was going. The Govr
					 and rest deswaded him by all means from it, for it might so exasperate the
					 Indeans as might endanger their saftie, and all of us might smart for it; for
					 they had already heard how they had so wronged the Indeans by stealing their
					 coree, etc. as they were much incensed against them. Yea, so base were some of
					 their own company, as they vente and tould the Indeans that their Govr was
					 purposed to come and take their coree by force. The which with other things
					 made them enter into a conspiracie against the English, of which more in the
					 nexte. Hear with I end this year.</p> 
				</div3> 
			 </div2> 
			 <div2> 
				<head rend="italic">Anno Dom: 1623.</head> 
				<p n="210">IT may be thought strang that these people. should fall to these
				  extremities in so short a time, being left competently provided when the ship
				  left them, and had an addition by that moyetie of corn that was got by trade,
				  besids much they gott of the Indans wher they lived, by one means and other. It
				  must needs be their great disorder, for they spent excesseivly whilst they had,
				  or could get it; and, it may be, wasted parte away among the Indeans (for he
				  that was their cheef was taxed by some amongst them for keeping Indean women,
				  how truly I know not). And after they begane to come into wants, many sould
				  away their cloathes and bed coverings; others (so base were they) became
				  servants to the Indeans, and would cutt them woode and fetch them water, for a
				  cap full of coree; others fell to plaine stealing, both night and day, from the
				  Indeans, of which they greevosly complained. In the end, they carne to that
				  misery, that some starved and dyed with could and hunger. One in geathering
				  shell-fish was so weake as he stuck fast in the mudd, and was found dead in the
				  place. At last most of them left their dwellings and scatered up and downe in
				  the woods, and by the water sids, wher they could find ground nuts and clames,
				  hear 6. and ther ten. By which their cariages they became contemned and scomed
				  of the Indeans, and they begane greatly to insulte over them in a most
				  insolente maner; insomuch, many times as they lay thus scatered abrod, and had
				  set on a pot with ground nuts or shell-fish, when it vas ready the Indeans
				  would come and eate it up; and when night carne, wheras some of them bad a
				  sorie blanket, or such like, to lappe them selves in, the Indeans would take it
				  and let the other lye all nighte in the could; so as their condition was very
				  lamentable. Yea, in the end they were faine to hange one of their mee, whom
				  they could not reclaime from stealing, to give the Indeans contente.</p> 
				<p n="211"> Whilst things vente in this maner with them, the Govr and
				  people hear had notice that Massasoyte ther freind was sick and near unto
				  death. They sent to vissete hin, and withall sente hin such confortable things
				  as gave hin great contente, and was a means of his recovery; upon which
				  occasion he discovers the conspiracie of these Indeans, how they were resolved
				  to cutt of Mr. Westons people, for the continuall injuries they did them, and
				  would now take opportunitie of their weaknes to doe it; and for that end had
				  conspired with other Indeans their neighbours their aboute. And thinking the
				  people hear would revenge their death, they therfore thought to doe the like by
				  them, and had solisited hin to joyne with them. He advised them therfore to
				  prevent it, and that speedly by taking of some of the cheefe of them, before it
				  was to late, for he asured them of the truth hereof.</p> 
				<p n="212">This did much trouble them, and they tooke it into serious
				  delibration, and found upon examenation other evidence to Oye light hear unto,
				  to longe hear to relate. In the mean time, carne one of them from the
				  Massachuets, with a small pack at his back; and though he knew not a foote of
				  the way, yet he got safe hither, but lost his way, which was well for hin, for
				  he was pursued, and so was mist. He tould them hear how all things stood
				  amongst them, and that he durst stay no longer, he apprehended they (by what he
				  observed) would be all knokt in the head shortly. This made them make the more
				  hast, and dispatched a boate away with Capten Standish and some men, who found
				  them in a miserable condition, out of which he rescued them, and helped them to
				  some releef, cut of some few of the cheefe conspirators, and, according to his
				  order, offered to bring them all hither if they thought good; and they should
				  fare no worse then them selves, till Mr. Weston or some supplie carne to them.
				  Or, if any other course liked them better, he was to doe them any helpfullnes
				  he could. They thanked him and the rest. But most of them desired he would help
				  them with some torne, and they would goe with their smale ship to the eastward,
				  wher hapily they might here of Mr. Weston, or, some supply from him, seing the
				  time of the year was for fishing ships to be in the land. If not, they would
				  worke among the fishermen for their liveing, and get ther passage into England,
				  if they heard nothing from Mr. Weston in time. So they shipped what. they had
				  of any worth, and he got them all the torne he could (scarce leaving to bring
				  him home), and saw them well out of the bay, under saile at sea, and so carne
				  home, not takeing the worth of a peny of any thing that was theirs. I have but
				  touched these things breefly, because they have allready been published in
				  printe more at large.</p> 
				<p n="213">This was the end of these that some time bosted of ther
				  strength, (being all able lustie men,) and what they would doe and bring to
				  pass, in comparison of the people hear, who had many women and children and
				  weak ons amongst them; and said at their first arivall, when they saw the wants
				  hear, that they would take an other course, and not to fall into shuch a
				  condition, as this simple people were come too. But a mans way is not in his
				  owne power; God can make the weake to stand; let him also that standeth take
				  heed least he fall.</p> 
				<p n="214">Shortly after, Mr. Weston carne over with some of the fishermen,
				  under another name, and the disguise of a blackesmith, were [where] he heard of
				  the ruine and disolution of lis colony. He got a boat and with a man or 2.
				  carne to see how things were. But by the way, for wante of skill, in a storme,
				  he cast away his.shalop in the botome of the bay between Meremek river and
				  Pascataquack,and hardly escaped with life, and afterwards fell into the hands
				  of the Indeans, who pillaged him of all he saved from the sea, and striped him
				  out of all his cloaths to his shirte. At last he got to Pascataquack, and
				  borrowed a suite of cloaths, and got means to come to Plimoth. A strang
				  alteration ther was in him to such as had seen and known him in his former
				  florishing condition; so uncertaine are the mutable things of this unstable
				  world. And yet men set their harts upon them, though they dayly see the vanity
				  therof. </p> 
				<p n="215">After many passages, and much discourse, (former things boyling
				  in his mind, but bit in as was discernd,) he desired to borrow some beaver of
				  them; and tould them he had hope of a ship and good supply to come to him, and
				  then they should have any thing for it they stood in neede of. They gave litle
				  credite to his supplie, but pitied his case, and remembered former curtesies.
				  They tould him he saw their wants, and they knew not when they should have any
				  supply; also how the case stood betweene them and their adventurers, he well
				  knew; they had not much bever, and if they should let him have it, it were
				  enoughe to make a mutinie among the people, seeing ther was no other means to
				  procure them foode which they so much wanted, and cloaths allso. Yet they tould
				  him they would help him, considering his necessitie, but must doe it secretly
				  for the former reasons. So they let him have 100. beaver-skins, which waighed
				  170li. odd pounds. Thus they helpt him when all the world faild him, and with
				  this means he went againe to the ships, and stayed his small ship and some of
				  his men, and bought provissions and fited him selfe; and it was the only
				  foundation of his after course. But he requited them ill, for he proved after a
				  bitter enimie unto them upon all occasions, and never repayed them any thing
				  for it, to this day, but reproches and evill words. Yea, he divolged it to some
				  that were none of their best freinds, whilst he yet had the beaver in his boat;
				  that he could now set them all togeather by the ears, because they had done
				  more then they could answer, in letting him have this beaver, and he did not
				  spare to doe what he could. But his malice could not prevaile.</p> 
				<p n="216">All this whille no supply was heard of, neither knew they when
				  they might expecte any. So they begane to thinke how they might raise as much
				  torne as they could, and obtaine a beter crope then they had done, that they
				  might not still thus languish in miserie. At length, after much debate of
				  things, the Govr (with the advise of the cheefest amongest them) gave way that
				  they should set corve every man for his owne perticuler, and in that regard
				  trust to them selves; in all other things to goe on in the generall way as
				  before. And so assigned to every family a parcell of land, according to the
				  proportion of their number for that end, only for present use (but made no
				  devission for inheritance), and ranged all boys and youth under some familie.
				  This had very good success; for it made all hands very industrious, so as much
				  more torne was planted then other waise would have bene by any means the Govr
				  or any other could use, and saved him a great deall of trouble, and gave farr
				  better contente. The women now wente willingly into the feild, and tooke their
				  litle-ons with them to set torne, which before would aledg weaknes, and
				  inabilitie; whom to have compelled would have bene thought great tiranie and
				  oppression.</p> 
				<p n="217">The experience that was had in this commone course and
				  condition, tried sundrie years, and that amongst godly and sober men, may well
				  evince the vanitie of that conceite of Platos and other.ancients, applauded by
				  some of aater times; -that the taking away of propertie, and bringing in
				  communitie into a comone wealth, would make them happy and $orishing; as if
				  they were wiser then God. For this comunitie (so farr as it was) was found to
				  breed much confusion and discontent, and retard much imployment that would have
				  been to their benefite and comforte. For the yong-men that were most able and
				  fitte for labour and servise did repine that they should spend their time and
				  streingth to worke for other mens wives and children, with out any recompence.
				  The strong, or man of parts, had no more in devission of victails and cloaths,
				  then he that was weake and not able to doe a quarter the other could; this was
				  thought injuestice. The aged and graver men to be ranked and equalised in
				  labours, and victails, cloaths, etc., with the meaner and yonger sorte, thought
				  it some indignite and disrespect unto them. And for mens wives to be commanded
				  to doe servise for other men, as dresing their meate, washing their cloaths,
				  etc., they deemd it a kind of slaverie, neither could many husbands well brooke
				  it. Upon the poynte all being to have alike, and all to doe alike, they thought
				  them selves in the like condition, and ove as good as another; and so, if it
				  did not cut of those relations that God hath set amongest men, yet it did at
				  least much diminish and take of the mutuall respects that should be preserved
				  amongst them. And would have bene worse if they had been men of another
				  condition. Let pone objecte this is mens corruption, and nothing to the course
				  it selfe. I answer, seeing all men have this corruption in them, God in his
				  wisdome saw another course fiter for them.</p> 
				<p n="218">But to returne. After this course setled, and by thattheir
				  torne was planted, all ther victails were spente, and they were only to rest on
				  Gods providente; at mght not many times knowing wher to have a bitt of any
				  thing the next day. And so, as ove well observed, had peed to pray that God
				  would give them their dayly brade, above all people in the world. Yet they bore
				  these wants with great patience and allacritie of spirite, and that for so long
				  a time as for the most parte of 2. years; which makes me remember what Peter
				  Martire writs (in magnifying the Spaniards) in his 5. Decade, pag. 208. 
				  <hi rend="italic">They</hi> (saith he) 
				  <hi rend="italic">led a miserable life for 5. days togeather,
					 with the parched graine of maize only, and that not to saturitie; and then
					 eoneluds, that shuch pains, shuch labours, and shuch hunger, he thought none
					 living which is not a Spaniard could have endured</hi>. But alass! these,
				  when they hall maize (that is, Indean torne) they thought it as good as a
				  feast, and wanted not only for 5. days togeather, but some time 2. or 3. months
				  togeather, and neither had bread nor any kind of torne. Indeed, in an other
				  place, in his 2. Decade, page 94. he mentions how others of them were worse put
				  to it, wher they were faine to eate doggs, toads, and dead men, and so dyed
				  almost all. From these extremities they [the] Lord in his goodnes kept these
				  his people, and in their great wants preserved both their lives and healthes;
				  let his name have the praise. Yet let me hear make use of his conclusion, which
				  in some sorte may be applied to this people: <emph rend="italic">That with
				  their miseries they opened a way to these new-lands; and a f ter these stormes,
				  with what ease other men come to inhabite in them, in respecte o f the
				  calamities these men suffered; so as they seeme to goe to a brille feaste wher
				  all things are provided for them</emph>.</p> 
				<p n="219">They haveing but one boat left and she not over well fitted,
				  they were devided into severall companies, 6. or 7. to a gangg or company, and
				  so wente out with a nett they had bought, to take bass and such like fish, by
				  course, every company knowing their turne. No sooner was the boate discharged
				  of what she brought, but the next company tooke her and wente out with her.
				  Neither did they returne till they had cauight something, though it were 5. or
				  6. days before, for they knew there was nothing at home, and to goe home emptie
				  would be a great discouragemente to the rest. Yea, they strive who should doe
				  best. If she stayed longe or got litle, then all went to seeking of shel-fish,
				  which at low-water they digged out of the sands. And this was their living in
				  the sommer time, till God sente them beter; and in winter they were helped with
				  ground-nuts and foule. Also in the sommer they gott now and then a dear; for
				  one or 2. of the fitest was apoynted to range the woods for that end, and what
				  was gott that way was devided amongst them.</p> 
				<p n="220">At length they received some leters from the adventurers, too
				  long and tedious hear to record, by which they heard of their furder crosses
				  and frustrations; begining in this maner.</p> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <p n="221">Loving freinds, as your sorrows and aflIictions have
					 bin great, so our croses and interceptions in our proceedings hear, have not
					 been small. For after we had with much trouble and charge sente the Parragon
					 away to sea, and thought all the paine past, within 14. days after she carne
					 againe hither, being dangerously leaked, and brused with tempestious stormes,
					 so as shee was faine to be had into the docke, and an 1001i. bestowed upon her.
					 All the passengers Iying upon our charg for 6. or 7. weeks, and much discontent
					 and distemper was oceasioned hereby, so as some dangerous evente had like to
					 insewed. But we trust all hhalll be well and worke for the best and your
					 benefite, if yet with patience you can waite, and but have strength to hold in
					 life. Whilst these things were doing, Mr. Westons ship carne and brought
					 diverce leters from you, etc. It rejoyseth us much to hear of those good
					 reports that diverce have brought home from you, etc.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="222">These letters were dated Des. 21: 1622. </p> 
				  <p n="223">So farr of this leter.</p> 
				  <p n="224">This ship was brought by Mr. John Peirce, and set out at his
					 owne charge, upon hope of great maters. These passengers, and the goods the
					 company sent in her, he tooke in for fraught, for which they agreed with him to
					 be delivered hear. This was he in whose name their first patente was taken, by
					 reason of aquaintance, and some aliance that some of their freinds had with
					 him. But his name was only used in trust. But when he saw they were hear
					 hopfully thus seated, and by the success God gave them hall obtained the favour
					 of the Counsell of New-England, he goes and sues to them for al,, other patent
					 of much larger extente (in their names), which was easily obtained.But he
					 mente to keep it to him selfe and alow them what he pleased, to hold of him as
					 tenants, and sue to his courts as cheefe Lord, as will appear by that which
					 follows. But the Lord marvelously crost him; for after this first returne, and
					 the charge above mentioned, when shee was againe fitted, he pesters him selfe
					 and taks in more passengers, and those not very good to help to bear his
					 losses, and sets out the 2. time. But what the event was will appear from
					 another leter from one of the cheefe of the company, dated the 9. of Aprill,
					 1623. writ to the Govr hear, as followeth.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <salute>Loving freind, </salute> 
				  <p n="225">when I write my last leter, I hope to have received one from
					 you well-nigh by this time. But when I write in Des: I litle thought to have
					 seen Mr. John Peirce till he had brought some good tidings. from you. But it
					 pleased God, he brought us the wofull tidings of his returne when he was
					 half-way over, by extraime tempest, werin the goodnes and mercie of God
					 appeared in sparing their lives, being 109. souls. The loss is so great to Mr.
					 Peirce, etc., and the companie put upon so great charge, as veryly, etc. </p> 
				  <p n="226">Now with great trouble and loss, we have got Mr. John Peirce
					 to assigne over the grand patente to the companie, which he had taken in his
					 owne name, and made quite voyd our former grante. I am sorie to writ how many
					 hear thinke that the hand of God was justly against him, both the first and 2.
					 time of his returne; in regard he, whom you and we so confidently trusted, but
					 only to use his name for the company, should aspire to be lord over us all, and
					 so make you and us tenants at his will and pleasure, our assurance or patente
					 being quite voyd and disanuled by his means. I desire to judg charitably of
					 him. But his unwillingnes to part with his royall Lordship, and the high-rate
					 he set it at, which was 500li. which cost him but 50li., maks many speake and
					 judg hardly of him. The company are out for goods in his ship, with charge
					 aboute the passengers, 640li., etc. </p> 
				  <p n="227">We have agreed with 2. marchants for a ship of 140. tunes,
					 caled the <name rend="italic">Anne</name>, which is to be ready the last of this month, to being 60.
					 passengers and 60. tune of goods, etc.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="228">This was dated Aprill 9. 1623</p> 
				  <p n="229">These were ther owne words and judgmente of this mans dealing
					 and proceedings; for I thought it more meete to render them in theirs then my
					 owne words. And yet though ther was never got otherrecompence thenthe
					 resignationof this patente, and the shares he had in adventure, for all the
					 former great sumes, he was never quiet, but sued them in most of the cheefe
					 courts in England, and when he was still cast, brought it to the Parlemente.
					 But he is now dead, and I will leave him to the Lord.</p> 
				  <p n="230">This ship suffered the greatest extreemitie- at sea at her 2.
					 returne, that one shall lightly hear of, to be saved; as I have been informed
					 by Mr. William Peirce who was then mr of her, and many others that were
					 passengers in her. It was aboute the midle of Feb: The storme was for the most
					 parte of 14. days, but for 2. or 3. days and nights togeather in most violent
					 extremitie. After they had cut downe their mast, the storme beat of their round
					 house and all their uper words; 3. men had worke enough at the helme, and he'
					 that cundthe ship before the sea, was faine to be bound fast for washing
					 away; the seas did so overrake them, as many times those upon the decke knew
					 not whether they were within bord or withoute; and once she was so foundered in
					 the sea as they all thought she would never rise againe. But yet the Lord
					 preserved them, and brought them at last safe to Ports-mouth, to the wonder of
					 all men that saw in what a case she was in, and heard what they had
					 endured.</p> 
				  <p n="231">About the aater end of June carne in a ship, with Captaine
					 Francis West,z who had a commission to be admirall of NewEngland, to restraine
					 interlopers, and shuch fishing ships as carne to fish and trade without a
					 licence from the Counsell of New-England, for which they should pay a round
					 sume of money. But he could doe no good of them, for they were to stronge for
					 him, and he found the fisher men to be stuberne fellows. And their owners, upon
					 complainte made to the Parlemente,procured an order that fishing should be
					 free. He tould the Govr they spooke with a ship at sea, and were abord her,
					 that was coming for this plantation, in which were sundrie passengers, and they
					 marvelled she was not arrived, fearing some miscariage; for they lost her in a
					 storme that fell shortly after they had been abord. Which relation filled them
					 full of fear, yet mixed with hope. The mr of this ship had some 2. hh of pease
					 to sell, but seeing their wants, held them at 911. sterling a hoggshead, and
					 under 811. he would not take, and yet would have beaver at an under rate. But
					 they tould him they had lived so long without, and would doe still, rather then
					 give so unreasonably. So they went from hence to Virginia.</p> 
				  <p n="232">[I may not here omite how, notwithstand all their great paines
					 and industrie, and the great hops of a large cropp, the Lord seemed to blast,
					 and take away the same, and to threaten further and more sore famine unto them,
					 by a great drought which continued from the 3. weeke in May, till about the
					 midle of July, without any raine, and with great heat (for the most parte),
					 insomuch as the come begane to wither away, though it was set with fishe, the
					 moysture wherof helped it much. Yet at length it begane to languish sore, and
					 some of the drier grounds were partched like withered hay, part wherof was
					 never recovered. Upon which they sett a parte a solemne day of humilliation, to
					 seek the Lord by humble and fervente prayer, in this great distrese. And he was
					 pleased to give them a gracious and speedy answer, both to thier owne and the
					 Indeans admiration, that lived amongest them. For all the morning, and greatest
					 part of the day, it was clear weather and very hotte, and not a cloud or any
					 signe of raine I to be seen, yet toward evening it begane to overcast, and
					 shortly after to raine, with shuch sweete and gentle showers, as gave them
					 cause of rejoyceing, and blesing God. It came, without either wind, or thunder,
					 or any violence, and by degreese in that abundance, as that the earth was
					 thorowly wete and soked therwith. Which did so apparently revive and quicken
					 the decayed come and other fruits, as was wonderfull to see, and made the
					 Indeans astonished to behold; and afterwards the Lord sent them shuch
					 seasonable showers, with enterchange of faire warme weather, as, through his
					 blessing, caused a fruitfull and liberall harvest, to their no small comforte
					 and rejoycing. For which mercie (in time conveniente) they also sett aparte a
					 day of thanksgiveing. This being overslipt in its place, I thought meet here to
					 inserte the same.] </p> 
				  <p n="233">About 14. days after came in this ship, caled the Anne, wherof
					 Mr. William Peirce was Mr, and aboute a weeke or 10. days after came in the
					 pinass which in foule weather they lost at sea, a fine new vessell of about 44.
					 tune, which the company had builte to stay in the cuntrie.2 They brought about
					 60. persons for the generall, some of them being very usefulpersons, and
					 became good members to the body, and some were the wives and children of shuch
					 as were hear all ready. And some were so bad, as they were faine to be at
					 charge to send them home againe the next year. Also, besids these ther came a
					 company, that did not belong to the generall body, but came one [on] their
					 perticuler, and were to have lands assigned them, and be for them selves, yet
					 to be subjecte to the generall Goverment; which caused some diferance and
					 disturbance amongst them, as will after appeare. I shall hear againe take
					 libertie to inserte a few things out of shuch leters as came in this shipe,
					 desiring rather to manefest things in ther words and apprehentions, then in my
					 owne, as much as may be, without tediousness</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <p n="234">Beloved freinds, I kindly salute you all, with trust of your
					 health, and wellfare, being right sorie that no supplie hath been made to you
					 all this while; for defence wher of, I must referr you to our generall leters.
					 Naitheir indeed have we now sent you many things, which we should and would,
					 for want of money. But persons, more then inough, (though not all we should,)
					 for people come flying in upon us, but monys come creep. ing in to us. Some few
					 of your old freinds are come, as, etc. So they come droping to you, and by
					 degrees, I hope ere long you shall enjoye them all. And because people press so
					 hard upon us to goe, and often shuch as are none of the fitest, I pray you
					 write ernestly to the Treasurer and directe what persons should be sente. It
					 greeveth me to see so weake a company sent you, and yet had I not been hear
					 they had been weaker. You must still call upon the company hear to see that
					 honest men be sente you, and threaten to send them back if any other come, etc.
					 We are not any way so much in danger, as by corrupte an noughty persons. Shuch,
					 and shuch, calve without my consente; but the importunitie of their freinds got
					 promise of our Treasurer in my absence. Neither is ther need we should take any
					 lewd men, for we may have honest men enero, etc.</p> 
				  <closer>Your assured freind,</closer> 
				  <signed>R. C. </signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <p n="235">The following was from the genrall.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="236">Loving freinds, we most hartily salute you in all love and
					 harty affection; being yet in hope that the same God which hath hithertoo
					 preserved you in a marvelous maner, doth yet continue your lives and health, to
					 his owne praise and all our comforts. Being right sory that you have not been
					 sent unto all this time, etc. We have in this ship sent shuch women, as were
					 willing and ready to goe to their husbands and freinds, with their children,
					 etc. We would not have you discontente, because we have not sent you more of
					 your old freinds, and in spetiall, himon whom you most depend. Farr be it
					 from us to neclecte you, or contemne him. But as the intente was at first, so
					 the evente at last shall shew it, that we will deal fairly, and squarly answer
					 your expectations to the full. Ther are alos come unto you, some honest meset
					 to plant upon their particulers besids you. A thing which if we should not give
					 way unto, we should wrong both them and you. Them, by puting them on things
					 more inconveniente, and you, for that being honest men, they will be a strength
					 ening to the place, and good neighbours unto you. Tow things we would advise
					 you of, which we have likwise signified them hear. First, the trade for skins
					 to be retained for the generall till the devidente; 2ly. that their setling by
					 you, be with shuch distance of place as is neither inconvenient for the lying
					 of your lands, nor hurtfull to your speedy and easie assembling togeather.</p> 
				  <p n="237">We have sente you diverse fisher men, with salte, etc. Diverse
					 other provissions we have sente you, as will appear in your bill of lading, and
					 though we have not sent all we would (because our cash is small), yet it is
					 that we could, etc.</p> 
				  <p n="238">And allthough it seemeth you have discovered many more rivers
					 and fertill grounds then that wher you are, yet seeing by Gods providence that
					 place fell to your lote, let it be accounted as your portion; and rather fixe
					 your eyes upon that which may be done ther, then languish in hops after things
					 els-wher. If your place be not the best, it is better, you shall be the less
					 envied and encroached upon; and shuch as are earthly minded, will not setle too
					 near your border.If the land afford you bread, and the sea yeeld you fish,
					 rest you a while contented, God will one day afford you better fare. And all
					 men shall know you are neither fugetives nor discontents. But can, if God so
					 order it, take the worst to your selves, with contend [content], and leave the
					 best to your neighbours, with cherfullnes.</p> 
				  <p n="239">Let it not be greeveous unto you that you have been
					 instruments to breake the ise for others who come after with less dificulty,
					 the honour shall be yours to the worlds end, etc.</p> 
				  <p n="240">We bear you always in our brests, and our harty affection is
					 towards you all, as are the harts of hundreds more which never saw your faces,
					 who doubtles pray for your saftie as their owne, as we our selves both doe and
					 ever shall, that the same God which hath so marvelously preserved you from
					 seas, foes, and famine, will still preserve you from all future dangers, and
					 make you honourable amongst men, and glorious in blise at the last day. And so
					 the Lord be with you all and send us joyfull news from you, and inable us with
					 one shoulder so to accomplish and perfecte this worke as much glorie may come
					 to Him that confoundeth the mighty by the weak, and maketh small thinges great.
					 To whose greatnes, be all glorie for ever and ever. </p> </div3><div3>
				  <p n="241">leter was subscribed with 13. of their names.</p><p n="242">These passengers, when they saw their low and poore condition a shore, were much danted and dismayed, and according to their diverse humores were diversly affected;
some wished them selves in England againe; others fell a weeping, fancying their own miserie in what they saw now in others; other some pitying the distress they saw their freinds had been long in, and still were under; in a word, all were full of sadnes. Only some of their old freinds rejoysed to see them, and that it was no worse with them, for they could not expecte it should be better, and now hoped they should injoye better days togeather. And truly it was no marvell they should be thus affected, for they were in a very low condition, many were ragged in aparell, and some litle beter then halfe naked; though some that were well stord before, were well
enough in this regard.	But for food they were all alile, save some that had got a few pease of the ship that was last hear. The best dish they could presente their freinds with was a lobster, or a peece of fish, without bread or any thing els but
a cupp of fair spring water.	And the long continuance of this diate, and their labours abroad, had something abated the freshnes of their former complexion. But God gave them health and strength in a good measure; and showed them by experience the truth of that word, Deut. S. 3. <hi rend="italic">That man liveth not by bread only, but by every word that proeeedeth out of the mouth o f the Lord doth a man live.</hi>
</p><p n="243">When I think how sadly the scripture speaks of the famine in Jaakobs time, when he said to his sones, Goe buy us food, that we may live and not dye. Gen. 42. 2. and 43. 1, that the famine was great, or heavie in the land; and yet they had such great herds, and store of catle of sundrie kinds, which, besids flesh, must needs produse other food, as milke, butter and cheese, etc., and yet it was counted a sore affliction; theirs hear must needs be very great, therfore, who not only wanted the staffe of bread, but all these things, and had no Egipte to goe too. But God fedd them out of the sea for the most parte, so wonderfull is his providence over his in all ages; for his mercie endureth for ever.</p><p n="244">On the other hand the old planters were affraid that their corne, when it was ripe, should be imparted to the newcommers, whose provissions which they brought with them they feared would fall short before the year wente aboute (as indeed it did). They came to the Govr and besought him that as it was before agreed that they should set corne for their perticuler, and accordingly they had taken extraordinary pains ther aboute, that they might freely injoye the same, and they would not have a bitte of the victails now come, but watee till harvest for their owne, and let the new-commers injoye what they had brought; they would have none of it, excepte they could purchase any of it of them by bargaine or exchainge. Their requeste was granted them, for it gave both sides good contente; for the new-commers were as much afraid that the hungrie planters would have eat up the provissions brought, and they should have fallen into the like condition.</p><p n="245">This ship was in a shorte time laden with clapbord, by the help of many hands. Also they sente in her all the beaver and other furrs they had, and Mr. Winslow was sent over with her, to informe of all things, and procure such things as were thought needfull for their presente condition. By this time harvest was come, and in stead of famine, now God gave them plentie, and the face of things was changed, to the rejoysing of the harts of many, for which they blessed God. And the effect of their particuler planting was well scene, for all had, one way and other, pretty well to bring the year aboute, and some of the abler sorte and more industrious had to spare, and sell to others, so as any generall wante or famine hath not been amongst them since to this day.</p> 
				  <p n="246">Those that come on their perticuler looked for greater matters
					 then they found or could attaine unto, aboute building great houses, and such
					 pleasant situations for them, as them selves had fancied; as if they would be
					 great men and rich, all of a sudaine; but they proved castls in the aire. These
					 were the conditions agreed on betweene the colony and them.</p> 
				  <p n="247">First, that the Govr, in the name and with the con sente of
					 the company, doth in all love and frendship receive and imbrace them; and is to
					 allote them competente places for habitations within the towne. And promiseth
					 to shew them all such other curtesies as shall be reasonable for them to
					 desire, or us to performe. </p> 
				  <p n="248">2. That they, on their parts, be subjecte to all such laws and
					 orders as are already made, or hear after shall be, for the publiek good.</p> 
				  <p n="249">3. That they be freed and exempte from the generall
					 imployments of the said company, (which their presente condition of comunitie
					 requireth,) excepte commune defence, and such other imployments as tend to the
					 perpetuall good of the collony.</p> 
				  <p n="250">4ly. Towards the maintenance of Gov', and publiek officers of
					 the said collony, every male above the age of 16. years shall pay a bushell of
					 Indean wheat, or the worth of it, into the commune store.</p> 
				  <p n="251">5ly. That (according to the agreemente the marchants made with
					 them before they came) they are to be wholy debared from all trade with the
					 Indeans for all sorts of furrs, and such like commodities, till the time of the
					 comunallitie be ended.</p> 
				  <p n="252">About the midle of September arrived Captaine Robart Gorges '
					 in the Bay of the Massachusets, with sundrie passengers and families, intending
					 ther to begine a plantation; and pitched upon the place Mr. Weston's people had
					 forsaken. He had a commission from the Counsell of NewEngland, to be generall
					 Gover of the cuntrie, and they appoynted for his counsell and assistance,
					 Captaine Francis West, the aforesaid admirall, Christopher Levite, Esquire,'
					 and the Govr of Plimoth for the time beeing, etc. Allso, they gave him
					 authoritie to chuse such other as he should find fit. Allso, they gave (by
					 their commission) full power to him and his assistants, or any 3. of them,
					 wherof him selfe was allway to be one, to doe and execute what to them should
					 seeme good, in all cases, Capitall, Criminall, and Civill, etc., with diverte
					 other instructions. Of which, and his comission, it pleased him to suffer the
					 Govr hear to take a coppy.</p> 
				  <p n="253">He gave them notice of his arivall by letter, but before they
					 could visite him he went to the eastward with the ship he came in; but a storme
					 arising, (and they wanting a good pilot to harbor them in those parts,) they
					 bore up for this harbor. He and his men were hear kindly entertained; he stayed
					 hear 14. days. In the mean time came in Mr. Weston with his small ship, which
					 he had now recovered. Captaine Gorges tooke hold of the opportunitie, and
					 acquainted the Govr hear, that one occasion of his going to the eastward was to
					 meete with Mr. Weston, and call him to accounte for some abuses he had to lay
					 to his charge. Wherupon he called him before him, and some other of his
					 assistants, with the Govr of this place; and charged him, first, with the ille
					 carriage of his men at the Massachusets; by which means the peace of the
					 cuntrie was disturbed, and him selfe and the people which he had brought over
					 to plante in that bay were therby much prejudised. To this Mr. Weston easily
					 answered, that what was that way done, was in his absence, and might have
					 befalen any man; he left them sufficently provided, and conceived they would
					 have been well governed; and for any errour committed he had sufficiently
					 smarted. This particuler was passed by. A 2d. was, for an abuse done to his
					 father, Sr. Ferdenando Gorges, and to the State. The thing was this; he
					 used him and others of the Counsell of NewEngland, to procure him a licence for
					 the transporting of many peetes of great ordnance for New-England, pretending
					 great fortification hear in the countrie, and I know not what shipping. The
					 which when he had obtained, he went and sould them beyond seas for his private
					 profite; for which (he said) the State was much offended, and his father
					 suffered a shrowd check, and he had order to apprehend him for it. Mr. Weston
					 excused it as well as he could, but could not deney it; it being one maine
					 thing (as was said) for which he with-drew himself. But after many passages, by
					 the mediation of the Govr and some other freinds hear, he was inclined to
					 gentlnes (though he aprehended the abuse of his father deeply); which, when Mr.
					 Weston saw, he grew more presumptuous, and gave such provocking and cutting
					 speches, as made him rise up in great indignation and distemper, and vowed that
					 he would either curb him, or send him home for England. At which Mr. Weston was
					 something danted, and came privatly to the Govr hear, to know whether they
					 would suffer Captaine Gorges to apprehend him. He was tould they could not
					 hinder him, but much blamed him, that after they had pacified things, he should
					 thus breake out, by his owne folly and rashnes, to bring trouble upon him selfe
					 and them too. He confest it was his passion, and prayd the Govr to entreat for
					 him, and pacific him if he could. The which at last he did, with much adoe; so
					 he was called againe, and the Govr was contente to take his owne bond to be
					 ready to make further answer, when either he or the lords should send for him.
					 And at last he tooke only his word, and ther was a freindly parting on all
					 hands. </p> 
				  <p n="254">But after he was gone, Mr. Weston in lue of thanks to the
					 Gor and his freinds hear, gave them this quib (behind their baks) for all
					 their pains. That though they were but yonge justices, yet they wear good
					 beggers. Thus they parted at this time, and shortly after the Govr tooke his
					 leave and went to the Massachusets by land, being very thankfull for his kind
					 entertainemente. The ship stayed hear, and fitted her selfe to goe for
					 Virginia, having some passengers ther to deliver; and with her returned sundrie
					 of those from hence which came over on their perticuler, some out of
					 discontente and dislike of the cuntrie; others by reason of a fire that broke
					 out, and burnt the houses they lived in, and all their provisions so as they
					 were necessitated therunto. This fire was occasioned by some of the sea-men
					 that were roystering in a house wher it first begane, makeing a great fire in
					 very could weather, which broke out of the chimney into the thatch, and burnte
					 downe 3. or 4. houses, and consumed all the goods and provissions in them. The
					 house in which it begane was right against their store-house, which they had
					 much adoe to save, in which were their commone store and all their provissions;
					 the which if it had been lost, the plantation had been overthrowne. But through
					 Gods mercie it was saved by the great dilligence of the people, and care of the
					 Govr and some aboute him. Some would have had the goods throwne out; but if
					 they had, ther would much have been stolne by the rude company that belonged to
					 these 2. ships, which were allmost all ashore. But a trusty company was plased
					 within, as well as those that with wet-cloaths and other means kept of the fire
					 without, that if necessitie required they might have them out with all speed.
					 For they suspected some malicious dealing, if not plaine treacherie, and
					 whether it was only suspition or no, God knows; but this is certaine, that when
					 the tumulte was greatest, ther was a voyce heard (but from whom it was not
					 knowne) that bid them looke well aboute them, for all were not freinds that
					 were near them.</p> 
				  <p n="255">And shortly after, when the vemencie of the fire was over,
					 smoke was seen to arise within a shed that was joynd to the end of the
					 store-house, which was wasted up with bowes, in the withered leaves wherof the
					 fire was kindled, which some, running to quench, found a longe firebrand of an
					 ell longe lying under the wale on the inside, which could not possibly come
					 their by cassualtie, but must be laid ther by some hand, in the judgmente of
					 all that saw it. But God kept them from this deanger, what ever was
					 intended.</p> 
				  <p n="256">Shortly after Captaine Gorges, the generall Govr, was come
					 home to the Massachusets, he sends a warrante to arrest Mr. Weston and his
					 ship, and sends a mr to bring her away thither, and one Captain Hanson (that
					 belonged to him) to conducte him along. The Govr and others hear were very sory
					 to see him take this course, and tooke exception at the warrante, as not legall
					 nor sufficiente; and withall write to him to disswade him from this course,
					 skewing him that he would but entangle and burthen him selfe in doing this; for
					 he could not doe Mr. Weston a better turne, (as things stood with him); for he
					 had a great many men that belonged to him in this barke, and was deeply ingaged
					 to them for wages, and was in a manner out of victails (and now winter) ; all
					 which would light upon him, if he did arrest his barke. In the mean time Mr.
					 Weston had notice to shift for him selfe; but it was conceived he either knew
					 not whither to goe, or how to mend him selfe, but was rather glad of the
					 occasion, and so stirred not. But the Govr would not be perswaded, but sent a
					 very formall warrente under his hand and seall, with strict charge as they
					 would answere it to the state; he also write that he had better considered of
					 things since he was hear, and he could not answer it to let him goe so; besids
					 other things that were come to his knowledg since, which he must answer too. So
					 he was suffered to proceede, but he found in the end that to be true that was
					 tould him; for when an inventorie was taken of what was in the ship, ther was
					 not vitailes found for above 14. days, at a fare allowance, and not much else
					 of any great worth, and the men did so crie out of him for wages and diate, in
					 the mean time, as made him soone weary. So as in conclusion it turned to his
					 loss, and the expence of his owne provissions; and towards the spring they came
					 to agreement, (after they had bene to the eastward,) and the Govr restord him
					 his vessell againe, and made him satisfaction, in bisket, meal, and such like
					 provissions, for what he had made use of that was his, or what his men had any
					 way wasted or consumed. So Mr. Weston came hither againe, and afterward shaped
					 his course for Virginie, and so for present I shall leave him.</p> 
				  <p n="257">The Govr and some that depended upon him returned for England,
					 haveing scarcly saluted the cuntrie in his Govermente, not finding the state of
					 things hear to answer his quallitie and condition. The peopl dispersed them
					 selves, some went for England, others for Virginia, some few remained, and were
					 helped with supplies from hence. The Govr brought over a minister with him, one
					 Mr. Morell, who, about a year after the Govr returned, tooke shipping from
					 hence.He had I know not what power and authority of superintendancie over
					 other churches granted him, and sundrie instructions for that end; but he never
					 skewed it, or made any use of it; (it should seeme he saw it was in vaine;) he
					 only speake of it to some hear at his going away. This was in effect the end of
					 a 2. plantation in that place. Ther were allso this year some scatering
					 beginings made in other places, as at Paskataway, by Mr. David Thomson, at
					 Monhigen, and some other places by sundrie others.</p> 
				  <p n="258">It rests now that I speake a word aboute the pinnass spoken of
					 before, which was sent by the adventurers to be imployed in the cuntrie. She
					 was a fine vessell, and bravely set out, and I fear the adventurers did over
					 pride them selves in her, for she had ill success. How ever, they erred grosly
					 in tow things aboute her; first, though she had a suffciente maister,
					 yet she was rudly manned,and all her men were upon shars, and none was to
					 have any wages but the mr. 2ly, wheras they mainly lookt at trade, they had
					 sent nothing of any value to trade with. When the men came hear, and mette with
					 ill counselfrom Mr. Weston and his crue, with others of the same stampe,
					 neither mr nor Govr could scarce rule them, for they exclaimed that they were
					 abused and deceived, for they were tould they should goe for a man of wary, and
					 take I know not whom, French and Spaniards, etc. They would neither trade nor
					 fish, excepte they had wages; in fine, they would obey no command of the
					 maisters; so it was apprehended they would either rune away with the vessell,
					 or get away with the ships, and leave her; so as Mr. Peirce and others of their
					 freinds perswaded the Govr to chafing their condition, and give them wages;
					 which was accordingly done. And she was sente about the Cape to the Narigansets
					 to trade, but they made but a poore vioage of it. Some corne and beaver they
					 got, but the Dutch used to furnish them with cloath and better commodities,
					 they haveing only a few beads and knives, which were not ther much esteemed.
					 Allso, in her returne home, at the very entrance into ther owne harbore, she
					 had like to have been cast away in a storme, and was forced to cut her Maine
					 mast by the bord, to save herselfe from driving on the flats that lye without,
					 i caled Browns Ilands,the force of the wind being so great as made her
					 anchors give way and she drive right upon them; but her mast and takling being
					 gone, they held her till the wind shifted.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <head><hi rend="italic">Anno Dom</hi>: 1624.</head> 
				  <p n="259">THE time of new election of ther officers for this year being
					 come, and the number of their people increased, and their troubls and occasions
					 therwith, the Govr desired them to chainge the persons, as well as renew the
					 election;and also to adde more Assistans to the Govr for help and counsel',
					 and the better carrying on of affairs. Showing that it was necessarie it should
					 be so. If it was any honour or benefite, it was fitte others should be made
					 pertakers of it; if it was a burthen, (as doubtles it was,) it was but equall
					 others should help to bear it; and that this was the endof Annuall Elections.
					 The issue was, that as before ther was but one Assistante, they now chose 5.
					 giving the Govr a duble voyce; and aftwards they increased them to 7. which
					 course hath continued to this day.</p> 
				  <p n="260">They having with some truble and charge new-masted and rigged
					 their pinass, in the begining of March they sent her well vitaled to the
					 eastward on fishing. She arrived safly at a place near Damarins cove,and was
					 there well harbored in a place whey ships used to ride, ther being also some
					 ships allready arived out of England. But shortly after ther arose such a
					 violent and extraordinarie storme, as the seas broak over such places in the
					 harbor as was never scene before, and drive her against great roks, which beat
					 such a hole in her bulke, as a horse and carte might have gone in, and after
					 They having with some truble and charge new-masted and rigged their pinass, in
					 the begining of March they sent her well vitaled to the eastward on fishing.
					 She arrived safly at a place near Damarins cove,and was there well harbored
					 in a place whey ships used to ride, ther being also some ships allready arived
					 out of England. But shortly after ther arose such a violent and extraordinarie
					 storme, as the seas broak over such places in the harbor as was never scene
					 before, and drive her against great roks, which beat such a hole in her bulke,
					 as a horse and carte might have gone in, and after drive her into deep-water,
					 whey she lay sunke. The mr, was drowned, the rest of the men, all save one,
					 saved their lives, with much a doe; all her provision, salt, and what els was
					 in her, was lost. And here I must leave her to lye till afterward.</p> 
				  <p n="261">Some of those that still remained hear on their perticuler,
					 begane privatlyto nurish a faction, and being privie to a strong faction that
					 was among the adventurers in England, on whom sundry of them did depend, by
					 their private whispering they drew some of the weaker sorte of the company to
					 their side, and so filld them with discontente, as nothing would satisfie them
					 excepte they might be suffered to be in their perticuler allso; and made great
					 offers, so they might be freed from the generall. The Govr consulting with the
					 ablest of the generall body what was best to be done hear in, it was resolved
					 to permitte them so to doe, upon equall conditions. The conditions were the
					 same in effect with the former before related. Only some more added, as that
					 they should be bound here to remaine till the generall partnership was ended.
					 And also that they should pay into the store, the on halfe of all such goods
					 and comodities as they should any waise raise above their food, in
					 consideration of what charg had been layed out for them, with some such like
					 things. This liberty granted, soone stopt this gape, for ther was but a few
					 that undertooke this course when it came too; and they were as cone weary of
					 it. For the other had perswaded them, and Mr. Weston togeather, that ther would
					 never come more supply to the generall body; but the perticulers had such
					 freinds as would carry all, and doe for them I know not what.</p> 
				  <p n="262">Shortly after, Mr. Winslow came over, and brought a prety good
					 supply, and the ship came on fishing, a thing fatall to this plantation. He
					 brought 3. heifers and a bull, the first begining of any catle of that kind in
					 the land, with some cloathing and other necessaries, as will further appear;
					 but withal) the reporte of a strong faction amongst the adventure[r]s against
					 them, and espetially against the coming of the rest from Leyden, and with what
					 difficulty this supply was procured, and how, by their strong and long
					 opposision, bussines was so retarded as not only they were now falne too late
					 for the fishing season, but the best men were taken up of the fishermen in the
					 west countrie, and he was foret to take such a Mr. and company for that
					 imployment as he could procure upon the present. Some letters from them shall
					 beter declare these things, being as followeth.</p> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <p n="263">Most worthy and loving freinds, your kind and loving leters I
					 have received, and render you many thanks, etc. It hath plased God to stirre up
					 the harts of our adventure[r]s to raise a new stock for the seting forth of
					 this shipe, caled the <name rend="italic">Charitie</name>, with men and necessaries, both for the
					 plantation and the fishing, though accomplished with very great difficulty; in
					 regard we have some amongst us which undoubtedly aime more at their owne
					 private ends, and the thwarting and opposing of some hear, and other worthy
					 instruments,of Gods glory elswher, then at the generall good and furtherance
					 of this noble and laudable action. Yet againe we have many other, and I hope
					 the greatest parte, very honest Christian men, which I am perswaded their ends
					 and intents are wholy for the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ, in the
					 propagation of his gospell, and hope of gaining those poore salvages to the
					 knowledg of God. But, as we have a proverbe, One seabed sheep may marr a whole
					 flock, so these malecontented persons, and turbulente spirits, doe what in them
					 lyeth to withdraw mens harts from you and your freinds, yea, even from the
					 generall bussines; and yet under show and pretence of godlynes and furtherance
					 of the plantation. Wheras the quite contrary doth plainly appeare; as some of
					 the honester harted men (though of late of their faction) did make manifest at
					 our late meeting. But what should I trouble you or my selfe with these restles
					 opposers of all goodnes, and I doubte will be continual) disturbers of our
					 frendly meetings and love. On Thurs-day the 8. of Jan: we had a meeting aboute
					 the artickls betweene you and us; wher they would rejette that, which we in our
					 late leters prest you to grante, (an addition to the time of our joynt stock).
					 And their reason which they would make known to us was, it trobled their
					 conscience to exacte longer time of you then was agreed upon at the first. But
					 that night they were so followed and crost of their perverse courses, as they
					 were even wearied, and offered to sell their adventurs; and some were willing
					 to buy. But I, doubting they would raise more scandale and false reports, and
					 so diverse waise doe us more hurt, by going of in such a furie, then they could
					 or can by continuing adventurers amongst us, would not suffer them. But on the
					 12. of Jan: we had another meting, but in the interime diverse of us had talked
					 with most of them privatly, and had great combats and reasoning, pro and con.
					 But at night when we mete to read the general] letter, we had the loveingest
					 and frendlyest meeting that ever I knewand our greatest enemise offered to
					 lend us 50li. So I sent for a potle of wine, (I would you coulddoe the like,)
					 which we dranke freindly together. Thus God can turne the harts of men when it
					 pleaseth him, etc. Thus loving freinds, I hartily salute you all in the Lord,
					 hoping ever to rest,</p> 
				  <closer>Yours to my power,</closer> 
				  <dateline>Jan: 25. 1623.</dateline> 
				  <signed>JAMES SHERLEY</signed> 
				</div3> 
				<div3 type="letter"> 
				  <head rend="italic">Another leter.</head> 
				  <p n="264">Beloved Sr., etc. We have now sent you, we hope, men and
					 means, to setle these 3. things, viz. fishing, salt making, and boat making; if
					 you can bring them to pass to some perfection, your wants may be supplyed. I
					 pray you bend you selfe what you can to setle these bussinesses. Let the ship
					 be fraught away as soone as you can, and sent to BilbowYou must send some
					 discreete man for fattore, whom, once more, you must also authorise to confirme
					 the conditions. If Mr. Winslow could be spared, I could wish he came againe.
					 This ship carpenter is thought to be the fittest man for you in the land, and
					 will no doubte doe you much good. Let him have an absolute comand over his
					 servants and such as you put to him. Let him build you 2. catches, a lighter,
					 and some 6. or 7. shalops, as soone as you can. The salt-man is a skillfull and
					 industrious man, put some to him, that may quickly apprehende the misterie of
					 it. The preacher we have sent is (we hope) an honest plaine man, though none of
					 the most eminente and rare. Aboute chusing him into office use your owne
					 liberty and discretion; he knows he is no officer amongst you, though perhaps
					 custome and universalitie may make him forget him selfe. Mr. Winslow and my
					 selfe gave way to his going, to give contente to some hear, and we see no hurt
					 in it, but only his great charge of children.</p> 
				  <p n="265">We have tooke a patente for Cap Anne, etc.I am sory ther is
					 no more discretion used by some in their leters hither.Some say you are
					 starved in body and soule; others, that you eate piggs and doggs, that dye
					 alone; others, that the things hear spoaken of, the goodnes of the cuntry, are
					 gross and palpable lyes; that ther is scarce a foule to be seene, or a fish to
					 be taken, and many such like. I would such discontented men were hear againe,
					 for it is a miserie when the whole state of a plantation shall be thus exposed
					 to the passionate humors of some discontented men. And for my selfe I shall
					 hinder for hearafter some that would goe, and have not better composed their
					 affections; mean space it is all our crosses, and we must bear them. </p> 
				  <p n="266">I am sorie we have not sent you morel and other things, but in
					 truth we have rune into so much charge, to victaile the ship, provide salte and
					 other fishing implements, etc. as we could not provid other comfortable things,
					 as buter, suger, etc. I hope the returne of this ship and the James,will put
					 us in cash againe. The Lord make you full of courage in this troublesome
					 bussines, which now must be stuck unto, till God give us rest from our labours.
					 Fare well in all harty affection.</p> 
				  <closer>Your assured freind,</closer> 
				  <signed>R. C.</signed> 
				  <dateline>Jan: 24. 1623</dateline> 
				</div3> 
				<div3> 
				  <p n="267">With the former lettter write by Mr. Sherley, there were sente
					 sundrie objections concerning which he thus writeth. "These are the cheefe
					 objections which they that are now returned make against you and the countrie.
					 I pray you consider them, and answer them by the first conveniencie." These
					 objections were made by some of those that came overon their perticulerand
					 were returned home, as is before mentioned, and were of the same suite with
					 those that this other letter mentions.</p> 
				  <p n="268">I shall here set them downe, with the answer then made unto
					 them, and sent over at the returne of this ship; which did so confound the
					 objecters, as some confessed their falte, and others deneyed what they had
					 said, and eate their words, and some others of them have since come over againe
					 and heere lived to convince them selves sufficiently, both in their owne and
					 other mens judgments.</p> 
				  <p n="269">1. obj. was diversitie aboute Religion. Ans: We know no such
					 matter, for here was never any controversie or opposition, either publicke or
					 private, (to our knowledg,) since we came.</p> 
				  <p n="270">2. ob: Neglette of familie duties, one the Lords day. Ans. We
					 allow no such thing, but blame it in our selves and others; and they that thus
					 reporte it, should have shewed their Christian love the more if they had in
					 love tould the offenders of it, rather then thus to reproach them behind their
					 baks. But (to say no more) we wish them selves had given better example.</p> 
				  <p n="271">3. ob : Wante of both the sacrements</p> 
				  <p n="272">Ans. The more is our greefe, that our pastor is kept from us,
					 by whom we might injoye them; for we used to have the Lords Supper every
					 Saboth, and baptisme as often as ther was occasion of children to baptise.</p> 
				  <p n="273">4. ob : Children not catechised nor taught to read.</p> 
				  <p n="274">Ans: Neither is true; for diverse take pains with their owne
					 as they can; indeede, we have no commone schoole for want of a fitt person, or
					 hithertoo means to maintaine one; though we desire now to begine.</p> 
				  <p n="275">5. ob : Many of the perticuler members of the plantation will
					 not work for the generall.</p> 
				  <p n="276">Ans: This allso is not wholy true; for though some doe it not
					 willingly, and other not honestly, yet all doe it; and he that doth worst gets
					 his owne foode and something besids. But we will not excuse them, but labour to
					 reforme them the best we cane, or else to quitte the plantation of them.</p> 
				  <p n="277">6. ob : The water is not wholsome.</p> 
				  <p n="278">Ans: If they mean, not so wholsome as the good beere and wine
					 in London, (which they so dearly love,) we will not dispute with them; but els,
					 for water, it is as good as any in the world, (for ought we knowe,) and it is
					 wholsome enough to us that can be contente therwith.</p> 
				  <p n="279">7. ob : The ground is barren and doth bear no grasse.</p> 
				  <p n="280">Ans : It is hear (as in all places) some better and some
					 worse; and if they well consider their words, in England they shall not find
					 such grasse in them, as in their feelds and meadows. The catle find grasse, for
					 they are as fatt as need be; we wish we had but one for every hundred that hear
					 is grase to keep. Indeed, this objection, as some other, are ridiculous to all
					 here which see and know the contrary.</p> 
				  <p n="281">8. ob : The fish will not take salt to keepe sweete.</p> 
				  <p n="282">Ans: This is as true as that which was written, that ther is
					 scarce a foule to be seene or a fish to be taken. Things likly to be true in a
					 cuntrie wher so many sayle of ships come yearly a fishing; they might as well
					 say, there can no aile or beere in London be kept from sowering.</p> 
				  <p n="283">9. ob: Many of them are theevish and steale on from an
					 other.</p> 
				  <p n="284">Ans: Would London had been free from that crime, then we
					 should not have been trobled with these here; it is well knowne sundrie have
					 smarted well for it, and so are the rest like to doe, if they be taken.</p> 
				  <p n="285">10. ob: The countrie is anoyed with foxes and woules.Ans: So
					 are many other good cuntries too; but poyson, traps, and other such means will
					 help to destroy them.</p>
				  <p n="286">11. ob : The Dutch are planted nere Hudsons Bay,and are
					 likely to overthrow the trade.</p>
				  <p n="287">Ans : They will come and plante in these parts, also, if we
					 and others doe not, but goe home and leave it to them. We rather commend them,
					 then condemne them for it.</p>
				  <p n="288">12. ob: The people are much anoyed with muskeetoes. Ans: They
					 are too delicate and unfitte to begine newplantations and collonies, that
					 cannot enduer the biting of a muskeeto ; we would wish such to keepe at home
					 till at least they be muskeeto proofe. Yet this place is as free as any, and
					 experience teacheth that the more the land is tild, and the woods cut downe,
					 the fewer ther will be, and in the end scarse any at all.</p>
				  <p n="289">Having thus dispatcht these things, that I may handle things
					 togeather, I shall here inserte 2. other letters from Mr. Robinson their
					 pastor; the one to the Govr, the other to Mr. Brewster their Elder, which will
					 give much light to the former things, and express the tender love and care of a
					 true pastor over them.</p> 
				</div3>
				<div3 type="letter">
				  <head rend="italic">His leter to the Govr.</head>
				  <p n="290">My loving and much beloved freind, whom God hath hithertoo
					 preserved, preserve and keepe you still to his glorie, and the good of many;
					 that his blessing may make your godly and wise endeavours answerable to the
					 valuation which they ther have, and set upon the same. Of your love too and
					 care for us here, we never doubted; so are we glad to take knowledg of it in
					 that fullnes we doe. Our love and care to and for you, is mutuall, though our
					 hopes of coming unto you be small, and weaker then ever. But of this at large
					 in Mr. Brewsters letter, with whom you, and he with you, mutualy, I know,
					 comunicate your letters, as I desire you may doe these, etc.</p>
				  <p n="291">Concerning the killing of those poor Indeans, of which we
					 heard at first by reporte, and since by more certaine relation, oh l how happy
					 a thing had it been, if you had converted some, before you had killed any;
					 besids, wher blond is one begune to be shed, it is seldome stanched of a long
					 time after. You will say they deserved it. I grant it; but upon what
					 provocations and invitments by those heathenish Christians?Besids, you, being
					 no magistrats over them, were to consider, not what they deserved, but what you
					 were by necessitie constrained to inflitte. Necessitie of this, espetially of
					 killing so many, (and many more, it seems, they would, if they could,) I see
					 not. Methinks onor tow principals should have been full enough, according to
					 that approved rule, The punishmente to a few, and the fear to many. Upon this
					 occasion let me be bould to exhorte you seriouly to consider of the
					 dispossition of your Captaine,whom I love, and am perswaded the Lord in great
					 mercie and for much good hath sent you him, if you use him aright. He is a man
					 humble and meek amongst you, and towards all in ordinarie course. But now if
					 this be meerly from an humane spirite, ther is cause to fear that by occasion,
					 espetially of provocation, ther may be wanting that tendernes of the life of
					 man (made after Gods image) which is meete. It is also a thing more glorious in
					 mens eyes, then pleasing in Gods, or conveniente for Christians, to be a
					 terrour to poore barbarous people; and indeed I am afraid least, by these
					 occasions, others should be drawne to affecte a kind of rufling course
					 intheworld. I doubt not buy you will take in good part these things which I
					 write, and as ther is cause make use of them. It were to us more comfortable
					 and convenient, that we comunicated our mutuall helps in presence, but seeing
					 that canot be done, we shall always long after you, and love you, and waite
					 Gods apoynted time. The adventurers it seems have neither money nor any great
					 mind of us, for the most parte. They deney it to be any part of the covenants
					 betwixte us, that they should transporte us, neither doe I looke for any f
					 urther help from them, till means come from you. We hear are strangers in
					 effecte to the whole course, and so both we and you (save as your owne wisdoms
					 and worths have intressed you further) of principals intended in this bussines,
					 are scarce accessaries, etc. My wife, with me, resalute you and yours. Unto him
					 who is the same to his in all places, and nere to them which are farr from one
					 an other, I comend you and all with you, resting, </p>
				  <closer>Yours truly loving
					 <date>Leyden, Des: 19. 1623.</date>
					 <signed>JOHN ROBINSON.</signed></closer>
				</div3>
				<div3 type="letter">
				  <head rend="italic">His to Mr. Brewster.</head>
				  <p n="292">Loving and dear freind and brother: That which I most desired
					 of God in regard of you, namly, the continuance of your life and health, and
					 the safe coming of these sent unto you, that I most gladly hear of, and praise
					 God for the same. And I hope Mrs. Brewsters weake and decayed state of body
					 will have some reparing by the coming of her daughters, and the provissions in
					 this and former ships, I hear is made for you; which maks us with more patience
					 bear our languishing state, and the deferring of our desired transportation;
					 which I call desired, rather than hoped for, whatsoever you are borne in hand
					 by any others. For first, ther is no hope at all, that I know, or can conceive
					 of, of any new stock to be raised for that end; so that all must depend upon
					 returns from you, in which are so many uncertainties, as that nothing with any
					 certaintie can thence be concluded. Besids, howsoever for the presente the
					 adventurers aledg nothing but want of money, which is an invincible difculty,
					 yet if that be taken away by you, others without doubte will be found. For the
					 beter clearing of this, we must dispose the adventurers into 3. parts; and of
					 them some 5. or 6. (as I conceive) are absolutly bent for us, above any others.
					 Other 5. or 6. are our bitter professed adversaries. The rest, being the body,
					 I conceive to be honestly minded, and loveingly also towards us; yet such as
					 have others (namly the forward preachers) nerer unto them, then us, and whose
					 course so farr as ther is any differance, they would rather advance then ours.
					 Now what a hanckthese men have over the professors, you know. And I perswade
					 my selfe, that for me, they of all others are unwilling I should be
					 transported, espetially such of them as have an eye that way them selves; as
					 thinking if I come ther, ther market will be mard in many regards. And for
					 these adversaries, if they have but halfe the witte to their malice, they will
					 stope my course when they see it intended, for which this delaying serveth them
					 very opportunly. And as one restie jade can hinder, by hanging back, more then
					 two or 3. can (or will at least, if they be not very free) draw forward, so
					 will it be in this case. A notable experimente of this, they gave in your
					 messengers presence, constraining the company to promise that none of the money
					 now gathered should be expended or imployed to the help of any of us towards
					 you. Now touching the question propounded by you, I judg it not lawfull for
					 you, being a ruling Elder, as Rom. 12. 7. 8. and 1. Tim. 5. 17. opposed to the
					 Elders that teach and exhorte and labore in the word and doctrine, to which the
					 sacrements are annexed, to administer them, nor convenient if it were lawfull.
					 Whether any larned man will come unto you or not, I know not; if any doe, you
					 must Consilium eapere in arena.Be you most hartily saluted, and your wife
					 with you, both from me and -nine. Your God and ours, and the God of all his,
					 bring us together if it be his will, and keep us in the mean while, and allways
					 to his glory, and make us servisable to his majestie, and faithfull to the end.
					 Amen. </p>
				  <closer>Your very loving brother,
					 <date>Leyden, Des: 20. 1623.</date>
					 <signed>John ROBINSON</signed></closer>
				</div3> 
			 </div2>
			 <div2>
				<p n="293"> These things premised, I shall now prosecute the procedings and
				  afairs here. And before I come to other things I Trust speak a word of their
				  planting this year; they having found the benifite of their last years harvest,
				  and setting corne for their particuler, having therby with a great deale of
				  patience overcome hunger and famine. Which maks me remember a saing of Senecas,
				  <name rend="italic">Epis</name>: 123. 
				  <hi rend="italic">That a great parte of libertie is a well
					 governed belly, and to be patience in all wants</hi>. They begane now highly
				  to prise come as more pretious then silver, and those that had some to spare
				  begane to trade one with another for smale things, by the quarte, potle, and
				  peck, etc.; for money they had none, and if any had, corne was prefered before
				  it. That they might therfore encrease their tillage to better advantage, they
				  made suite to the Govr to have some portion of land given them for continuance,
				  and not by yearly lotte, for by that means, that which the more industrious had
				  brought into good culture (by much pains) one year, came to leave it the nexte,
				  and often another might injoye it; so as the dressing of their lands were the
				  more sleighted over, and to lese profite. Which being well considered, their
				  request was granted. And to every person was given only one acrre of land, to
				  them and theirs, as nere the towne as might be, and they had no more till the
				  7. years were expired. The reason was, thA&#x00A1;t they might be kept close
				  together both for more saftie and defence, and the better improvement of the
				  generall imployments. Which condition of theirs did make me often thinke, of
				  what I had read in Plinieof the Romans first beginings in Romulus time. How
				  every man contented him selfe with 2. Acres of land, and had no more assigned
				  them. And chap. 3. It was thought a great reward, to receive at the hands of
				  the people of Rome a pinte of corne. And long after, the greatest presente
				  given to a Captaine that had gotte a victory over their enemise, was as much
				  ground as they could till in one day. And he was not counted a good, but a
				  dangerous man, that would not contente him selfe with 7. Acres of land. As also
				  how they did pound their corne in morters, as these people were forcte to doe
				  many years before they could get a mille.</p>
				<p n="294">The ship which brought this supply,was speedily discharged,
				  and with her Mr. and company sente to Cap-Anne (of which place they had gott a
				  patente, as before is shewed) on fishing, and because the season was so farr
				  spente some of the planters were sent to help to build their stage,to their
				  owne hinderante. But partly by the latenes of the year, and more espetialy by
				  the basnes of the Mr., one Baker, they made a poore viage of it. He proved a
				  very drunken beast, and did nothing (in a maner) but drink, and gusle, and
				  consume away the time and his victails; and most of his company followed his
				  example; and though Mr. William Peirce was to over see the busines, and to be
				  Mr. of the ship home, yet he could doe no good amongst them, so as the loss was
				  great, and would have bene more to them, but that they kept one a trading ther,
				  which in those times got some store of skins, which was some help unto
				  them.</p>
				<p n="295">The ship-carpenter that was sent them, was an honest and very
				  industrious man, and followed his labour very dilligently, and made all that
				  were imployed with him doe the like; he quickly builte them 2 very good and
				  strong shalops (which after did them greate service), and a great and strong
				  lighter, and had hewne timber for 2. catches; but that was lost, for he fell
				  into a feaver in the hote season of the year, and though he had the best means
				  the place could aforde, yet he dyed; of whom they had a very great loss, and
				  were very sorie for his death. But he whom they sent to make salte was an
				  ignorante, foolish, self-willd fellow; he bore them in hand he could doe great
				  matters in making salt-works, so he was sente to seeke out fitte ground for his
				  purpose; and after some serch he tould the Govr that he had found a sufficente
				  place, with a good botome to hold water, and otherwise very conveniente, which
				  he doubted not but in a short time to bring to good perfection, and to yeeld
				  them great profite; but he must have g. or ten men to be constantly imployed.
				  He was wisht to be sure that the ground was good, and other things answerable,
				  and that he could bring it to perfection; otherwise he would bring upon them a
				  great charge by imploying him selfe and so many men. But he was, after some
				  triall, so confidente, as he caused them to send carpenters to rear a great
				  frame for a large house, to receive the salte and such other uses. But in the
				  end all proved vaine. Then he layed fault of the ground, in which he was
				  deceived; but if he might have the lighter to cary clay, he was sure then he
				  could doe it. Now though the Govr and some other foresaw that this would come
				  to Title, yet they had so many malignant spirits amongst them, that would have
				  laid it upon them, in their letters of complainte to the adventurers, as to be
				  their falte that would not suffer him to goe on to bring his work to
				  perfection; for as he by his bould confidence and large promises deceived them
				  in England that sente him, so he had wound him selfe in to these mens high
				  esteeme hear, so as they were faine to let him goe on till all men saw his
				  vanity. For he could not doe any thing but boyle salt in pans, and yet would
				  make them that were joynd with him beleeve ther was so grat a misterie in it as
				  was not easie to be attained, and made them doe many unnecessary things to
				  blind their eys, till they discerned his sutltie. The next yere he was sente to
				  Cap-Anne, and the pans were set up ther wher the fishing was; but before sommer
				  was out, he burnte the house, and the fire was so vehemente as it spoyld the
				  pans, at least some of them, and this was the end of that chargable
				  bussines.</p>
				<p n="296">The 3d. eminente person (which the letters before mention) was
				  the minister which they sent over, by name Mr. John Lyford, of whom and whose
				  doing I must be more large, though I shall abridg things as much as I can. When
				  this man first came a shore, he saluted them with that reverence and humilitie
				  as is seldome to be seen, and indeed made them ashamed, he so bowed and cringed
				  unto them, and would have kissed their hands if they would have suffered him;'
				  yea, he wept and shed many tears, blessing God that had brought him to see
				  their faces; and admiring the things they had done in their wants, etc. as if
				  he had been made all of love, and the humblest person in the world. And all the
				  while (if we may judg by his after cariags) he was but like him mentioned in
				  Psa : 10. 10. That croucheth and boweth, that heaps of poore may fall by his
				  might. Or like to that dissembling Ishmaell,z who, when he had slaine Gedelia,
				  went out weeping and mette them that were coming to offer incence in the house
				  of the Lord; saing, Come to Gedelia, when he ment to slay them. They gave him
				  the best entertainment they could, (in all simplisitie,) and a larger alowans
				  of food out of the store then any other had, and as the Govr had used in all
				  waightie affairs to. consulte with their Elder, Mr. Brewster, (togeither with
				  his assistants,) so now he caled Mr. Liford also to counsell with them in their
				  waightiest bussineses. After some short time. he desired to joyne himselfe a
				  member to the church hear, and was accordingly received. He made a large
				  confession of his faith, and an acknowledgemente of his former disorderly
				  walking, and his being intangled with many corruptions, which had been a
				  burthen to his conscience, and blessed God for this opportunitie of freedom and
				  libertie to injoye the ordinances of God in puritie among his people, with many
				  more such like expressions. I must hear speake a word also of Mr. John Oldom,
				  who was a copartner with him in his after courses. He had bene a cheefe sticler
				  in the former faction among the perticulers, and an intelligenter to those in
				  England. But now, since the coming of this ship and he saw the supply that
				  came, he tooke occasion to open his minde to some of the cheefe amongst them
				  heere, and confessed he had done them wrong both by word and deed, and writing
				  into England; but he now saw the eminente hand of God to be with them, and his
				  blesing upon them, which made his hart smite him, neither should those in
				  England ever use him as an instrumente any longer against them in any thing; he
				  also desired, former things might be forgotten, and that they would looke upon
				  him as one that desired to close with them in all things, with such like
				  expressions. Now whether this was in hipocrisie, or out of some sudden pange of
				  conviction (which I rather thinke), God only knows. Upon it they shew all
				  readynes to imbrace his love, and carry towards him in all frendlynes, and
				  called him to counsell with them in all cheefe affairs, as the other, without
				  any distrust at all. </p>
				<p n="297">Thus all things seemed to goe very comfortably and smothly on
				  amongst them, at which they did much rejoyce; but this lasted not long, for
				  both Oldom and he grew very perverse, and shewed a spirite of great
				  malignancie, drawing as many into faction as they could; were they never so
				  vile or profane, they did nourish and back them in all their doings; so they
				  would but cleave to them and speak against the church hear; so as ther was
				  nothing but private meetings and whisperings amongst them; they feeding
				  themselves and others with what they should bring to pass in England by the
				  faction of their freinds their, which brought others as well as them selves
				  into a fools paradise. Yet they could not cartso closly but much of both
				  their doings and sayings were discovered, yet outwardly they still set a faire
				  face of things.</p>
				<p n="298">At lenght when the ship was ready to goe, it was observea Liford
				  was long in writing, and sente many letters, and could not forbear to
				  comunicate to his intimats such things as made them laugh in their sleeves, and
				  thought he had done ther errand sufficiently. The Govr and some other of his
				  freinds knowing how things stood in England, and what hurt these things might
				  doe, tooke a shalop and wente out with the ship a league or 2. to sea, and
				  caled for all Lifords and Oldums letters. Mr. William Peirce being mr of the
				  ship, (and knew well their evill dealing both in England and here,) afforded
				  him all the assistance he could. He found above 20. of Lyfords letters, many of
				  them larg, and full of slanders, and false accusations, tending not only to
				  their prejudice, but to their ruine and utter subversion. Most of the letters
				  they let pas, only tooke copys of them, but some of the most materiall they
				  sent true copyes of them, and kept the originalls, least he should deney them,
				  and that they might produce his owne hand against him. Amongst his letters they
				  found the coppyes of tow letters which he sent inclosed in a leter of his to
				  Mr. John Pemberton, a minister, and a great opposite of theirs. These 2.
				  letters of which he tooke the coppyes were one of them write by a gentle-man in
				  England to Mr. Brewster here, the other by Mr. Winslow to Mr. Robinson, in
				  Holand, at his coming away, as the ship lay at Gravsend. They lying sealed in
				  the great cabin, (whilst Mr. Winslow was bussie aboute the affairs of the
				  ship,) this slye marchante taks and opens them, taks these coppys, and seals
				  them up againe ; and not only sends the coppyes of them thus to his friend and
				  their adversarie, but adds thertoo in the margente many scurrilous and flouting
				  anotations. This ship went out towards evning, and in the night the Govr
				  returned. They were somwaht blanke at it, but after some weeks, when they heard
				  nothing, they then were as briske as ever, thinking nothing had been knowne,
				  but all was gone currente, and that the Govr went but to dispatch his owne
				  letters. The reason why the Govr and rest concealed these things the longer,
				  was to let things ripen, that they might the better- discover their intents and
				  see who were their adherents. And the rather because amongst the rest they
				  found a letter of one of their confederats, in which was writen that Mr. Oldame
				  and Mr. Lyford intended a reformation in church and commone wealth; and, as
				  soone as the ship was gone, they intended to joyne togeather, and have the
				  sacrements, etc.</p>
				<p n="299">For Oldame, few of his leters were found, (for he was so bad a
				  scribe as his hand was scarce legible,) yet he was as deepe in the mischeefe as
				  the other. And thinking they were now strong enough, they begane to pick
				  quarells at every thing. Oldame being called to watch (according to order)
				  refused to come, fell out with the Capten, caled him raskell, and beggerly
				  raskell, and resisted him, drew his knife at him; though he offered him no
				  wrong, nor-gave him no ille termes, but with all fairnes required him to doe
				  his duty. The Govr, hearing the tumulte, sent to quiet it, but he ramped more
				  like a furious beast then a man, and cald them all treatours, and rebells, and
				  other such foule language as I am ashamed to remember; but after he was clapt
				  up a while, he came to him seife, and with some slight punishmente was let goe
				  upon his behaviour for further censure.</p>
				<p n="300">But to cutt things shorte, at length it grew to this esseue,
				  that Lyford with his complicies,l without ever speaking one word either to the
				  Govr, Church, or Elder, withdrewe them selves and set up a publick meeting
				  aparte, on the Lord's day; with sundry such insolente cariages, too long here
				  to relate, begining now publikly to acte what privatly they had been long
				  plotting.</p>
				<p n="301">It was now thought high time (to prevent further mischeefe) to
				  calle them to accounte; so the Govr called a courte and summoned the whol
				  company to appeare. And then charged Lyford and 0ldom with such things as they
				  were guilty of. But they were stifle, and stood resolutly upon the deneyall of
				  most things, and required proofe. They first alledged what was write to them
				  out of England, compared with their doings and practises hear; that it was
				  evident they joyned in plotting against them, and disturbing their peace, both
				  in respecte of their civill and church state, which was most injurious; for
				  both they and all the world knew they came hither to injoye the libertie of
				  their conscience and the free use of Gods ordinances; and for that end had
				  ventured their lives and passed throwgh so much hardshipe hithertoo, and they
				  and their freinds had borne the charg of these begin. ings, which was not
				  small. And that Lyford for his parte was sent over on this charge, and that
				  both he and his great family was maintained on the same, and also was joyned to
				  the church, and a member of them; and for him to plote against them and seek
				  their ruine, was most unjust and perfidious. And for Oldam or any other that
				  came over at their owne charge, and were on ther perticuler, seeing they were
				  received in curtesie by the plantation, when they came only to seeke shelter
				  and protection under their wings, not being able to stand alone, that they,
				  (according to the fable,) like the Hedghogg whom the conny in a stormy day in
				  pittie received into her borrow, would not be content to take part with her,
				  but in the end with her sharp pricks forst the poore conny to forsake her owne
				  borrow; so these men with the like injustice indevored to doe the same to thos
				  that entertained them.</p>
				<p n="302">Lyford denyed that he had any thing to doe with them in England,
				  or knew of their courses, and made other things as strange that he was charged
				  with. Then his letters were prodused and some of them read, at which he was
				  struck mute. But Oldam begane to rage furiously, because they had intercepted
				  and opened his letters, threatening them in very high language, and in a most
				  audacious and mutinous maner stood up and caled upon the people, saying, My
				  maisters, wher is your harts? now skew your courage, you have oft complained to
				  me so and so; now is the time, if you will doe any thing, I will stand by you,
				  etc. Thinking that every one (knowing his humor) that had soothed and flattered
				  him, or other wise in their discontente uttered any thing unto him, would now
				  side with him in open rebellion. But he was deceived, for not a man opened his
				  mouth, but all were silent, being strucken with the injustice of the thing.
				  Then the Govr turned his speech to Mr. Lyford, and asked him if he thought they
				  had done evill to open his letters; but he was silente, and would not say a
				  word, well knowing what they might reply. Then the Govr skewed the people he
				  did it as a magistrate, and was bound to it by his place, to prevent the
				  mischeefe and ruine that this conspiracie and plots of theirs would bring on
				  this poor colony. But he, besids his evill dealing hear, had delte trecherusly
				  with his freinds that trusted him, and stole their letters and opened them, and
				  sent coppies of them, with disgracefull annotations, to his freinds in England.
				  And then the Govr produced them and his other letters under his owne hand,
				  (which he could not deney,) and caused them to be read before all the people;
				  at which all his freinds were blanke, and had not a word to say.</p>
				<p n="303">It would be too long and tedious here to inserte his letters
				  (which would almost fill a volume), though I have them by me. I shall only note
				  a few of the cheefe things collected out of them, with the answers to them as
				  they were then given; and but a few of those many, only for instance, by which
				  the rest may be judged of. </p>
				<p n="304">1. First, he saith, the church would have none to live hear but
				  them selves. 2ly. Neither are any willing so to doe h if they had company to
				  live elswher. </p>
				<p n="305">Ans: Their answer was, that this was false, in both the parts of
				  it; for they were willing and desirous that any honest men may live with them,
				  that will cary them selves peacably, and seek the commone good, or at least doe
				  them no hurte. And againe, ther are many that will not live els wher so long as
				  they may live with them. </p>
				<p n="306">2. That if ther come over any honest men that are not of the
				  seperation, they will quickly distast them, etc.</p>
				<p n="307">A. Ther answer was as before, that it was a false callumniation,
				  for they had many amongst them that they liked well of, and were glad of their
				  company; and should be of any such like that should come amongst them.</p>
				<p n="308">3. That they excepted against him for these 2. doctrins raised
				  from 2. Sam: 12. 7. First, that ministers must sume times perticulerly apply
				  their doctrine to spetiall persons; 2ly, that great men may be reproved as well
				  as meaner.</p>
				<p n="309">A. Their answer was, that both these were without either truth
				  or colour of the same (as was proved to his face), and that they had taught and
				  beleeved these things long before they knew Mr. Liford.</p>
				<p n="310">4. That they utterly sought the ruine of the perticulers; as
				  appeareth by this, that they would not suffer any of the generall either to buy
				  or sell with them, or to exchaing one commoditie for another.</p>
				<p n="311">Ans: This was a most malicious slander and voyd of all truth, as
				  was evidently proved to him before all men; for any of them did both buy, sell,
				  or exchaing with them as often as they had any occation. Yea, and allso both
				  lend and give to them when they wanted; and this the perticuler persons them
				  selves could not deney, but freely confest in open court. But the ground from
				  whence this arose made it much worse, for he was in counsell with them. When
				  one was called before them, and questioned for receiving powder and bisket from
				  the gunner of the small ship, which was the company, and had it put in at his
				  window in the night, and allso for buying salt of one, that had no right to it,
				  he not only stood to back him (being one of these perticulers) by excusing and
				  extenuating his falte, as long as he could, but upon this build:this
				  mischeevous and most false slander: That because they,, would not suffer them
				  to buy stolne goods, ergo, they sought their utter ruine. Bad logick for a
				  devine.</p>
				<p n="312">5. Next he writs, that he chocked them with this; that they
				  turned men into their perticuler, and then sought to starve them, and deprive
				  them of all means of subsistance.</p>
				<p n="313">A. To this was answered, he did them manifest wrong, for they
				  turned none into their perticuler; it was their owne importunitie and ernest
				  desire that moved them, yea, constrained them to doe it. And they apealed to
				  the persons them selves for the truth hereof. And they testified the same
				  against him before all present, as allso that they had no cause to complaine of
				  any either hard or unkind usage.</p>
				<p n="314">6. He accuseth them with unjust distribution, and writeth, that
				  it was a strang difference, that some have bene alowed 16li. of meale by the
				  weeke, and others but 4li. And then (floutingly) saith, it seems some mens
				  mouths and bellies are very litle and slender over others.</p>
				<p n="315">Ans: This might seeme strange indeed to those to whom he write
				  his leters in England, which knew not the reason of it; but to him and others
				  hear, it could not be strange, who knew how things stood. For the first commers
				  had none at all, but lived on their come. Those which came in the Anne, the
				  August before, and were to live 13. months of the provissions they brought, had
				  as good alowance in meal and pease as it would extend too, the most part of the
				  year; but a litle before harvest, when they had not only fish, but other fruits
				  began to come in, they had but 4li. having their libertie to make their owne
				  provisions. But some of these which came last, as the ship carpenter, and
				  sawiers, the salte-men and others that were to follow constante imployments,
				  and had not an howers time, from their hard labours, to looke for any thing
				  above their alowance; they had at first, 161i. alowed them, and afterwards as
				  fish, and other food coned be gott, they had as balemente, to 14. and 12. yea
				  some of them to 8. as the times and occasions did vary. And yet those which
				  followed planting and their owne occasions, and had but 4li. of meall a week,
				  lived better then the other, as was well knowne to all. And yet it must be
				  remembered that Lyford and his had allwais the highest alowance.</p>
				<p n="316">Many other things (in his letters) he accused them of, with many
				  aggravations; as that he saw exseeding great wast of tools and vesseles; and
				  this, when it came to be examened, all the instance he could give was, that he
				  had seen an old hogshed or too fallen to peetes, and a broken how or tow lefte
				  carlesly in the feilds by some. Though he also knew that a godly, honest man
				  was appointed to looke to these things. But these things and such like was
				  write of by him, to cast disgrace and prejudice upon them; as thinking what
				  came from a minister would pass for currente. Then he tells them that Winslow
				  should say, that ther was not above 7. of the adventurers that souight the good
				  of the collony. That Mr. Oldam and him selfe had had much to doe with them, and
				  that the faction here might match the Jesuits for politie. With many the like
				  greevious complaints and accusations. </p>
				<p n="317">1. Then, in the next place, he comes to give his freinds
				  counseland directtion. And first, that the Leyden company (Mr. Robinson and
				  the rest) must still be kepte back, or els all will be spoyled. And least any
				  of them should be taken in privatly somewher on the coast of England, (as it
				  was feared might be done,) they must chaing the Mr. of the ship (Mr. William
				  Peirce), and put another allso in Winslows stead, for marchante,or els it
				  would not be prevented.</p>
				<p n="318">2. Then he would have such a number provided as might oversway
				  them hear. And that the perticulers should have voyces in all courts and
				  elections, and be free to bear any office. And that every perticuler should
				  come over as an adventurer, if he be but a servante; some other venturing
				  10li., the bill may be taken out in the servants name, and then assigned to the
				  party whose money it was, and good covenants drawn betweene them for the
				  clearing of the matter; and this (saith he) would be a means to strengthen this
				  side the more.</p>
				<p n="319">3. Then he tells them that if that Capten they spoake of should
				  come over hither as a generall, he was perswaded he would be chosen Capten; for
				  this Captaine Standish looks like a silly boy, and is in utter contempte.</p>
				<p n="320">4. Then he shows that if by the forementioned means they cannot
				  be strengthened to cary and overbear things, it will be best for them to plant
				  els wher by them selves; and would have it artickled by them that they might
				  make choyse of any place that they liked best within 3. or 4. myls distance,
				  shewing ther were farr better places for plantation then this.</p>
				<p n="321">5. And lastly he concluds, that if some number came not over to
				  bear them up here, then ther would be no abiding for them, but by joyning with
				  these hear. Then he adds: Since I begane to write, ther are letters come from
				  your company, wherin they would give sole authoritie in diverte things unto the
				  Govr here; which, if it take place, then, Ve Nobis. But I hope you will be more
				  vigilante hereafter, that nothing may pass in such a manner. I suppose (saith
				  he) Mr. Oldame will write to you further of these things. I pray you conceal'
				  me in the discovery of these things, etc.</p>
				<p n="322">Thus I have breefly touched some cheefe things in his leters,
				  and shall now returne to their procceeding with him. After the reading of his
				  leters before the whole company, he was demanded what he could say to these
				  things. But all the answer he made was, that Billington and some others had
				  informed him of many things, and made sundrie complaints, which they now
				  deneyed. He was againe asked if that was a suA&#x00B1;iciente ground for him
				  thus to accuse and traduse them by his letters, and never say word to them,
				  considering the many bonds betweene them. And so they went on from poynte to
				  poynte; and wisht him, or any of his freinds and confederats, not to spare them
				  in any thing; if he or they had any proofe or witnes of any corrupte or evill
				  dealing of theirs, his or their evidence must needs be ther presente, for ther
				  was the whole company and sundery strangers. He said he had been abused by
				  others in their informations, (as he now well saw,) and so had abused them. And
				  this was all the answer they could have, for none would take his parte in any
				  thing; but Billington, and any whom he named, deneyed the things, and protested
				  he wronged them, and would have drawne them to such and such things which they
				  could not consente too, though they were sometimes drawne to his meetings. Then
				  they delte with him aboute his dissembling with them aboute the church, and
				  that he professed to concur with them in all things, and what a large
				  confession he made at his admittance, and that he held not him selfe a minister
				  till he had a new calling, etc. And yet now he contested against them, and drew
				  a company aparte, and sequestred him selfe; and would goo minister the
				  sacrements (by his Episcopal, caling) without ever speaking a word unto them,
				  either as magistrats or bretheren. In conclusion, he was fully convicted, and
				  burst out into tears, and "confest he feared he was a reprobate, his sinns were
				  so great that he doubted God would not pardon them, he was unsavorie salte,
				  etc. ; and that he had so wronged them as he could never make them amends,
				  confessing all he had write against them was false and nought, both for matter
				  and manner." And all this he did with as much fullnes as words and tears could
				  express.</p>
				<p n="323">After their triall and conviction, the court censured them to be
				  expeld the place; Oldame presently, though his wife and family had liberty to
				  stay all winter, or longer, till he could make provission to remove them
				  comfortably. Lyford had liberty to stay 6. months. It was, indeede, with some
				  eye to his release, if he caried him selfe well in the meane time, and that his
				  repentance proved sound. Lyford acknowledged his censure was farr less than he
				  deserved.</p>
				<p n="324">Afterwards, he confest his sin publikly in the church, with
				  tears more largly then before. I shall here put it downe as I find it recorded
				  by some who tooke it from his owne words, as him selfe utered them.
				  Acknowledging "That he had don very evill, and slanderously abused them; and
				  thinking most of the people would take parte with him, he thought to cary all
				  by violence and strong hand against them. And that God ,night justly lay
				  innocente blood to his charge, for he knew not what hurt might have come of
				  these his writings, and blest God they were stayed. And that he spared not to
				  take knowledg from any, of any evill that was spoaken, but shut his eyes and
				  ears against all the good; and if God should make him a vacabund in the earth,
				  as was Caine, it was but just, for he had sined in envie and malice against his
				  brethren as he did. And he confessed 3. things to be the ground and causes of
				  these his doings: pride, vaine-glorie, and selfe love." Amplifying these heads
				  with many other sade expressions, in the perticulers of them.</p>
				<p n="325">So as they begane againe to conceive good thoughts of him upon
				  this his repentance, and admited him to teach amongst them as before; and
				  Samuell Fuller (a deacon amongst them), and some other tender harted men
				  amongst them, were so taken with his signes of sorrow and repentance, as they
				  professed they would fall upon their knees to have his censure released.</p>
				<p n="326">But that which made them all stand amased in the end, and may
				  doe all others that shall come to hear the same, (for a rarer president can
				  scarse be showne,) was, that after a month or 2. notwithstand all his former
				  conffessions, convictions, and publiek acknowledgments, both in the face of the
				  church and whole company, with so many tears and sadde censures of him selfe
				  before God and men, he should goe againe to justifie what he had done.</p>
				<p n="327">For secretly he write a 2d. leter to the adventurers in England,
				  in which he justified all his former writings, (save in some things which
				  tended to their damage,) the which, because it is brefer then the former, I
				  shall here inserte.</p>
			 </div2>
			 <div2 type="letter">
				<opener>Worthy Srs: </opener>
				<p n="328">Though the filth of mine owne doings may justly be cast in my
				  face, and with blushing cause my perpetuall silence, yet that the truth may not
				  herby be injuried, your selves any longer deluded, nor in[j]urious dealing
				  caried out still, with bould out facings, I have adventured once more to write
				  unto you. Firest, I doe freely confess I delte very indiscreetly in some of my
				  perticuler leters which I wrote to private freinds, for the courses in coming
				  hither and the like; which I doe in no sorte seeke to justifie, though stired
				  up ther unto in the beholding the indirecte courses held by others, both hear,
				  and ther with you, for effecting their designes. But am hartily sory for it,
				  and doe to the glory of God and mine owne shame acknowledg it. Which leters
				  being intercepted by the Govr, I have for the same undergone the censure of
				  banishmente. And had it not been for the respecte I have unto you, and some
				  other matters of private regard, I had returned againe at this time by the
				  pinass for England; for hear I purpose not to abide, unless I receive better
				  incouragmente from you, then from the church (as they call them selves) here I
				  doe receive. I purposed before I came, to undergoe hardnes, therfore I shall I
				  hope cherfully bear the conditions of the place, though very mean; and they
				  have channged my wages ten times allready. I suppose my letters, or at least
				  the coppies of them, are come to your hands, for so they hear reporte; which,
				  if it be so, I pray you take notice of this, that I have writen nothing but
				  what is certainly true, and I could make so apeare planly to any indifferente
				  men, whatsoever colours be cast to darken the truth, and some ther are very
				  audatious this way; besids many other matters which are farre out of order
				  hear. My mind was not to enlarge my selfe any further, but in respecte of
				  diverse poore souls here, the care of whom in parte belongs to you, being here
				  destitute of the means of salvation. For how so ever the church are provided
				  for, to their contente, who are the smalest number in the collony, and doe so
				  appropriate the ministrie to them selves, houlding this principle, that the
				  Lord hath not appointed any ordinary ministrie for the conversion of those that
				  are without, so that some of the poor souls have with tears complained of this
				  to me, and I was taxed for preaching to all in generall. Though in truth they
				  have had no ministrie here since they came, but such as may be performed by any
				  of you, by their owne possition, what soever great pretences they make; but
				  herin they equivocate, as in many other things they doe. But I exceede the
				  bounds I set my selfe, therfore resting thus, untill I hear further from you,
				  so it be within the time limited me. I rest, etc.,</p>
				<closer>Remaining yours ever,
				  <date>Dated Aug: 22. An: 1624.</date>
				  <signed>JOHN LYFORD, Exille.</signed></closer>
			 </div2>
			 <div2>
				<p n="329">They made a breefe answer to some things in this leter, but
				  referred cheefly to their former. The effecte was to this purpose: That if God
				  in his providence had not brought these things to their hands (both the former
				  and later), they might have been thus abused, tradused, and calumniated,
				  overthrowne, and undone; and never have knowne by whom, nor for what. They
				  desired but this equall favoure, that they would be pleased to hear their just
				  defence, as well as his accusations, and waigh them in the balance of justice
				  and reason, and then censure as they pleased. They had write breefly to the
				  heads of things before, and should be ready to give further answer as any
				  occasion should require; craving leave to adde a word or tow to this last.</p>
				<p n="330">1. And first, they desire to examene what filth that was that he
				  acknowledgeth might justly be throwne in his face, and might cause blushing and
				  perpetuall silence; some great mater sure! But if it be looked into, it amounts
				  to no more then a poynte of indiscretion, and thats all; and yet he licks of
				  that too with this excuse, that he was stired up therunto by beholding the
				  indirecte course here. But this point never troubled him here, it was counted a
				  light matter both by him and his freinds, and put of with this,-that any man
				  might doe so, to advise his private freinds to come over for their best
				  advantage. All his sorrow and tears here was for the wrong and hurt he had done
				  us, and not at all for this he pretends to be done to you: it was not counted
				  so much as indiscretion.</p>
				<p n="331">2. Having thus payed you full satisfaction, he thinks he may lay
				  load of us here. And first complains that we have changed his wages ten times.
				  We never agreed with him for any wages, nor made any bargen at all with him,
				  neither know of any that you have made. You sent him over to teach amongst us,
				  and desired he might be kindly used; and more then this we know not. That he
				  hath beene kindly used, (and farr beter then he deserves from us,) he shall be
				  judged first of his owne mouth. If you please to looke upon that writing of
				  his, that was sent you amongst his leters, which he cals a generall relation,
				  in which, though he doth otherwise traduse us, yet in this he him selfe clears
				  us. In the latter end therof he hath these words.
				  <hi rend="italic"> I speak not this</hi> (saith he) 
				  <hi rend="italic">out of any ill affection to the men, for I
					 have found them very kind and loving to me</hi>. You may ther see these to
				  be his owne words under his owne hand. 2ly. It will appere by this that he hath
				  ever had a larger alowance of food out of the store for him and his then any,
				  and clothing as his neede hath required; a dwelling in one of our best houses,
				  and a man wholy at his owne command to tend his private affairs. What cause he
				  hath therfore to complaine, judge ye; and what he means in his speech we know
				  not, except he aluds to that of Jaacob and Laban. If you have promised him more
				  or other wise, you may doe it when you please.</p>
				<p n="332">3. Then with an impudente face he would have you take notice,
				  that (in his leters) he hath write nothing but what is certainly true, yea, and
				  he could make it so appeare plainly to any indifferente men. This indeed doth
				  astonish us and causeth us to tremble at the deceitfullnes and desperate
				  wickednes of mans harte. This is to devoure holy things, and after voues to
				  enquire. It is admirable that after such publick confession, and
				  acknowledgmente in court, in church, before God, and men, with such sadd
				  expressions as he used, and with such melting into teares, that after all this
				  he shoud now justifie all againe. If things had bene done in a corner, it had
				  been some thinge to deney them; but being done in the open view of the cuntrie
				  and before all men, it is more then strange now to avow to make them plainly
				  appear to any indifferente men; and here wher things were done, and all the
				  evidence that could be were presente, and yet could make nothing appear, but
				  even his freinds condemnd him and gave their voyce to his censure, so grose
				  were they; we leave your selves to judge herein. Yet least this man should
				  triumph in his wikednes, we shall be ready to answer him, when, or wher you
				  will, to any thing he shall lay to our charg, though we have done it
				  sufficiently allready. </p>
				<p n="333">4. Then he saith he would not inlarge, but for some poore souls
				  here who are destiute of the means of salvation, etc. I But all his soothing is
				  but that you would use means, that his censure might be released that he might
				  here continue; and under you (at least) be sheltered, till he sees what his
				  freinds (on whom he depends) can bring about and effecte. For such men pretend
				  much for poor souls, but they will looke to their wages and conditions; if that
				  be not to their content, let poor souls doe what they will, they will shift for
				  them selves, and seek poore souls some wher els among richer bodys. </p>
				<p n="334">Next he fals upon the church, that indeed is the burthensome
				  stone that troubls him. First, he saith they hold this principle, that the Lord
				  hath not apointed any ordinarie ministrie for the converssion of those without.
				  The church needs not be ashamed of what she houlds in this, haveing Gods word
				  for her warrente; that ordinarie officers are bound cheefly to their flocks,
				  Acts 20. 28. and are not to be extravagants, to goe, come, and leave them at
				  their pleasurs to shift for them selves, or to be devoured of wolves. But he
				  perverts the truth in this as in other things, for the Lord hath as well
				  appoynted them to converte, as to feede in their severall charges; and he
				  wrongs the church to say other wise. Againe, he saith he was taxed for
				  preaching to all in generall. This is a meere untruth, for this dissembler
				  knows that every Lords day some are appointed to visite suspected places, and
				  if any be found idling and neglette the hearing of the word, (through idlnes or
				  profanes,) they are punished for the same. Now to procure all to come to hear,
				  and then to blame him for preaching to all, were to play the mad men.</p>
				<p n="335">6. Next (he saith) they have had no ministrie since they came,
				  what soever pretences they make, etc. We answer, the more is our wrong, that
				  our pastor is kept from us by these mens means, and then reproach us for it
				  when they have done. Yet have we not been wholy distitute of the means of
				  salvation, as this man would make the world beleeve; for our reved Elder hath
				  laboured diligently in dispencing the word of God unto us, before he came; and
				  since hath taken equalle pains with him selfe in preaching the same; and, be it
				  spoakeil without ostentation, he is not inferriour to Mr. Lyford (and some of
				  his betters) either in gifts or larning, though he would never be perswaded to
				  take higher office upon him. Nor ever was more pretended in this matter. For
				  equivocating, he may take it to him selfe; what the church houlds, they have
				  manifested to the world, in all plaines,both in open confession, doctrine,
				  and writing.</p>
				<p n="336">This was the sume of ther answer, and hear I will let them rest
				  for the presente. I have bene longer'in these things then I desired, and yet
				  not so long as the things might require, for I pass many things in silence, and
				  many more deserve to have been more largly handled. But I will returne to other
				  things, and leave the rest to its place. </p>
				<p n="337">The pinasse that was left sunck and cast away near
				  Damarins-cove, as is before showed, some of the fishing maisters said it was a
				  pity so fine a vessell should be lost, and sent them word that, if they would
				  be at the cost, they would both directe them how to waygh her, and let them
				  have their carpenters to mend her. They thanked them, and sente men aboute it,
				  and beaver to defray the charge, (without which all had been in vaine). So they
				  gott coopers to trime, I know not how many tune of cask, and being made tight
				  and fastened to her at low-water, they boyed her up; and then with many hands
				  bald her on shore in a conveniente place whey she might be wrought upon; and
				  then hired sundrie carpenters to work upon her, and other to saw planks, and at
				  last fitted her and got her home. But she cost a great deale of money, in thus
				  recovering her, and buying riging and seails for her, both now and when before
				  she lost her mast; so as she proved a chargable vessell to the poor plantation.
				  So they sent her home, and with her Lyford sent his last letter, in great
				  secretie; but the party intrusted with it gave it the Govr.</p>
				<p n="338">The winter was passed over in ther ordinarie affairs, without
				  any spetiall mater worth noteing; saveing that many who before stood something
				  of from the church, now seeing Lyfords unrighteous dealing, and malignitie
				  against the church, now tendered them selves to the church, and were joyned to
				  the same; proffessing that it was not out of the dislike of any thing that they
				  had stood of so long, but a desire to fitte them selves beter for such a state,
				  and they saw now the Lord cald for their help. And so these troubls prodused a
				  quite contrary effecte in sundrie hear, then these adversaries hoped for.
				  Which was looked at as a great worke of God, to draw on men by unlickly means;
				  and that in reason which might rather have set them further of. And thus I
				  shall end this year.</p>
			 </div2>
			 <div2>
				<head rend="italic"><hi rend="italic">Anno Dom</hi>: 1625.</head>
				<p n="339">AT the spring of the year, about the time of their Election
				  Court,Oldam came againe amongst them; and though it was a part of his censure
				  for his former mutinye and miscariage, not to returne without leave first
				  obtained, yet in his dareing spirite, he presumed without any leave at all,
				  being also set on and hardened by the ill counselof others. And not only so,
				  but suffered his unruly passion to rune beyond the limits of all reason and
				  modestie; in so much that some strangers which came with him were ashamed of
				  his outrage, and rebuked him; but all reprofes were but as oyle to the fire,
				  and made the flame of his coller greater. He caled them all to nought, in this
				  his mad furie, and a hundred rebells and traytors, and I know not what. But in
				  conclusion they commited him till he was tamer, and then apointed a gard of
				  musketers which he was to pass throw, and ever one was ordered to give him a
				  thump on the brich, with the but end of his musket, and then was conveied to
				  the water side, wher a boat was ready to Gary him away. Then they bid him goe
				  and mende his maners.</p>
				<p n="340">Whilst this was a doing, Mr. William Peirce and Mr. Winslow came
				  up from the water side, being come from England; but they were so busie with
				  Oldam, as they never saw them till they came thus upon them. They bid them not
				  spare either him or Liford, for they had played the vilans with them. But that
				  I may hear make an end with him, I shall hear once for all relate what befell
				  concerning him in the future, and that breefly. After the removall of his
				  familie from hence, he fell into some straits, (as some others did,) and aboute
				  a year or more afterwards, towards winter, he intended a vioage for Virginia;
				  but it so pleased God that the barke that caried him, and many other
				  passengers, was in that danger, as they dispaired of life; so as many of them,
				  as they fell to prayer, so also did they begine to examine their consciences
				  and confess such sins as did most burthen them. And Mr. Ouldame did make a free
				  and large confession of the wrongs and hurt he had done to the people and
				  church here, in many perticulers, that as he had sought their ruine, so God had
				  now mette with him and might destroy him; yea, he feared they all fared the
				  worce for his sake; he prayed God to forgive him, and made vowes that, if the
				  Lord spard his life, he would become otherwise, and the like. This I had from
				  some of good credite, yet living in the Bay, and were them selves partners in
				  the same dangers on the shoulds of CapCodd, and heard it from his ovine mouth.
				  It pleased God to spare their lives, though they lost their viage; and in time
				  after wards, Ouldam caried him selfe fairly towards them, and acknowledged the
				  hand of God to be with them, and seemed to have an honourable respecte of them;
				  and so farr made his peace with them, as he in after time had libertie to goe
				  and come, and converse with them, at his pleasure. He went after this to
				  Virginia, and had ther a great sicknes, but recovered and came back againe to
				  his familie in the Bay, and ther lived till some store of people came over. At
				  lenght going a trading in a smale vessell among the Indians, and being weakly
				  mand, upon some quarell they knockt him on the head with a hatched, so as he
				  fell downe dead, and never spake word more. 2. litle boys that were his kinsmen
				  were saved, but had some hurte, and the vessell was strangly recovered from the
				  Indeans by- another that belonged to the Bay of Massachusets; and this his
				  death was one ground of the Pequentel wary which followed.</p>
				<p n="341">I am now come to Mr. Lyford. His time being now expired, his
				  censure was to take place. He was so farre from answering their hopes by
				  amendmente in the time, as he had dubled his evill, as is before noted. But
				  first behold the hand of God concerning him, wherin that of the Psalmist is
				  verified. Psa: 7. 15. He hath made a pitte, and digged it, and is fallen into
				  the pitte he made. He thought to bring shame and disgrace upon them, but in
				  stead therof opens his ovine to all the world. For when he was delte with all
				  aboute his second letter, his wife was so affected with his doings, as she
				  could no longer conceaill her greefe and sorrow of minde, but opens the same to
				  one of their deacons and some other of her freinds, and after uttered the same
				  to Mr. Peirce upon his arrivall. Which was to this purpose, that she feared
				  some great judgment of God would fall upon them, and upon her, for her husbands
				  cause; now that they were to remove, she feared to fall into the Indeans hands,
				  and to be defiled by them, as he had defiled other women; or some shuch like
				  judgmente, as God had threatened David, 2. Sam. 12. 11. I will raise up evill
				  against thee, and will take thy wives and give them, etc. And upon it showed
				  how he had wronged her, as first he had a bastard by another before they were
				  maried, and she having some inkling of some ill cariage that way, when he was a
				  suitor to her, she tould him what she heard, and deneyd him; but she not
				  certainly knowing the thing, other wise then by some darke and secrete
				  muterings, he not only stifly denied it, but to satisfie her tooke a solemne
				  oath ther was no shuch matter. Upon which she gave consente, and maried with
				  him; but afterwards it was found true, and the bastard brought home to them.
				  She then charged him with his oath, but he prayed pardon, and said he should
				  els not have had her. And yet afterwards she could keep no maids but he would
				  be medling with them, and some time she hath taken him in the maner, as they
				  lay at their beds feete, with shuch other circumstances as I am ashamed to
				  relate. The woman being a grave matron and of good cariage all the while she
				  was hear, and spoake these things out of the sorrow of her harte, sparingly,
				  and yet with some further intimations. And that which did most seeme to affecte
				  her (as they conceived) was, to see his former cariage in his repentance, not
				  only hear with the church, but formerly about these things; sheding tears, and
				  using great and sade expressions, and yet eftsone fall into the like
				  things.</p>
				<p n="342">Another thing of the same nature did strangly concurr herewith.
				  When Mr. Winslow and Mr. Peirce were come over, Mr. Winslow informed them that
				  they had had the like bickering with Lyfords freinds in England, as they had
				  with him selfe and his freinds hear, aboute his letters and accusations in
				  them. And many meetings and much clamour was made by his freinds theraboute,
				  crying out, a minister, a man so godly, to be so esteemed and taxed they held a
				  great skandale, and threated to prosecute law against them for it. But things
				  being referred to a further meeting of most of the adventurers, to heare the
				  case and decide the matters, they agreed to chose 2. eminente men for
				  moderators in the bussines. Lyfords faction chose Mr. White, a counselor at
				  law, the other parte chose Reved. Mr. Hooker,the minister, and many freinds
				  on both sids were brought in, so as ther was a great assemblie. In the mean
				  time, God in his providence had detected Lyford's evill cariage in Ireland to
				  some freinds amongst the company, who made it knowne to Mr. Winslow, and
				  directed him to 2. godly and grave witnesses, who would testifie the same (if
				  caled therunto) upon their oath. The thing was this; he being gott into
				  Ireland, had wound him selfe into the esteeme of sundry godly and zelous
				  professours in those parts, who, having been burthened with the ceremonies in
				  England, found their some more liberty to their consciences; amongst whom were
				  these 2. men, which gave this evidence. Amongst the rest of his hearers, ther
				  was a godly yonge man that intended to marie, and cast his affection on a maide
				  which lived their aboute; but desiring to chose in the Lord, and preferred the
				  fear of God before all other things, before he suffered his affection to rune
				  too farr, he resolved to take Mr. Lyfords advise and judgmente of this maide,
				  (being the minister of the place,) and so broak the matter unto him; and he
				  promised faithfully to informe him, but would first take better knowledg of
				  her, and have private conferance with her; and so had sundry times; and in
				  conclusion commended her highly to the young man as a very fitte wife for him.
				  So they were maried togeather; but some time after mariage the woman was much
				  troubled in mind, and afflicted in conscience, and did nothing but weepe and
				  mourne, and long it was before her husband could get of her what was the cause.
				  But at length she discovered the thing, and prayed him to forgive her, for
				  Lyford had overcome her, and defiled her body before marriage, after he had
				  comended him unto her for a husband, and she resolved to have him, when he came
				  to her in that private way. The circumstances I forbear, for they would offend
				  chast ears to hear them related, (for though he satisfied his lust on her, yet
				  he indeaoured to hinder conception.) These things being thus discovered, the
				  womans husband tooke some godly freinds with him, to deale with Liford for this
				  evill. At length he confest it, with a great deale of seeming sorrow and
				  repentance, but was foret to leave Irland upon it, partly for shame, and partly
				  for fear of further punishmente, for the godly withdrew them selves from him
				  upon it; and so comming into England unhapily he was light upon and sente
				  hither.</p>
				<p n="343">But in this great assembly, and before the moderators, in
				  handling the former matters aboute the letters, upon provocation, in some heate
				  of replie to some of Lyfords defenders, Mr. Winslow let fall these words, That
				  he had delte knavishly; upon which on of his freinds tooke hold, and caled for
				  witneses, that he cald a minister of the gospell knave, and would prosecute law
				  upon it, which made a great tumulte, upon which (to be shorte) this matter
				  broke out, and the witnes were prodused, whose persons were so grave, and
				  evidence so plaine, and the fatte so foule, yet delivered in such modest and
				  chast terms, and with such circumstances, as strucke all his freinds mute, and
				  made them all ashamed; insomuch as the moderators with great gravitie declared
				  that the former matters gave them cause enough to 'refuse him and to deal with
				  him as they had done, but these made him unmeete for ever to bear ministrie any
				  more, what repentance soever he should pretend; with much more to like effecte,
				  and so wisht his freinds to rest quiete. Thus was this matter ended. From hence
				  Lyford wente to Natasco,in the Bay of the Massachusets, with some other of
				  his freinds with him, wher Oldom allso lived. From thence he removed to
				  Namkeke, since called Salem; but after ther came some people over, wheather for
				  hope of greater profite, or what ends els I know not, he left his freinds that
				  followed him, and went from thence to Virginia, wher he shortly after dyed, and
				  so I leave him to the Lord. His wife afterwards returned againe to this cuntry,
				  and thus much of this matter. </p>
				<p n="344">This storme being thus blowne over, yet sundrie sad effects
				  followed the same; for the Company of Adventurers broake in peetes here upon,
				  and the greatest parte wholy deserted the colony in regarde of any further
				  supply, or care of their subsistance. And not only so, but some of Lyfords and
				  Oldoms freinds, and their adherents, set out a shipe on fishing, on their owne
				  accounte, and getting the starte of the ships that came to the plantation, they
				  tooke away their stage, and other necessary provisions that they had made for
				  fishing at CapAnne the year before, at their great charge, and would not
				  restore the same, excepte they would fight for it. But the Govsent some of
				  the planters to help the fisher men to build a new one, and so let them keepe
				  it. This shipe also brought them some small supply, of little value; but they
				  made so pore a bussines of their fishing, (neither could these men make them
				  any returne for the supply sente,) so as, after this year, they never looked
				  more after them.</p>
				<p n="345">Also by this ship, they, some of them, sent (in the name of the
				  rest) certaine reasons of their breaking of from the plantation, and some
				  tenders, upon certaine conditions, of reuniting againe. The which because they
				  are longe and tedious, and most of them aboute the former things already
				  touched, I shall omite them; only giveing an instance in one, or tow. I
				  reason, they charged them for dissembling with his majestic in their petition,
				  and with the adventurers about the French discipline, etc.2ly, for
				  receiv[ing] a maninto their church, that in his conffession renownced all,
				  universall, nationall, and diocessan churches, etc., by which (say they) it
				  appears, that though they deney the name of Brownists, yet they practiss the
				  same, etc. And therfore i hev should sinne against God in building up such a
				  people.</p>
				<p n="346">Then they adde: Our dislikes thus laid downe, that we may
				  goe on in trade with better contente and credite, our desires are as followeth.
				  First, that as we are partners in trade, so we may be in Govrt ther, as the
				  patente doth give us power, etc. </p>
				<p n="347">2. That the French discipline may be practised in the
				  plantation, as well in the circumstances theirof, as in the substance; wherby
				  the scandallous name of the Brownists, and other church differences, may be
				  taken away.</p>
				<p n="348">3. Lastly, that Mr. Robinson and his company may not goe over to
				  our plantation, unless he and they will reconcile themselves to our church by a
				  recantation under their hands, etc.</p>
				<p n="349">Their answer in part to these things was then as foloweth.</p>
				<div3 type="letter">
				  <p n="350">Wheras you taxe us for dissembling with his majestic and the
					 adventurers aboute the French discipline, you doe us wrong, for we both hold
					 and practice the discipline of the French and other reformed churches, (as they
					 have published the same in the Harmony of Confessions,) according to our
					 means, in effecte and substance. But wheras you would tye us to the French
					 discipline in every circumstance, you derogate from the libertie we have in
					 Christ Jesus. The Apostle Paule would have none to follow him in any thing but
					 wherin he follows Christ, much less ought any Christian or church in the world
					 to doe it. The French may erre, we may erre, and other churches may erre, and
					 doubtless doe in many circumstances. That honour therfore belongs only to the
					 infallible word of God, and pure Testamente of Christ, to be propounded and
					 followed as the only rule and pattern for direction herin to all churches and
					 Christians. And it is too great arrogantie for any man, or church to thinke
					 that he or they have so sounded the word of God to the bottome, as precislie to
					 sett downe the churches discipline, without error in substance or circumstance,
					 as that no other without blame may digress or differ in any thing from the
					 same. And it is not difhculte to skew, that the reformed churches differ in
					 many circumstances amongest them selves.</p>
				</div3>
			 </div2>
			 <div2>
				<p n="351">The rest I omitte, for brevities sake, and so leave to prosecute
				  these men or their doings any further, but shall returne to the rest of their
				  freinds of the company, which stuck to them. And I shall first inserte some
				  part of their letters as followeth; for I thinke it best to render their minds
				  in ther owne words.</p>
				<div3 type="letter">
				  <opener>To our loving freinds, etc.</opener>
				  <p n="352">Though the thing we feared be come upon us, and the evill we
					 strove against have overtaken us, yet we cannot forgett you, nor our freindship
					 and fellowship which togeather we have had some years; wherin though our
					 expressions have been small, yet our harty affections towards you (unknown by
					 face) have been no less then to our nearest freinds, yea, to our owne selves.
					 And though this your freind Mr. Winslow can tell you the state of things hear,
					 yet least we should seeme to neglette you, to whom, by a wonderful) providence
					 of God, we are so nearly united, we have thought good once more to write unto
					 you, to let you know what is here befallen, and the resons of it; as also our
					 purposes and desirs toward you for hereafter.</p>
				  <p n="353">The former course for the generalitie here is wholy dissolved
					 from what it was; and wheras you and we were formerly sharers and partners, in
					 all viages and deallings, this way is now no more, but you and we are left to
					 bethinke our sellves what course to take in the future, that your lives and our
					 monies be not lost.</p>
				  <p n="354">The reasons and causes of this allteration have been these.
					 First and mainly, the many losses and crosses at sea, and abuses of sea-men,
					 which have caused us to rune into so much charge, debts, and ingagements, as
					 our estats and means were not able to goe on without impoverishing our selves,
					 except our estats had been greater, and our associate cloven beter unto us.
					 2ly, as here hath been a faction and siding amongst us now more then 2. years,
					 so now there is an uter breach and sequestration amongst us, and in too parts
					 of us a full dissertion and forsaking of you, without any intente or purpose of
					 medling more with you. And though we are perswaded the maine cause of this
					 their doing is wante of money, (for neede wherof men use to make many excuses,)
					 yet other things are pretended, as that you are Brownists, etc. Now what use
					 you or we ought to make of these things, it remaineth to be considered, for we
					 know the hand of God to be in all these things, and no doubt he would admonish
					 some thing therby, and to looke what is amide.	And allthough it be now too late for us or you to prevent and stay these things, yet is it not to late to exercise patience, wisdom, and conscience in bearing them, and in caring our selves in and under them for the time to come.</p><p n="355">And as we our selves stand ready to imbrace all occasions that may tend to the furthrance of so hopefull a work, rather admiring of what is, then grudging for what is not; so it must rest in you to make all good
againe.	And if in nothing else you can be approved, yet let your honestie and conscience be still approved, and lose not one jote of your innocencie,
amids your crosses and afflictions.	And surly if you upon this allteration behave your selves wisly, and goe on fairly, as men whose hope is not in this life, you shall need no other weapon to. wound your adversaries; for when your righteousnes is revealled as the light, they shall cover their faces with shame, that causlesly have sought your overthrow.
</p><p n="356">Now we thinke it but reason, that all such things as ther apertaine to the generall, be kept and preserved togeather, and rather increased dayly, then any way be dispersed or imbeseled away for any private ends or intents whatsoever. And after your necessities are served, you gather togeather such commodities as the cuntrie yeelds, and send them over to pay debts and clear ingagements hear, which are not less then 14001i. And we hope you will doe your best to free our ingagements, etc. Let us all indeavor to keep a faire and honest course, and see what time will bring forth, and how God in his providence will worke for us.	We still are perswaded you are the people that must make a plantation in those remoate places when all others faile and returne.	And your experience of Gods providence and preservation of you is such as we hope your harts will not faile you, though your freinds should forsake you (which we our selves shall not doe whilst we live, so long as your honestie so well appereeth).	Yet surly help would arise from.some other place whilst you waite on God, with uprightnes, though we should leave you allso.</p><p n="357">And lastly be you all intreated to walke circumspectly, and carry your selves so uprightly in all your ways, as that no man may make just exceptions against you.	And more espetially that the favour and countenance of God may be so toward you, as that you may find abundante joye and peace even amids tribulations, that you may say with David, Though my father and mother should forsake me, yet the Lord would take me up.</p><p n="358">We have sent you hear some catle, cloath, hose, shoes, leather, etc., but in another nature then formerly, as it stood us in hand to doe; we have committed them to the charge and custody of Mr. Allerton and Mr. Win slow, as our factours, at whose discretion they are to be sould, and commodities to be taken for them, as is fitting.	And by how much the more they will be chargable unto you, the bet[ter] they had need to be husbanded, etc. Goe on, good freinds, comfortably, pluck up your spirits, and quitte your selves like men in all your difficulties, that notwithstanding all displeasure and threats of men, yet the work may goe on you are aboute, and not be neglected.	Which is so much for the glorie of God, and the furthrance of our countrie-men, as that a man may with more comforte spend his life in it, then live the life of Mathusala, in wasting the plentie of a tilled land, or eating the fruite of a growne tree. Thus with harty salutations to you all, and harty prayers for you all, we lovingly take our leaves, this 18. of Des: 1624.</p>
				<closer>Your assured freinds to our powers,</closer><signed>J. S.	W. C.	T. F.	R. H. etc.</signed></div3><div3><p n="359">By this leter it appears in what state the affairs of the plantation stood at this time. These goods they bought, but they were at deare rates, for they put 40. in the hundred upon them, for profite and adventure, outward bound; and because of the venture of the paiment homeward, they would have 30.2 in the 100. more, which was in all 70. pr. cent; a thing thought unreasonable by some, and too great an oppression upon the poore people, as their case stood. The catle were the best goods, for the other being ventured ware, were neither at the best (some of them) nor at the best prises. Sundrie of their freinds disliked these high rates, but comming from many hands, they could not help it.</p><p n="360">They sent over also 2. ships on fishing on their owne acounte; the one was the pinass that was cast away the last year hear in the cuntrie, and recovered by the planters, (as was before related,) who, after she came home, was attached by one of the company for his perticuler debte, and now sent againe on this accounte. The other was a great ship, who was well fitted with an experienced Mr and company of fisher-men, to make a viage, and to goe to Bilbo or Sabastians with her fish; the lesser, her order was to load with cor-fish,and to bring the beaver home for England that should be received for the goods sould to the plantation. This bigger ship made a great viage of good drie fish, the which, if they had gone to a market with, would have yeelded them (as such fish was sould that season) 1800li. which would have enriched
them.	But because ther was a bruite of warr with France, the mr neglected (through timerousnes) his order, and ;gut first into Plimoth, and after into Portsmouth, and so lost their opportunitie, and came by the loss. The lesser ship had as ill success, though she was as hopfull as the other for the marchants profite; for they had fild her with goodly cor-fish taken upon the banke, as full as she could swime; and besids she had some 800li. weaight of beaver, besids other furrs to a good value from the plantation.	The mr seeing so much goods come, put it abord the biger ship, for more saftie; but Mr. Winslow (their factor in this busines) was bound in a bond of 500li. to send it to London in the smale ship; ther was some contending between the mr and him aboute it.	But he touId the mr he would follow his order aboute it; if he would take it out afterward, it should be at his perill.	So it went in the smale ship, and he sent bills of lading in both.	The mr was so carfull being both so well laden, as they went joyfully home togeather, for he towed the leser ship at his sterne all the way over bound, and they had such fayr weather as he never cast her of till they were shott deep in to the English Chanell, almost within the sight of Plimoth; and yet ther she was unhaply taken by a Turks man of wary, and carried into Saly,2 wher the mr and men were made slaves, and many of the beaver skins were sould for 4d. a peece. Thus was all their hops dasht, and the joyfull news they ment to cary home turned to heavie tidings.	Some thought this a hand of God for their too great exaction of the poore plantation, but Gods judgments are unseerchable, neither dare I be bould therwith; but however its shows us the uncertainty of all humane things, and what litle cause ther is of joying in them or trusting to them.</p><p n="361">In the bigger of these ships was sent over Captine Standish from the plantation, with leters and instructions, both to their freinds of the company which still clave to them, and also to the Honourable Counsell of New-England. To the company to desire that seeing that they ment only to let them have
goods upon sale, that they might have them upon easier termes, for they should never be able to bear such high intrest, or to allow so much per cent; also that what they would doe in that way that it might be disburst in money, or such goods as were fitte and needfull for them, and bought at best hand; and to aquainte them with the contents of his leters to the Counsell above said, which was to this purpose, to desire their favour and help;t hat such of the adventurers as had thus forsaken and deserted them, might be brought to some order, and not to keepe them bound, and them selves be free. But that they might either stand to ther former covenants, or ells come to some faire end, by dividente, or composition. But he came in a very bad time, for the Stat was full of trouble, and the plague very hote in London, so as no bussines could be done; yet he spake with some of the Honourd Co unsell, who promised all helpfullnes to the plantation which lay in them. And sundrie of their freinds the adventurers were so weakened with their losses the last year, by the losse of the ship taken by the Turks, and the loss of their fish, which by reason of the warrs they were forcte to land at Portsmouth, and so came to litle; so as, thought heir wills were good, yet theyr power was litle.	And ther dyed such multituds weekly of the plague, as all trade was dead, and litle money stirring. Yet with much adooe he tooke up 150li. (and spent a good deal of it in expences) at 50. per cent. which he bestowed in trading goods and such other most needfull comodities as he knew requiset for their use; and so returned passengers in a
fhishing ship, haveing prepared a good way for the composition that was afterward made.</p><p n="362">In the mean time it pleased the Lord to give the plantation peace and health and contented minds, and so to blese ther labours, as they had corne sufficient, (and some to spare to
others,) with other foode; neither ever had they any supply of foode but what they first brought with them. After harvest this year, they sende out a boats load of come 40. or 50. leagues to the eastward, up a river called Kenibeck; it being one of those 2. shalops which their carpenter had built them the year before; for bigger vessell had they none.	They had laid a litle deck over her midships to keepe the corne drie, but the men were faine to stand it out all weathers without shelter; and that time of the year begins to growe tempestious. But God preserved them, and gave them good success, for they brought home 700li. of beaver, besids some other furrs, having litle or nothing els but this corne, which them selves had raised out of the earth. This viage was made by Mr. Win slow and some of the old standers, for seamen they had none.
</p></div3><div3><head><hi rend="italic">Anno Dom</hi>: 1626.</head><p n="363">ABOUT the begining of Aprill they heard of Captain Standish his arrivals, and sent a boat to fetch him home, and the things he had brought. Welcome he was, but the news he broughte was sadd in many regards; not only in regarde of the former losses, before related, which their freinds had suffered, by which some in a maner were undon, others much disabled from doing any further help, and some dead of the plague, but also that Mr. Robinson, their pastor, was dead, which struck them with much sorrow and sadnes, as they had cause. His and their adversaries had been long and continually plotting how they might hinder his coming hither, but the Lord had appointed him a better place; concerning whose death and the maner therof, it will appere by these few lines write to the Govr and Mr. Brewster.</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><salute>Loving and kind frinds, etc.</salute><p n="364">I know not whether this will ever come to your hands, or miscarie, as other my letters have done; yet in regard of the Lords dealing with us hear, I have had a great desire to write unto you, knowing your desire to bear a parte with us, both in our joyes, and
sorrows, as we doe with you.	These are therfore to give you to understand, that it hath pleased the Lord to take out of this vaell of tears, your and our loving and faithfull pastor, and my dear and Revd brother, Ni r. John Robinson, who was sick some 8. days.	He begane to be sick on Saturday in the morning, yet the next day (being the Lords day) he taught us twise.	And so the weeke after grew weaker, every day more then other; yet he felt no paine but weaknes all the time of his sicknes. The phisick he tooke wrought kindly in mans judgmente, but he grew weaker every day, feeling litle or no paine, and sensible to the very last. He fell sicke the 22. of Feb: and departed this life the 1. of March.He had a	wall inwarde ague, but free from infection, so that all his freinds came freely to him.	And if either prayers, tears, or means, would have saved his life, he had not gone hence. But he having faithfully finished his course, and performed his worke which the Lord had appointed him here to doe, he now resteth with the Lord in etemall hapines.	We wanting him and all Church Gov~, yet we still (by the mercie Of God) continue and hould close togeather, in peace and quietnes; and so hope we shall doe, though we be very weake.	Wishing (if such were the will of God) that you and we were againe united togeather in one, either ther or here; but seeing it is the will of the Lord thus to dispose of things, the must labour with patience to rest contented, till it please the Lord otherwise to dispose.	For news, is here not much; only as in England we have lost our old king James, who departed this life aboute a month agoe, so here they have lost the old prince, Grave Mourise;who both departed this life since my brother Robinson.	And as in England
we have a new-king Charts, of whom ther is great hope, so hear they have made prince Hendrick Generall in his brothers place, etc. Thus with my love remembred, I take leave and rest,</p><closer>Your assured loving freind,</closer><dateline>Legden, Aprilt 28. Ano: 1625.</dateline><salute>Roger White</salute></div3><div3><p n="365">Thus these too great princes, and their pastor, left this world near aboute one time.	Death maks no difference.</p><p n="366">He further brought them notice of the death of their anciente freind, Mr. Cash-man, whom the Lord tooke away allso this year, and aboute this time, who was as their right
hand with their freinds the adventurers, and for diverte years had done and agitated all their bussines with them to ther great advantage. He had write to the Gover but some few months before, of the sore sicknes of Mr. James Sherley, who was a cheefe freind to the plantation, and lay at the pointe of death, declaring his love and helpfullnes, in all things; and much bemoned the loss they should have of him, if God should now take him away, as being the stay and life of the whole bussines. As allso his owne purposs this year to come over, and spend his days with them. But he that thus write of anothers sicknes, knew not that his owne death was so near. It shows allso that a mans ways are not in his owne power, but in his hands who hath the issues of life and death.	Man may purpose, but God doth dispose.
</p><p n="367">Their other freinds from Leyden writ many leters to them full of sad laments for ther heavie loss; and though their wills were good to come to them, yet they saw no probabilitie of means, how it might be effected, but concluded (as it were) that all their hopes were cutt of; and many, being aged, begane to drop away by death.</p><p n="368">All which things (before related) being well weighed and laied togither, it could not but strick them with great perplexitie; and to looke humanly on the state of things as they presented them selves at this time, it is a marvell it did not wholy discourage them, and sinck them. But they gathered up their spirits, and the Lord so helped them, whose worke they had in hand, as now when they were at lowestthey begane to rise againe, and being striped (in a maner) of all humane helps and hops, he brought things aboute other wise, in his devine providence, as they were not only upheld and sustained, but their proceedings both honoured and imitated by others; as by the sequell will more appeare, if the Lord spare me life and time to declare the same.</p><p n="369">Haveing now no fishing busines, or other things to intend, but only their trading and planting, they sett them selves to follow the same with the best industrie they could. The planters finding their corne, what they could spare from ther necessities, to be a commoditie, (for they sould it at 6s. a bushell,) used great dilligence in planting the same. And the Gover and such as were designed to manage the trade, (for it was retained for the generall good, and none were to trade in perticuler,) they followed it to the best advantage they could; and wanting trading goods, they understoode that a plantation which was at Monhigen, and belonged to some ants of Plimoth was to breake up, and diverse usefull goods was ther to be sould; the Gover and Mr. Winslow tooke a boat and some hands and went thither. But Mr. David Thomson, who lived at Pascataway,understanding their purpose, tooke oppertunitie to goe with them, which was some ante to them both; for they, perceiving their joynte desires to buy, held their goods at higher rates; and not only so, but would not sell a parcell of their trading goods, excepte they sould all.	So, lest they should further prejudice one an other, they agreed to buy all, and devid them equally between them. They bought allso a parcell of goats, which they distributed at home as they saw neede and occasion, and tooke come for them of the people, which gave them good content. Their moyety of the goods came to above 400li. starling. Ther was allso that spring a French ship cast away at Sacadahock, in which were many Biscaie ruggs and other commodities, which were falen into these mens hands, and some other fisher men at Damerins-cove, which were allso bought in partnership, and made their parte arise to above 500 li.	This they made shift to pay for, for the most part, with the beaver and comodities they had gott the winter before, and what they had gathered up that somer.	Mr. Thomson having some things overcharged him selfe, desired they would take some of his, but they refused except he would let them have his French goods only; and the marchant (who was one of Bristol) would take their bill for to be paid the next year.	They were both willing, so they became ingaged for them and tooke them.	By which means they became very well furnished for trade; and tooke of therby some other ingagments which lay upon them, as the money taken up by Captaine Standish, and the remains of former debts. With these goods, and their come after harvest, they gott good store of trade, so as they were enabled to pay their ingagements against the time, and to get some cloathing for the people, and had some comodities before hand. But now they begane to be envied, and others wente and fild the Indeans with come, and beat downe the prise, giveing them twise as much as they had done, and under traded them in other comodities allso.</p><p n="370">This year they sent Mr. Allerton into England, and gave him order to make a composition with the adventurers, upon as good termes as he could (unto which some way had ben made the year before by Captaine Standish); but yet injoyned him not to conclud absolutly till they knew the termes, and had well considered of them; but to drive it to as good an issew as he could, and referr the conclusion to them. Also they gave him a commission under their hands and seals to take up some money, provided it exeeded not such a summe sp
ecified, for which they engaged them selves, and gave him order how to lay out the same for the use of the plantation. 
</p><p n="371">And finding they ranne a great hazard to goe so long viages in a smaae open boat, espetialy the winter season, they begane to thinke how they might gett a small pinass; as for the reason afforesaid, so also because others had raised the prise with the Indcans above the halfe of what they had formerly given, so as in such a boat they could not carry a quantity sufficient to answer their ends. They had no ship-carpenter amongst them, neither knew how to get one at presente ; but they having an ingenious man that was a house carpenter, who also had wrought with the ship carpenter (that was dead) when he built their boats, at their request he put forth him selfe to make a triall that way of his skill; and tooke one of the bigest of ther shalops and sawed her in the midle, and so lenthened her some 5. or 6. foote, and strengthened her with timbers, and so builte her up, and laid a deck on her; and so made her a conveniente and wholsome vessell, very fitt and comfortable for their use, which did them servise 7. years after; and they gott her finished, and fitted with sayles and anchors, the insuing year. And thus passed the affairs of this year.</p></div3><div3><head><hi rend="italic">Anno Dom</hi>: 1627.</head><p n="372">AT the usuall season of the coming of ships Mr. Allerton returned, and brought some usfull goods with him, according to the order given him. For upon his commission he tooke up 200li. which he now got at 30. per cent.	The which goods they gott safiy home, and well conditioned, which was much to the comfort and contente of the plantation.	He declared unto them, allso, how, with much adoe and no small trouble, he had made a composition with the adventurers, by the help of sundrie of their faithfull freinds ther, who had allso tooke much pains ther about. The agreement or bargen he had brought a draught of, with a list of ther names ther too annexed, drawne by the best counsell of law they could get, to make it firme. The heads wherof I shall here inserte.</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><salute>To all Christian people, greeting, etc. </salute><p n="373">Whereas at a meeting the 26. of October last past, diverse and sundrie persons, whose names to the one part of these presents are subscribed in a schedule hereunto annexed,
Adventurers to New-Plimoth in New-England in America, were contented and agreed, in consideration of the sume of one thousand and eight hundred pounds sterling to be paid, (in maner and forme falling,) to sell, and make sale of all and every the stocks, shares, lands, marchandise, and chatles, what soever, to the said adventurers, and other ther fellow adventurers to New Plimoth aforesaid, any way accruing, or belonging to the generalitie of the said adventurers aforesaid; as well by reason of any sume or sumes of money, or marchandise, at any time heretofore adventured or disbursed by them, or other wise howsoever; for the better expression and setting forth of which said agreemente, the parties to these presents subscribing, doe for them selves severally, and as much as in them is, grant, bargan, alien, sell, and transfere all and every the said shares, goods, lands, marchandise, and chatles to them belonging as aforesaid, unto Isaack Alerton, one of the planters resident at Plimoth afforesaid, assigned, and sent over as agente for the rest of the planters they, and to such other planters at Plimoth afforesaid as the said Isack, his heirs, or assignes, at his or ther arrivall, shall by writing or otherwise thinke fitte to joyne or partake in the premisses, their heirs, and assignes, in as large, ample, and beneficiall maner and forme, to all intents and purposes, as the said subscribing adventurers here could or may doe, or performe. All which stocks, shares, lands, etc. to the said adven: in severallitie alloted, apportioned, or any way belonging, the said adven: doe warrant and defend unto the said Isaack Allerton, his heirs and assignes, against them, their heirs and assignes, by these presents. And therfore the said Isaack Allerton doth, for him, his heirs and assigns, covenant, promise, and grant too and with the adven: whose names are here unto subscribed, ther heirs, etc. well and truly to pay, or cause to be payed, unto the said adven: or 5. of them which were, at that meeting afforsaid, nominated and deputed, viz. John Pocock, John Beachamp, Robart Keane, Edward Base, and James Sherley, mar chants, their heirs, etc. too and for the use of the generallitie of them, the sume of 1800li. of lawfull money of England, at the place appoynted for the receipts of money, on the west side of the Royall Exchaing in London, by 200li. yearly, and every year, on the feast of St.
Migchell, the first paiment to be made Ano: 1628, etc.	Allso the said k is to indeavor to procure and obtaine from the planters of N., P. securitie, by severall obligations, or writings obligatory, to make paiment of the said sume of 1800li. in forme afforsaid, according
to the true meaning of these presents.	In testimonie wherof to this part of these presents remaining with the said Isaack Allerton, the said subscribing adven: have sett to their names, etc.And to the other part remaining with the said adven: the said Isaack Allerton hath subscribed his name, the 15. Nov br. An: 1626. in the 2. year of his Majesties raigne.
</p></div3><div3><p n="374">This agreemente was very well liked of, and approved by all the plantation, and consented unto; though they knew not well how to raise the payment and discharge their other ingagements, and supply the yearly wants of the plantation, seeing they were forced for their necessities to take up money or goods at so high intrests. Yet they undertooke it, and 7. or 8. of the cheefe of the place became joyntly bound for the paimente of this 1800li. (in the behalfe of the rest) at the
severall days.	In which they rane a great adventure, as their present state stood, having many other heavie burthens all
ready upon them, and all things in an uncertaine condition amongst them. So the next returne it was absolutly cone firmed on both sids, and the bargen fairly ingrossed in partchmente and in many things put into better forme, by the advice of the learnedest counsell they could gett; and least any forfeiture should fall on the whole for none paimente at any of the days, it rane thus: to forfite 30s. a weeke if they missed the time; and was concluded under their hands and seals, as may be seen at large by the deed it selfe.</p><p n="375">Now though they had some untowarde persons mixed amongst them from the first, which came out of England, and more afterwards by some of the adventurers, as freindship or
other affections led them, though sundrie were gone, some for Virginia, and some to other places,-yet diverse were still mingled amongst them, about whom the Gover and counsell with other of ther cheefe freinds had serious consideration, how to setle things in regard of this new bargen or purchas made, in respecte of the distribution of things both for the presente and future. For the present, excepte peace and union were preserved, they should be able to doe nothing, but indanger to over throw all, now that other tyes and bonds were taken away. Therfore they resolved, for sundrie reasons, to take in all amongst them, that were either heads of families, or single yonge men, that were of abillity, and free, (and able to governe them selvs with meete descretion, and their affairs, so as to be helpfull in the comove-welth,) into this partnership or purchass.	First, they considered that they had need of men and strength both for defence and carrying on of bussinesses. 2ly, most of them had borne ther parts in former miseries and wants with them, and therfore (in some sort) but equall to partake in a better condition, if the Lord be pleased to give it. But cheefly they saw not how peace would be preserved without so doing, but danger and great disturbance might grow to
their great hurte and prejudice other wise.	Yet they resolved to keep such a mean in distribution of lands, and other
courses, as should not hinder their growth in others coming to them.</p><p n="376">So they caled the company togeather, and conferred with them, and came to this conclusion, that the trade should be managed as before, to help to pay the debts; and all such persons as were above named should be reputed and inrouled for purchasers; single free men to have a single share, and every father of a familie to be slowed to purchass so many shares as he had persons in his family; that is to say, one for him wife, and one for his wife, and for every child that he had living with him, one. As for servants, they had none, but what either their maisters should give them out of theirs, or their deservings should obtaine from the company afterwards. Thus all were to be cast into single shares according to the order abovesaid; and so every one was to pay his part according to his proportion towards the purchass, and all other debts, what the profite of the trade would not reach too; viz. a single man for a single share, a maister of a famalie for so many as lie had. This gave all good contente. And first accordingly the few catle which they had were devided,l which arose to this proportion; a cowe to 6. persons or shars, and 2. goats to the same, which were first equalised for age and goodnes, and then lotted for; single persons consorting with others, as they thought good, and smaler familys likwise; and swine though more in number, yet by the same rule. Then they agreed that every person or share should have 20. acres of land de
them, besids the single acres they had allready; and they appoynted were to begin first on the one side of the towne, and how farr to goe; and then on the other side in like manor; and so to devid it by lotte; and appointed sundrie by name to doe it, and tyed them to certaine ruls to proceed by; as that they should only lay out settable or tillable land, at least such of it as should butt on the water side, (as the most they were to lay out did,) and pass by the rest as refuse and 
commune; and what they judged fitte should be so taken. And they were first to agree of the goodnes and fitnes of it before the lott was drawne, and so it might as well prove some of ther owne, as an other mans; and this course they were to houId throwout. But yet seekeing to keepe the people togither, as much as might be, they allso agreed upon this order, by mutuall consente, before any lots were cast: that whose lotts soever should fall next the towne, or most conveninte for nearnes, they should take to them a neigboure or tow, whom they best liked; and should suffer them to plant come with them for 4. years; and afterwards they might use as much of theirs for as long time, if they would. Allso every share or 20. acres was to be laid out 5. acres in breadth by the water side, and 4. acres in lenght, excepting nooks and corners, which were to be measured as they would bear to best advantage. But no meadows were to be laid out at all, nor were not of many years after, because they were but streight of meadow grounds; and if they had bene now given out, it would have kindred all addition to them afterwards; but every season all were appoynted wher they should mowe, according to the proportion of cable they had. This distribution gave generally good contente, and setled mens minds. Also they gave the Gower and 4. or 5. of the spetiall men amongst them, the houses they lived in; the rest were valued and equalised at an indiferent rate, and so every man kept his owne, and he that had a better alowed some thing to him that had a worse, as the vaulation wente.</p><p n="377">Ther is one thing that fell out in the begining of the winter before, which I have refferred to this place, that I may handle the whole matter togeither.	Ther was a ship, with many passengers in her and sundrie goods, bound for Virginia. They had lost them selves at sea, either by the insufficiencie of the maister, or his ilnes; for he was sick and lame of the scurvie, so that he could but lye in the cabin dore, and give direction; and it should seeme was badly assisted either with mate or mariners; or else the fear and unrulines of the passengers were such, as they made them stear a course betweene the southwest and the norwest, that they might fall with some land, what soever it was they cared not. For they had been 6. weeks at sea, and had no water, nor beere, nor any woode left, but had burnt up all their emptie caske; only one of the company had a hogshead of wine or 2. which was allso allmost spente, so as they feared they should be starved at sea, or consumed with diseases, which made them rune this desperate course. But it plased God that though they came so neare the shoulds of Cap-Codd or else ran stumbling over them in the night, they knew not how, they came right before a small blind harbor e, that lyes about the midle of Manamoyake Bay, to the southward of Cap-Codd,with a small gale of wind; and about high water toucht upon a barr of sand that lyes before	but had no hurte, the sea being smoth; so they laid out an anchore.	But towards the evening the wind sprunge up at sea, and was so rough, as broake their cable, and beat them over the barr into the harbor, wher they saved their lives and goods, though much were hurte with salt water; for with beating they had sprung the but end of a planke or too, and beat out ther occome;but they were soone over, and ran on a drie fiate within the harbor, close by a beach; so at low water they gatt out their goods on drie shore, and dried those that were wette, and saved most of their things without any great loss; neither was the ship much hurt, but shee might be mended, and made servisable againe.	But though they were not a Title glad that they had thus saved their lives, yet when they had a litle refreshed them selves, and begane to thinke on their condition, not knowing whey they were, nor what they should doe, they begane to be strucken with sadnes. But shortly after they saw some Indians come to them in canows, which made them stand upon their gard. But when they heard some of the Indeans speake English unto them, they were not a litle revived, especially when they heard them demand if they were the Gower of Plimoths men, or freinds; and that they would bring them to the English houses, or carry their letters.</p><p n="378">They feasted these Indeans, and gave them many giftes; and sente 2. men and a letter with them to the Gover, and did intreat him to send a boat unto them, with some pitch, and occume, and spiks, with divers other necessaries for the mending of ther ship (which was recoverable). Allso they besought him to help them with some come and sundrie other things they wanted, to enable them to make their viage to Virginia; and they should be much bound to him, and would make satisfaction for any thing they had, in any comodities they had abord.	After the Gower was well informed by the messengers of their condition, he caused a boate to be made ready, and such things to be provided as they write for; and because others were abroad upon trading, and such other affairs, as had been fitte to send unto them, he went him selfe, and allso carried some trading comodities, to buy them come of the Indeans.	It was no season of the year to goe withoute the Cape, but understanding wher the ship lay, he went into the bottom of the bay, on the inside, and put into a crick called Naumskachett,l wher it is not much above 2. mile over land to the bay wher they were, wher he had the Indeans ready to cary over any thing to them.	Of his arrivall they were very glad, and received the things to mend ther ship, and other necessaries. Allso he bought them as much come as they would have; and wheras some of their sea -men were rune away amonge the Indeans, he procured their returne to the ship, and so left them well furnished and contented, being very thankfull for the curtesies they receaved. But after the Gower thus left them, he went into some other harbors ther aboute and loaded his boat with come, which he traded, and so went home. But he had not been at home many days, but he had notice from them, that by the violence of a great storme, and the bad morring of their ship (after she was mended) she was put a shore, and so beatten and shaken as she was now w holy unfitte to goe to sea.	And so their request was that they might have leave to repaire to them, and soujourne with them, till they could have means to convey them selves to Virginia; and that they might have means to transport their goods, and they would pay for the same, or any thing els when with the plantation should releeve them. Considering their distres, their requests were granted, and all helpfullnes done unto them; their goods transported, and them selves and goods sheltered in their houses as well as they could.</p><p n="379">The cheefe amongst these people was one Mr. Fells and Mr. Sibsie, which had many servants belonging unto them, many of them being Irish. Some others ther were that had a servante or 2. a peece; but the most were servants, and such as were ingaged to the former persons, who allso had the most goods. Affter they were hither come, and some thing setled, the maisters desired some ground to imploye ther servants upon; seing it was like to be the latter end of the year before they could have passage for Virginia, and they had now the winter before them; they might clear some ground, and plant a trope (seeing they had tools, and necessaries for the same) to help to bear their charge, and keep their servants in inployment; and if they had oppertunitie to departe before the same was ripe, they would sell it on the ground.	So they had ground appointed them in convenient places, and Fells and some other of them raised a great deall of come, which they sould at their departure. This Fells, amongst his other servants had a maid servante which kept his house and did his household affairs, and by the intimation of some that belonged
to him, he was suspected to keep her, as his concubine; and both of them were examined ther upon, but nothing could be proved, and they stood upon their justification; so with admonition they were dismiste. But afterward it appeard she was with child, so he gott a small boat, and ran away with her, for fear of punishmente. First he went to Cap-Anne, and after into the bay of the Massachussets, but could get no passage, and had like to have been cast away; and was forst to come againe and submite him selfe; but they pact him away and those that belonged unto him by the first oppertunitie, and dismiste all the rest as soone as could, being many untoward people amongst them; though ther were allso some that caried them selves very orderly all the time they stayed. And the plantation had some benefite by them, in selling them come and other provisions of food for cloathing; for they had of diverse kinds, as cloath, perpetuanes, and other stuffs, besids hose, and shoes, and such like commodities as the planters stood in need of. So they both did good, and received good one from another; and a cuple of barks caried them away at the later end of sommer.	And sundrie of them have acknowledged their thankfullness since from Virginia. That they might the better take all convenient opportunitie to follow their trade, both to maintaine them selves, and to ngage them of those great sumes which they stood charged with, and bound for, they resoloved to build a smale pinass at Manamet,a place 20. mile from the plantation, standing on the sea to the southward of them, unto which, by an other creeke on this side, they could carttheir goods, within 4. or 5. miles, and then transport them over land to their vessell; and so avoyd the comparing of Cap-Codd, and those deangerous shoulds, and so make any vioage to the southward in much
shorter time, and with farr less danger.	Also for the saftie of their vessell and goods, they builte a house their, and kept some servants, who also planted corne, and reared some swine, and were allwayes ready to goe out with the barke when ther was occasion. All which tooke good effecte, and turned to their profite.</p><p n="380">They now sent (with the returne of the ships) Mr. Allerton againe into England, giveing him full power, under their hands and seals, to conclude the former bargaine with the adventurers; and sent ther bonds for the paimente of the money. All so they sent what beaver they could spare to pay some of their ingagementes, and to defray his chargs; for
those deepe interests still kepte them low.	Also he had order to procure a patente for a fitt trading place in the river of Kenebec; for being emulated both by the planters at Pas
other places and other places to the eastward of them, and allso by the fishing ships, which used to draw much profite from the Indeans of those parts, they threatened to procure a grante, and shutte them out from thence; espetially after they saw them so well furnished with commodities, as to carie the trade from them. They thought it but needfull to prevente such a thing, at least that they might not be excluded from free trade they, wher them selves had first begune and discovered
the same, and brought it to so good effecte.	This year allso they had letters, and messengers from the Dutch-plantation, sent unto them from the Govr ther, writen both in Dutch and French. The Dutch had traded in these southerne parts, diverse years before they came; but they begane no plantation hear till 4. or 5. years after their coming, and here begining.'
Ther letters were as followeth.	It being their maner to be full of complementall titles.
</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><p n="381">Edele, Eerenfeste Wyse Voorsinnige Heeren, den Goveerneur, ende Raeden in Nieu-Pliemuen residerende; onse seer Goede vrinden.</p><p n="382">Den directeur ende Raed van Nieu-Nederlande, wensen uwe Edn: eerenfesten, ende wijse voorsinnige geluck salichitt [gelukzaligheid?], In Christi Jesu onsen Heere; met goede voorspoet, ende gesonthijt, naer Siele, ende Lichaem.</p><closer>Amen.</closer></div3><div3><p n="383">The rest I shall render in English, leaving ou4 the repetition of superfluous titles.</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><p n="384">We have often before this wished for an opportunifie or an occasion to congratulate you, and your prosperous and praise-worthy undertakeings, and Goverment of your colony ther. And the more, in that we also have made a good begining to pitch the foundation of a collonie hear; and seeing our native countrie lyes not farr from yours, and our forefathers (diverse hundred years agoe) have made and held frendship and alliance with your ancestours, as sufficiently appears by the old contractes, and entrecourses,z confirmed under the hands of kings and princes, in the pointe of wary and trafick; as may be scene and read by all the world in the old chronakles.	The which are not only by the king now reigning confirmed, but it hath pleased his majesty, upon mature deliberation, to make a new covenante,(and to take up armes,) with the States Generall of our dear native country, against our commone enemie the Spaniards, who seeke nothing else but to usurpe and overcome other Christian kings and princes lands, that so he might obtaine and possess his pretended monarchic over all Christendom; and so to rule and command, after his owne pleasure, over the consciences of so many hundred thousand sowles, which God forbid.</p><p n="385">And also seeing it hath some time since been reported unto us, by some of our people, that by occasion came so farr northward with their shalop, and met with sundry of the Indeans, who tould them that they were within halfe a days journey of your plantation, and offered ther service to Gary letters unto you; therfore we could not forbear to salute you with these few lines, with presentation of our good will and service unto you, in all frendly-kindnes and neighbourhood. And if it so fall out that any goods that comes to our hands from our native countrie, may be serviceable unto you, we shall take our selves bound to help and accommadate you ther with; either for beaver or any other wares or marchandise that you should be pleased to deale for. And if in case we have no commodity at present that may give you contente, if you please to sell us any beaver, or otter, or such like comodities as may be usefull for us, for ready money, and let us understand therof by this bearer in writing, (whom we have apoynted to stay 3. or 4. days for your answer,) when we understand your minds therin, we shall depute one to deale with you, at such place as you shall appointe.	In the mean time we pray the Lord to take you, our honoured good freinds and neighbours, into his holy protection. </p><p n="386">By the appointment of the GOVT and Counsell, etc.</p><signed>ISAAK DE RASIER, Secretaris.</signed><dateline>From the Manhatas, in the fort Amsterdam, March 9. Ano: 1627.</dateline></div3><div3><p n="387">To this they returned answer as followeth, on the other side.</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><salute>To the Honoured, etc.</salute><p n="388">The Gover and Counsell of New-Plim: wisheth, etc. We have received ,your leters, etc. wherin appeareth your good wills and frendship towards us; but is expresed with over high titls, more then belongs to us, or is meete for us to receive. But for your good will, and congratulations of our prosperitie in these smale beginings of our poore colonic, we are much bound	to you, and with many thanks doe acknowledg the same; taking it both for a great honour done unto us, and for a certaine testimoney of your love and good neighbourhood.</p><p n="389">Now these are further to give your WorPPto understand, that it is to us no smale joye to hear, that his majestic hath not only bene pleased to confirme that ancient amitie, aliance, and frendship, and other contracts, formerly made and ratified by his predecessors of famous memorie, but bath him seife (as you say) strengthened the same with a new-union the better to resist the prid of that commone enemy the Spaniard, from whose cruelty the Lord keep us both, and our native countries. Now forasmuch as this is sufficiente to unite us togeather in love and good neighbourhood, in all our dealings, yet are many of us further obliged, by the good and curteous entreaty which we have found in your countrie; haveing lived ther many years, with freedome, and good contente, as also many of ourfreindsdoe tothis day; for which we, and our children after us, are bound to be thankfull to your Nation, and shall neverforgett the same, but shall hartily desire your good and prosperity, as our owne, for ever.</p><p n="390">. Likwise for your freindly tender, and offer to acommodate and help us with any comodities or marchandise you have, or shall come to you, either for beaver, otters, or other wares, it is to us very acceptable, and we doubte not but in short time we may have profitable commerce and trade togeather.'	But for this year we are fully supplyed with all necessaries, both for cloathing and other things; but hereafter it is like we shall deale with you, if your rates be reasonable.	And therfore when you please to send to us againe by any of yours, we desire to know how you will take beaver, by the pounde, and otters, by the skine; and how you will deale per cent. for other comodities, and what you can furnishe us with.	As Likwise what other commodities from us may be acceptable unto you, as tobaco, fish, corne, or other things, and what prises you will give, etc.</p><p n="391">Thus hoping that you will pardon and excuse us for our rude and imperfecte writing in your language, and take it in good parte, because for wante of use we cannot so well express that we understand, nor hapily understand every thing so fully as we should. And so we humbly pray the Lord for his mercie sake, that he will take both us and you into his seeping and gratious protection.</p><p n="392">By the Gover and Counsell of New-Plimoth,</p><signed>Your Wor"9 very good freinds and neigbours, etc. </signed><dateline>New-Plim: March 19.</dateline></div3><div3><p n="393">After this ther was many passages betweene them both by Letters and other entercourse ;  and they had some profitable commerce togither for diverse years, till other occasions interrupted the same, as may happily appear afterwards, more at large. </p><p n="394">Before they sent Mr. Allerton away for England this year, the Gover and some of their cheefe freinds had serious consideration, not only how they might discharge those great ingagments, which lay so heavily upon them, and is aflore mentioned but also how they might (if possiblie they could) devise means to help some of their freinds and breethren of Leyden over	to them, who desired so much to come to them, and they desired as much their company. To effecte which, theyo resolved to rune a high course, and of great adventure, not knowing otherwise how to bring it aboute. Which was to hire the trade of the company for certaine years, and in that time to undertake to pay that 1800li. and all the rest of the debts that then lay upon the plantation, which was aboute some 600li. more; and so to set them free, and returne the trade to the generalitie againe at the end of the terme.	Upon which	on they called the company togeither, and made it clearly appear unto all what their debts were, and upon what terms they would undertake to pay them all in such a time, and sett them clear.	But their other ends they were faine to keepe secrete, haveing only privatly acquaynted some of their trusty freinds therwith; which were glad of the same, but doubted how they would be able to performe it.	So after some agitation of the thing with the company, it was yeelded unto, and the agreemente made upon the conditions following.</p></div3><div3 type="document"><head>Articles of agreemente betweene the collony of New-Plimmoth of the one partie, and William Bradford, Captein Myles Standish, Isaack Allerton, etc. one the other partie; and shush others as they shall thinke good to take as partners and undertakers with them,concerning the trade for beaver and other furrs and comoes, etc.; made July, 1627.</head><p n="395">First,	agreed and covenanted betweexte the said parties, that the afforsaid William Bradford, Captain Myles Standish, and Isaack Allerton, etc. have undertaken, and doe by these presents, covenante and agree to pay, discharge, and acquite the said collony of all the debtes both due for the purchass, or any other belonging to them, at the day of the date of these presents.</p><p n="396">Secondly, the above-said parties are to have and freely injoye the pinass latly builte, the boat at Manamett, and the shalop, called the Bassboat, with all other implements to them belonging, that is in the store of the said company; with all the whole stock of furrs, fells, beads, corne, wampampeak,hatchets, knives, etc. that is now in the storre, or any way due unto the same uppon accounte.</p><p n="397">3ly. That the above said parties have the whole trade to them selves, their heires and assignes, with all the privileges therof, as the said collonie doth now, or may use the same, for 6. full years, to begine the last of September next insuing.</p><p n="398">4ly.	In furder consideration of the discharge of the said debtes, every severall purchaser doth promise and covenante yearly to pay, or cause to be payed, to the above said parties, during the full terme of the said 6. years, 3. bushells of corne, or 6li. of tobaco, at the undertakers choyse.</p><p n="399">5ly.	The said undertakers shall dureing the afforesaid terme bestow 50li. per annum, in hose and shoese, to be brought over for the collonies use, to be sould unto them for corne at 6s. per bushell.</p><p n="400">6ly.	That at the end of the said terme of 6. years, the whole trade shall 
returne to the use and benefite of the said collonie, as before. </p><p n="401">Lastly, if the afforesaid undertakers, after they have aquainted their freinds 
in England with these covenants, doe (upon the first returne) resolve to performe them, and undertake to discharge the debtes of the said collony, according to the true meaning and intente of these presents, then they are (upon such notice given) to stand in full force; otherwise all things to remaine as formerly they were, and a true accounte to be given to the said collonie, of the disposing of all things according to the former order.</p></div3><div3><p n="402">Mr. Allerton carried a coppy of this agreemente with him into England, and amongst other his instructions had order given him to deale with some of their speciall freinds, to jo3'ne with them in this trade upon the above recited conditions; as aliso to imparte their further ends that moved them to take this course, namly, the helping over of some of their freinds from Leyden, as they should be able; in which if any of them would joyne with them they should thankfully acceptt of their love and partnership herein. And with all (by their letters) gave them some grounds of their hops of the accomplishmente of these things with some advantage.</p></div3><div3><head><hi rend="italic">Anno Dom</hi>: 1628.</head><p n="403">After Mr. Auertons arivall in England, he aquainted them with his comission and full power to conclude the forementioned bargan and purchas; upon the veiw wherof, and the delivery of the bonds for the paymente of the money yearly, (as is before mentioned,) it was fully concluded, and a deedefairly ingrossed in partchmente was delivered him, under their
hands and seals confirming the same.	Morover he delte with them aboute other things according to his instructions.	As to admittsomeof these their good freinds into this purchass if they pleased, and to deale with them for moneys at better rates, etc. Touching which I shall hear inserte a letter of Mr. Sherleys, giving light to what followed therof, writ to the Govr as followeth.
</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><salute>Sr:</salute><p n="404">I have received yours of the 26. of May by Mr. Gibs, and Mr. Goff, with the barren of otter skins, according to the contents; for which I got a bill of store, and so tooke them up, and sould them togeather at 78li. 12s. sterling; and since, Mr. Auerton bath received the money, as will pear by the accounte. It is true (as you write) that your ingagments are g, not only the purchass, but you are yet necessitated to take up the sk you work upon; and that not at 6. or 8. pr cent. as it is here let out, but at 30. 40. yea, and some at 50. pr cent. which, were not your games great, and Gods blessing on your honest indeaours more then ordinarie, it could not be that you should longe subsiste in the maintaining of, and upholding of your worldly affaires. And this your honest and discreete agent e, Mr. Allerton, hath seriously considered, and deeply
laid to mind, how to ease you of it.	He tould me you were contented to accepte of me and some few others, to joyne with you in the purchass, as partners; for which I kindly thanke you and all the rest, and doe willingly accepte of it.	And though absente, shall willingly be at shuck charge as
you and the rest shall thinke meete; and this year am contented to forbear my former 50li. and 2. years increase for the venture, both which now makes it 80li. without any bargaine or condition for the profite, you (I mean the generalitie) stand to the adventure, outward, and homeward. I have perswaded Mr. Andrews and Mr. Beachamp to doe the like, so as you are eased of the high rate, you were at the other 2. yeares; I say we leave it freely to your selves to alow us what you please, and as God shall blesse. What course I rune, Mr. Beachamp desireth to doe the same; and though he have been or seemed somwhat harsh heretofore, yet now
you shall find he is new moulded.	I allso see by your letter, you desire I
should be your agente or fattore hear.	I have ever found you so faithfull, honest, and upright men, as I have even resolved with my selfe (God assisting me) to doe you all the good lyeth in my power; and therfore if you please to make choyse of so weak a man, both for abillities and body, to performe your bussines, I promise (the Lord enabling me) to doe the best I can according to those abillities he hath given me; and wherin I
fail e, blame your selves, that you made no better choyce.	Now, because I am sickly, and we are all mortal], I have advised Mr. Allerton to joyne Mr. Beachamp with me in your deputation, which I conceive to be very necessary and good for you; your charge shall be no more, for it is not your salarie maks me undertake your bussines. Thus comending you and yours, and all Gods people, unto the guidance and protection of the Allmightie, I ever rest,
</p><closer>Your faithful] loving fremd,</closer><dateline>London, Nov. 17. 1628.</dateline><signed>NAMES SHERLEY.</signed></div3><div3><p n="405">Another leter of his, that should have bene placed before:</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><p n="406">We cannot but take notice how the Lord hath been pleased to crosse our proseedings, and caused many disasters to befale us therin. I conceive the only reason to be, we, or many of us, aimed at other ends then Gods glorie; but now I hope that cause is taken away; the bargen being fully concluded, as farr as our powers will reach, and confirmed under our hands and seals, to Mr. Allerton and the rest of his and your copartners. But for my owne parte, I confess as I was loath to hinder the full confirming of it, being the first propounder ther of at our meeting; so on the other side, I was as unwilling to set my hand to the sale, being the receiver of most part of the adventurs, and a second causer of much of the ingagments; and one more threatened, being most envied and aimed at (if they could find any stepe to ground their malice on) then any other whosoever. I profess I know no just cause they ever had, or have, so to doe; neither shall it ever be proved that I have wronged them or any of the adventurers, wittingly or willingly, one peny in the disbursing of so many pounds in those 2. years trouble. No, the sole cause why they maligne me (as I and others conceived) was that I would not side with them against you,
and the going over of the Leyden people.	But as I then card not, so now I Title fear what they can doe; yet charge and trouble I know they may
cause me to be at.	And for these reasons, I would gladly have perswaded the other 4. to have sealed to this bargaine, and left me out, but they would not; so rather then it should faile, Mr. Alerton having taken so much pains, I have sealed with the rest; with this proviso and promise of his, that if any trouble arise hear, you are to bear halfe the charge. Wherfore now I doubt not but you will give your generallitie good contente, and selfe peace amongst your selves, and peace with the natives; and then no doubt but the God of Peace will blese your going out and your returning, and cause all that you sett your hands unto to prosper; the which I shall
ever pray the Lord to grante if it be his blessed will.	Asuredly unless the Lord be merciful] unto us and the whole land in generall, our estate and condition is farr worse then yours. Wherfore if the Lord should send persecution or trouble hear, (which is much to be feared,), and so should put into our minds to flye for refuge, I know no place safer then to come to ,you, (for all Europ is at varience one with another, but cheefly with us,) not doubting but to find such frendly entertainmente as shall be honest
and conscionable, notwithstanding what hath latly passed.	For I profess in the word of an honest man, had it not been to procure your peace and quiet from some turbulent spirites hear, I would not have sealed to this last deed; though you would have given me all my adventure and debte
ready downe.	Thus desiring the Lord to blesse and prosper you, I cease ever resting,
</p><closer>Your faithfull and loving freind, to my power,</closer><dateline>Des: 27.</dateline><signed>JAMES SHERLEY.</signed></div3><div3><p n="407">With this leter they sent a draught of a formal] deputation to be hear sealed and sent back unto them, to authorise them as their agents, according to what is mentioned in the above said letter; and because some inconvenience grue therby afterward I shall here inserte it.</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><p n="408">To all to whom these prets shall come greeting; know yee that we, Willi	Bradford, Gov` of Plimoth, in N. E. in America, Isaak Allerton, Myles Standish, William Brewster, and Ed: Winslow, of Plimoth aforesaid, marchants, doe by these presents for us, and in our names, make, substitute, and appointe James Sherley, Goldsmith, and John Beachamp, Salter, citizens of London, our true and lawfull agents, factors, substitutes, and assignes; as well to take and receive all such goods, wares, and marchandise what soever as to our said substitutes or either of them, or to the citie of London, or other place of the Relme of Engl: shall be sente, transported, or come from us or any of us, as allso to vend, sell, barter, or exchaing the said goods, wares, and marchandise so from time to time to be sent to such person or persons upon credite, or other wise in such maner as to our said agents and factors joyently, or to either of them severally shall seeme meete. And further we doe make and ordaine our said substituts and assignes joyntly and severally for us, and to our uses, and accounts, to buy and consigne for and to us into New
Engl: aforesaid, such goods and marchandise to be provided here, and to be returned hence, as by our said assignes, or either of them, shall be thought fitt. And to recover, receive, and demand for us and in our names all such debtes and sumes of money, as now are or hereafter shall be due incidente accruing or belonging to us, or any of us, by any wares or means; and to acquite, discharge, or compound for any debte or sume of money, which now or hereafter shall be due or oweing by any person or persons to us, or any of us. And generally for us and in our names to doe, performe, and execute every acte and thing which to our said assignes, or either of them, shall seeme meete to be done in or aboute the premissies, as fully and effectually, to all intents and purposes, as if we or any of us were in person presente. And whatsoever our said agents and factors joyntly or severally shall doe, or cause to be done, in or aboute the premisses, we will and doe, and every of us doth ratifie, alow, and confirme, by these presents.	In wittnes wherof we have here unto put our hands and seals.
</p><dateline>Dated 18. Nov br 1628.</dateline></div3><div3><p n="409">This was accordingly confirmed by the above named, and 4. more of the cheefe of them under their hands and seals, and delivered unto them. Also Mr. Allerton formerly had authoritie under their hands and seals for the transacting of the former bussines, and taking up of moneys, etc. which still he retained whilst he was imployed in these affaires; they mistrusting neither him nor any of their freinds faithfullnes, which made them more remisse in looking to shuck acts as had passed under their hands, as necessarie for the time; but letting them rune on to long unminded or recaled, it turned to their harme afterwards, as will appere in its place.</p><p n="410">Mr. Allerton having setled all things thus in a good and hopfull way, he made hast to returne in the first of the spring to be hear with their supply for trade, (for the fishermen with whom he came used to sett forth in winter and be here betimes.) He brought a resonable supply of goods for the plantation, and without those great interests as before is noted; and brought an accounte of the beaver sould, and how the money was disposed for goods, and the paymente of other debtes, having paid all debts abroad to others, save to Mr. Sherley, Mr. Beachamp, and Mr. Andrews; from whom likwIse he brought an accounte which to them all amounted not to above 400 li. for which he had passed bonds. Allso he had pased the first paymente for the purchass, being due for this year, viz. 200li. and brought them the bonde for the same cancelled; so as they now had no more foreine debtes but the abovesaid 400li. and odde pownds, and the rest of the yearly purchass money.	Some other debtes they had in the cuntrie, but they were without any intrest, and they had wherwith to discharge them when they were due. To this pass the Lord had brought things for them.	Also he brought them further notice that their freinds, the abovenamed, and some others that would joyne with them in the trad and purchass, did intend for to send over to Leyden, for a competente number of them, to be hear the next year without fayle, if the Lord pleased to blesse their journey. He allso brought them a patente for Kenebeck, but it was so straite and ill bounded, as they were faine to renew and inlarge it the next year, as allso that which they had at home, to their great charge, as will after appeare.	Hithertoo Mr. Allerton did them good and faithfull service; and well had it been if he had so continued, or els they had now ceased for imploying him any longer tht into England.	But of this more afterwards.</p><p n="411">Having procured a patente (as is above said) for Kenebeck they now erected a house up above in the river in the m convenientest place for trade, as they conceived, and f nished the same with commodities for that end, both win and sommer, not only with come, but also with such oth commodities as the fishermen had traded with them, as coa shirts, ruggs, and blankets, biskett, peace, prunes, etc.; what they could not have out of England, they bought of fishing ships, and so carried on their bassines as well as they could.</p><p n="412">This year the Dutch sent againe unto them from th plantation, both kind leterss, and also diverse comoditiest auger, linen cloth, Holand finer and courser atufes, etc.	Th came up with their barke to Manamete, to their house ther, which came their Secretarie Racier; a who was accompani with a noyse of trumpeters, and some other attendants; desired that they would send a boat for him, for he could n travill so farr over land. So they sent a boat to Manonsc sett, and brought him to the plantation, with the cheefe of company. And after some few days entertainmente, he turned to his barke, and some of them wente with him, bought sundry of his goods; after which begining thus they sente often times to the same place, and had enterco togeather for diverse years; and amongst other comodit they vended much tobaco for linen cloath, stuffs, etc., whi was a good benefite to the people, till the Virginians found their plantation.	But that which turned most to their profite, in time, was an entrance into the trade of Wampampeake;for they now bought aboute 50li. worth of it of them; and they tould them how vendable it was at their forte Orania;and did perswade them they would find it so at Kenebeck; and so it came to pass in time, though at first it stuck, and it was 2. years before they could put of this small quantity, till the inland people knew of it; and afterwards they could scarce ever gett enough for them, for many years togeather. And so this, with their other provisions, curt of they trade quite from the fisher-men, and in great part from other of the stragling planters. And strange it was to see the great allteration it made in a few years among the Indeans them selves; for all the Indeans of these parts, and the Massachussets, had none or very litle of it, but the sachems and some spetiall persons that wore a litle of it for ornamentz. Only it was made and kepte amonge the Narigansseta, and Pequents, which grew rich and potent by it, and these people were poore and begerly, and had no use of it.	Neither did the English of this plantation, or any other in the land, till now that they had knowledg of it from the Dutch, so much as know what it was, much less that it was a commoditie of that worth and valew. But after it grue thus to be a comoditie in these parts, these Indeans fell into it allso, and to learne how to make it; for the Narigansets doe geather the shells of which they make it from their shors. And it hath now continued a current comoditie aboute this 20. years, and it may prove a drugg in time. In the mean time it maks the Indeans of these parts rich and power full and also prowd therby; and fills them with peeces,  powder, and shote, which no laws can restraine, by reasone of the bassnes of sundry unworthy persons, both English, Dutch and French, which may fume to the ruine of many.	Hithertoo the Indeans of these parts had no peetes nor other armes but their Bowes and arrowes, nor of many years after; nether durst they scarce handle a gone, so much were they affraid of them; and the very sight of one (though out of kilter) was a terrour unto them. But those Indeans to the east parts which had commerce with the French, got peces of them, and they in the end made a commone trade of it; and in time ou English fisher-men, led with the like covetoussnes, followed their example, for their owne game; but upon complainte against them, it pleased the kings majestie to prohibite the same by a stricte proclaimation, commanding that no sorte of armes, or munition, should by any of his subjects be trade with them.</p><p n="413">Aboute some 3. or 4. years before this time, ther came over one Captaine Wolastone, (a man of pretie parts and with him 3. or 4. more of some eminentie, who brougt with them a great many servants, with provissions and other implements for to begane a plantation ; and pitched them selves in a place within the Massachusets, which they called, after their Captains name, Mount-Wollaston. Amongst whom was one Mr. Morton,who, it should seems, had some small adventure (of his owne or other mens) amongst them; but had litle respecte amongst them, and was sleghted by the meanest servants. Haveing continued ther some time, and not finding things to answer their expectations, nor profite to arise as they looked for, Captaine Wollaston takes a great part of the servants, and transports them to Virginia, wher he puts them of at good rates, selling their time to other men; and writs back to one Mr. Rassdall, one of his cheefe partners, and accounted their marchant, to bring another parte of them to Virginia likewise, intending to put them of ther as he had done the rest.	And he, with the consente of the said Randall, appoynted one Fitcher to be his Livetenante, and governe the remaines of the plantation, till he or Randall returned to take further order theraboute. But this Morton abovesaid, haveing more craft then honestie, (who had been a kind of petiefogger, of Furnefells Inne,)in the others absence, watches an oppertunitie, (commons being but hard amongst them,) and gott some strong drinck and other junkats, and made them a feast; and after they were merle, he begane to tell them, he would give them good counsell.	You see (with he) that many of your fellows are carried to Virginia; and if you stay till this Randall retorne, you will also be carried away and sould for slaveswith the rest. Therfore Iwould advise you to thruste out this Levetenant Fitcher; and I, having a parte in the plantation, will receive you as my partners and consociata; so may you be free from service, attd we will converse, trad, plant~, and live togeather as squalls, and supports and protect~ one another, or to like effects.	This counsell was easily received; so they tooke oppertunitie, and thrust Levetenante Fitcher out a dores, and would suffer him to come no more amongst them, but foret him to seeks bread to sate, and other releefe from his neigbours, till he could gett passage for England.	After this they fell to great liceneiousnea, and led a dissolute life, powering out them selves into all profanenes. And Morton became lord of misrule, and maintained (as it were) a schools of Athisme. And after they had gott some good into their hands, and gott much by trading with the Indeans, they spent it as vainly, in quaffing and drinking both
wine and strong waters in great exsess and as some reported, 10li. worth in a morning. They also set up a May-pole, drinking and dancing about it many days togeather, inviting the Indean women, for their consorts, dancing and frisking togither, (like so many fairies, or furies rather,) and worse practises-  As if they had anew revived and celebrated the feasts of the Roman Goddes Flora, or the beasly practieses of the madd Bacchinalians. Morton likwise (to spew his poetrie) composed sundry rimes and verses, some tending to lasciviousnes, and others to the detraction and standall of some persons; which he affixed to this idle or idoll May-polls.	They changed aliso the name of their place, and in stead of calling it Mount Wollaston, they call it Meriemounte, as if this joylity would have lasted ever.	But this continued not long, for after Morton was sent for England, (as follows to be declared,) shortly after came over that worthy gentlman, Mr: John Indecott, who brought over a patent under the broad wall,for the govermente of the Massachusets, who visiting those parts caused that May-polls to be cutt downs, and rebuked them for their profannes, and admonished them to looks ther should be better walking; so they now, or others, changed the name of their place agars, and called it MounteDagon.
</p><p n="414">Now to maintaine this riotous prodigallitie and profuse excess, Morton, thinking him selfe lawless, and hearing what gains the French and fisher-men made by trading of peetes, powder, and shone to the Indeana, he, as the head of this consortship, begane the practise of the same in these parts; and first he taught them how to use them, to charge, and di,9charg, and what proportion of powder to give the peece, according to the ails or bigres of the same; and what shone to use for fouls, and what for dears. And having thus instructed them, he imployed some of them to hunts and fowls for him, so as they became farr more active in that imploymente then any of the English, by reason of ther swiftnes of foots, and nimblnes of body, being also quick-sighted, and by continuall exercise well knowing the bents of all sorts of game.	So ae when they saw the execution that a peece would doe, and the benefits that might come by the same, they became madd, as it were, after them, and would not stick to give any prise they could attains too for them; accounting their bowel and arrowes but bables in comparison of them.</p><p n="415">And here I may take occasion to bewails the mischefe that this wicked man began in these parts, and which since base covetousnes prevailing in men that should know better, has now at length gott the upper hand, and made this thing commone, notwithstanding any laws to the contrary; so as the Indeans are full of peeces all over, both fouling peecea, muskets, pistols, etc. They have also their moulds to make shone, of all sorts, as muskett bulletts, pistoll bullets, aware and gore shots, and of smaler sorts; yea, some have seen them have their scruplats to make scrupinathem selves, when they wants them, with sundery other implements, wherwith they are ordinarily better fited and furnished then the English themselves. Yea, it is well knowne that they will have powder and shot, when the English want it, nor cannot gett it; and that in a time of warn or danger, as experience bath manifested, hat when lead bath been scarce, and men for their owns defence would gladly have given a great a li., which is dear enoughe, yet bath it here bought up and sent to other places, and scold to shuch as trade it with the Indeana, at 12. pence the li.; and it is like they give 3. or 4.s. the pound, for they will have it at any rate.	And these things have been done in the same times, when some of their neigbours and freinds are daly killed by the Indeans, or are in deanger therof, and live but at the Indeans mercie.	Yea, some.(as they have aquainted them with all other things) have tiould them how gunpowder is made, and all the materialls in it, and that they are to be had in their owns land; and I am confidente, could they attains to make saltpeter, they would teach them to make powder. 0 the horiblnes of this vilanie! how many both Dutch and English have been lady shine by those Indeans, thus furnished; and no remedie provided, nay, the evill more increased, and the blood of their brethren sould for gains, as is tA&#x00B3; be feared; and in what danger all these colonies are in is too well known. Oh! that princes and parlements would take some timly order to prevente this mischeefe; and at length to suppress it, by some exemplerie punishments upon some of these gains thirstie murderers, (for they deserve no better title,) before their coloonies in these parts be over throwne by these barbarous savages, thus armed with their owns weapons, by these evill instruments, and traytors to their neigbors and cuntrie.But I have forgott my selfe, and have been to longs in this digression; but now to returns. This Morton having thus taught them the use'of peetes, he could them all he could spare; and he and his consorts detirmined to send for many out of England, and had by some of the ships sente for above a score. The which being knowne, and his neigbours meeting the Indeans in the woods armed with guns in this sorts, it was a terrour unto them, who lived straglingly, and were of no strengtt in any place.	And other places (though more remote) saw this mischeefe would quietly spread over all, if not prevented. Besides, they saw they should keep no servants, for Morton would entertains any, how vile soever, and all the scume of the countrie, or any discontents, would flock to him from all places, if this nest was not broken; and they should stand in more fear of their lives and goods (in short time) from this wicked and debostetrue, then from the salvages them selves.</p><p n="416">So sundrie of the cheefe of the stragling plantations, meeting togither, agreed by mutuall consente to sollissite those of Plimoth (who were then of more strength then them all) to joyne with them, to prevente the further grouth of this mischeefe, and suppress Morton and his consortes before they grewe to further head and strength. Those that joyned in this aection (and after contributed to the charge of sending him for England) were from Pascataway, Namkeake, Vinisimett, Weesagascusett, Natasco, and other places whey any English were seated.	Those of Plimoth being thus sought too by their messengers and letters, and waying both their reasons, and the commone danger, were willing to afford them their help; though them selves had least cause of fear or hurte. So, to be short, they first resolved joyntly to write to him, and in a freindly and neigborly way to admonish him to forbear these courses, and sent a messenger with their letters to bring his answer.	But he was so highe as he scorned all advise, and asked who had to doe with him; he had and would trade peetes with the Indeans in dispite of all, with many other scurillous termes full of disdaine.	They sente to him a second time, and bad him be better advised, and more temperate in his termes, for the countrie could not beare the injure he did; it was against their comone saftie, and against the king's proclamation.	He answerd in high terms as before, and that the kings proclaimation was no law;demanding what penaltie was upon it. It was answered, more then he could bear, his majesties displeasure. But insolently he persisted, and said the king was dead and his displeasure with him, and many the like things; and threatened withall that if any came to molest him, let them looke to them selves, for he would prepare for them. Upon which they saw ther was no way but to take him by force; and having so farr proceeded, now to give over would make him farr more hautie and insolente. So they mutually resolved to proceed, and obtained of the Govr of Plimoth to send Captaine Standish, and some other aide with him, to take Morton by force. The which accordingly was done; but they found him to stand stifly in his defence, having made fast his dors, armed his consorts, set diverse dishes of powder and bullets ready on the table; and if they had not been over armed with drinke, more hurt might have been done.	They sommaned him to yeeld, but he kept his house, and they could gett nothing but stofes and scorns from him; but at length, fearing they would doe some violence to the house, he and some of his true came out, but not to yeeld, but to shoote; but they were so steeld with drinke as their peetes were to heavie for them; him selfe with a carbine (over charged and allmost halfe fild with powder and shote, as was after found) had thought to have shot Captaine Standish; but he stept to him, and put by his peece, and tooke him.	Neither was ther any hurte done to any of either side, save that one was so drunke that he rane his owne nose upon the pointe of a sword that one held before him as he entred the house; but he lost but a litle of his hott blood. Morton they brought away to Plimoth, wher he was kepte, till a ship went from the Ile of Shols for England, with which he was sente to the Counsell of NewEngland; and letters writen to give them information of his course and cariage; and also one was sent at their commone charge to informe their Hora more perticulerly, and to prosecute against him.	But he foold of the messenger, after he was gone from hence, and though he wente for England, yet nothing was done to him, not so much as rebukte, for ought was heard; but returned the nexte year.	Some of the worst of the company were disperst, and some of the more modest kepte the house till he should be heard from. But I have been too long aboute so unworthy a person, and bad a cause.</p><p n="417">This year Mr. Allerton brought over a yonge man for a minister to the people hear, wheather upon his owne head, or at the motion of some freinds ther, I well know not, but it was without the churches sending; for they had bene so bitten by Mr. Lyford, as they desired to know the person well whom they should invite amongst them. His name was Mr. Rogers; but they perceived, upon some triall, that he was crased in his braine; so they were faine to be at further charge to send him back againe the nexte year, and loose all the charge that was expended in his hither bringing, which was not smalle by Mr. Allerton's accounte, in provissions, aparell, bedding, etc. After his returne he grue quite distracted, and Mr. Allerton was much blamed that he would bring such a man over, they having charge enough otherwise.</p><p n="418">Mr. Allerton, in the years before, had brought over some small quantie of goods, upon his owne perticuler, and sould them for his owne private benefite; which was more then any man had yet hithertoo attempted.	But because he had other wise done them good service, and also he sould them among the people at the plantation, by which their wants were supplied, and he aledged it was the love of Mr. Sherley and some other freinds that would needs trust him with some goods, conceiveing it might doe him some good, and none hurte, it was not much lookt at, but past over.	But this year he brought over a greater quantitie, and they were so intermixte with the goods of the generall, as they knew not which were theirs, and which was his, being pact up together; so as they well saw that, if any casualty had beefalne at sea, he might have laid the whole on them, if he would; for ther was no distinction. Allso what was most vendible, and would 
yeeld presente pay, usualy that was 
his; and he now begane allso to sell abroad to others of forine places, which, considering their commone course, they began to dislike. Yet because love thinkes no evill, nor is susspitious, they tooke his faire words for excuse, and resolved to send him againe this year for England; considering how well he had done the former bussines, and what good acceptation he had with their freinds ther; as also seeing sundry of their freinds from Leyden were sente for, which would or might be much furthered by his means. Againe, seeing the patente for Kenebeck must be inlarged, by reason of the former mistaks in the bounding of it, and it was conceived in a maner, the same charge would serve to inlarge this at home with it, and he that had begane the former the last year would be the fittest to effecte this; so they gave him instructions and sente him for England this year againe. And in his instructions bound him to bring over no goods on their accounte, but 50li. in hose and shoes, and some linen cloth, (as they were bound by covenante when they tooke the trad;) also some trading goods to such a value; and in no case to exseed his instructions, nor runne them into any further charge; he well
knowing how their state stood.	Also that he should so provide that their trading goods came over betimes, and what so ever was sent on their accounte should be pact up by it selfe, marked with their marke, and no other goods to be mixed with theirs. For so he prayed them to give him such instructions as they saw good, and he would folow them, to prevente any jellocie or
farther offence, upon the former forementioned dislikes.	And thus they conceived they had well provided for all things.
</p></div3><div3><head rend="italic">Anno Dom: 1629.</head><p n="419">MR. ALLERTON safly arriving in England, and delivering his leters to their freinds their, and aquainting them with his instructions, found good acceptation with them, and they were
very forward and willing to joyne with them in the partnership of trade, and in the charge to send over the Leyden people; a company wherof were allready come out of Holand, and prepared to come over, and so were sent away before Mr.
Allerton could be ready to come.	They had passage with the ships that came to Salem, that brought over many godly persons to begine the plantations and churches of Christ ther, and in the Bay of Massachussets; so their long stay and keeping back was recompensed by the Lord to ther freinds here with a duble blessing, in that they not only injoyed them now beyond ther late expectation, (when all their hops seemed to be cutt of,) but, with them, many more godly freinds and Christian breethren, as the begining of a larger harvest unto the Lord, in the increase of his churches and people in these parts, to the admiration of many, and allmost wonder of the world; that of so small beginings so great things should insue, as time after manifested; and that here should be a resting place for so many of the Lords people, when so sharp a scourge came upon
their owne nation.	But it was the Lords doing, and it ought to be marvellous in our eyes.
</p><p n="420">But I shall hear inserte some of their freinds letters, which doe best expresse their owne minds in these thir proceedings.</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><head rend="italic">A letter of Mr. Sherleys to the Govr.</head><dateline>May 25, 1629.</dateline><opener>Sr: etc.</opener><p n="421">Here are now many of your and our freinds from Leyden coming over, who, though for the most parte be but a weak company, yet herein is a good parte of that end obtained which was aimed at, and which bath been so strongly opposed by some of our former adventurers. But God hath his working in these things, which man cannot frustrate. With them we have allso sent some servants in the ship called the <name rend="italic">Talbut</name>, that wente hence latly; but these come in the <name rend="italic">May-flower</name>.	Mr. Beachamp and my selfe, with Mr. Andrews and Mr. Hatherly,z are, with your love and liking, joyned partners with you, etc. Your deputation we have received, and the goods have been taken up and sould by your freind and agente, Mr. Allerton, my selfe having  bine nere 3. months in Holland, at Amsterdam and other parts in the Low-Countries. I see further the agreemente you have made with the generallitie, in which I cannot understand but you have done very well,
both for them and you, and also for your freinds at Leyden.	Mr. Beachamp, Mr. Andrews, Mr. Hatherley, and my selfe, doe so like and approve of it, as we are willing to joyne with you, and, God directing and inabling us, will be assisting and helpfull to you, the best that possiblie
we can.	Nay, had you not taken this course, I doe not see how you should accomplish the end you first aimed at, and some others indevored these
years past.	We know it must keep us from the profite, which otherwise by the blessing of God and your indeaours, might be gained; for most of those that came in May, and these now sente, though I hope honest and good people, yet not like to be helpfull to raise profite, but rather, ney, certaine must, some while, be chargable to you and us; at which it is lickly, had not this wise and discreete course been taken, many of your generafitie
would have grudged.	Againe, you say well in your letter, and I make no doubte but you will performe it, that now being but a few, on whom the burthen must be, you will both menage it the beter, and sett too it more cherfully, haveing no discontente nor contradiction, but so lovingly to joyne togeither, in affection and counsell, as God no doubte will blesse and prosper your honest labours and indeavors. And therfore in all respects I doe not see but you have done marvelously discreetly, and advisedly, and no doubt but it gives all parties good contente; I mean that are reasonable and honest men, such as make conscience of giving the best satisfaction they be able for their debts, and that regard not their owne perticuler so much as the accomplishing of that good end for which this bussines was first intended, etc. Thus desiring the Lord to blew and prosper you, and all yours, and all our honest endeavors, I rest

</p><closer>Your unfained and ever loving freind,
</closer><signed>JAMES SHERLEY.</signed><dateline>Lon: March 8. 1629</dateline></div3><div3><p n="422">That I may handle things together, I have put these 2. companies that came from Leyden in this place; though they came at 2. severall times, yet they both came out of England
this year. The former company, being 35. persons, were shiped in May, and arived here aboute August. The later were shiped in the begining of March, and arived hear the later
end of May, 1630.	Mr. Sherleys 2. letters, the effect wherof I have before related, (as much of them as is pertinente,) mentions both.	Their charge, as Mr. Allerton brought it in afterwards on accounte, came to above 550li. besids ther fetching hither from Salem and the Bay, wher they and their goods were landed; viz. their transportation from Holland to England, and their charges lying ther, and passages hither, with clothing provided for them.	For I find by accounte for the one company, 125. yeards of karsey,127. ellons of linen cloath, shoes,
66. pr, with many other perticulers.	The charge of the other company is reckoned on the severall families, some 50li., some 40li., some 30li., and so more or less, as their number and expencess were.	And besids all this charg, their freinds and bretheren here were to provid come and other provissions for them, till they could reap a crope which was long before. Those that came in May were thus maintained upward of 16. or 18. months, before they had any harvest of their owne, and the other by proportion.	And all they could doe in the mean time was to gett them some housing, and prepare them grounds to plant on, against the season.	And this charg of maintaining
them all this while was litle less then the former sume.	These things I note more perticulerly, for sundry regards.	First, to chew a rare example herein of brotherly love, and Christian care in performing their promises and covenants to their bretheren, too, and in a sorte beyonde their power; that they should venture so desperatly to ingage them selves to accomplish this thing, and bear it so cheerfully; for they never demanded, much less had, any repaymente of all these great sumes thus disbursed.	2ly.	It must needs be that ther was more then of man in these acheevements, that should thus readily stire up the harts of shuck able frinds to joyne in partnership with them in shuck a case, and cleave so faithfullie to them as these did, in so great adventures; and the more because the most of
them never saw their faces to this day; ther being neither kindred, aliance, or other acquaintance or relations betweene any of them, then hath been before mentioned; it must needs be therfore the spetiall worke and hand of God. 3ly. That these poore people here in a wilderness should, notwithstanding, be inabled in time to repay all these ingagments, and many more unjustly brought upon them through the unfaithfullnes of some, and many other great losses which they sustained, which will be made manifest, if the Lord be pleased to give life and time. In the mean time, I cannot but admire his ways and workes towards his servants, and humbly desire to blesse his holy name for his great mercies hithertoo.</p><p n="423">The Leyden people being thus come over, and sundry of the generalitie seeing and hearing how great the charg was like to be that was that way to be expended, they begane to murmure and repin eat it, notwithstanding the burden lay on other mens shoulders; espetially at the paying of the 3. bushells of come a year, according to the former agreemente, when the trad was lett for the 6. years aforesaid. But to give them contente herein allso, it was promised them, that if they could doe it in the time without it, they would never demand it of them; which gave them good contente. And indeed it never was paid, as will appeare by the sequell.</p><p n="424">Concerning Mr. Allertons proceedings about the inlarging and confirming of their patent, both that at home and Kenebeck, will best appere by another leter of Mr. Sherleys; for
though much time and money was expended aboute it, yet he left it unaccomplisht this year, and came without it. See Mr. Sherleys letter.
</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><opener>Most worthy and loving freinds, etc.</opener><p n="425">Some of your leters I received in July, and some since by Mr. Peirce, but till our maine bussines, the patent, was granted,I could not setle my  mind nor pen to writing.	Mr. Allerton was so turrmoyled about it, as verily I would not nor could not have undergone it, if I might have had a thousand pounds; but the Lord so blessed his labours (even beyond expectation in these evill days) as he obtained the love and favore of great
men in repute and place.	He got granted from the Earle of Warwick and Sr. Ferdinando Gorge all that Mr. Winslow desired in his letters to me, and more also, which I leave to him to relate.	Then he sued to the king to confirme their grante, and to make you a corporation, and so to inable you to make and execute lawes, in such large and ample maner as the Massachusett plantation hath it; which the king graciously granted, referring it to the Lord Keeper to give order to the solisiter to draw it up, if ther were a presidente for it?	So the Lord Keeper furthered it all he could, and allso the solissiter; but as Festus said to Paule, With no small sume of money obtained I this freedom; for by the way many ridells must be resolved, and many locks must be opened with the silver, ney, the golden key.	Then it was to come to the Lord Treasurer, to have his warrente for freeing the custume for a certaine time; but he would not doe it, but refferd it to the Counsell table.	And ther Mr. Allerton at. tended day by day, when they sate, but could not gett his petition read. And by reason of Mr. Peirce his staying with all the passengers at Bristoll, he was foret to leave the further prosecuting of it to a solissiter.	But ther is no fear nor double but it will be granted, for he hath the cheefe of them to freind; yet it will be marvelously needfull for him to returne by the first ship that comes from thence; for if you had this confirmed, then were you compleate, and might bear such sway and goverment as were fitt
 for your ranke and place that God hath called you unto; and stope the moueths of base and scurrulous fellowes, that are ready to question and threaten you in every action you doe. And besids, if you have the custome free for 7. years inward, and 21. outward, the charge of the patent will be scone recovered, and ther is no fear of obtainingit.	But such things must work by degrees; men cannot hasten it as they would; werefore we (I write in behalf e of all our partners here) desire you to be ernest with Mr. Allerton to come, and his wife to spare him this one year more, to finish this great and waighty bussines, which we conceive will be much for your good, and I hope for your posteritie, and for many generations to come.</p>
</div3><div3> 
 
 <p n="426">Thus much of this letter.	It was dated the 19. March, 1629.</p><p n="427">By which it appears what progress was made herein, and` in part what charge it was, and how left unfinished, and some reason of the same; but in truth (as was afterwards appehended the meaine reason was Mr. Allerton's policie, to have an opportunitie to be sent over againe, for other regards; and for that end procured them thus to write. For it might then well enough have been finshed, if not with that clause aboute the custumes, which was Mr. Allertons and Mr. Sherleys device, and not at all thought on by the colony here, nor much regarded, yet it might have been done without it, without all queston, having passed the kings hand; nay it was conceived it might then have beene done with it, if he had pleased; but covetousnes never brings ought home, as the proverb is, for this oppertunytie being lost, it was never accomplished, but a great deale of money veainly and lavishly cast away aboute it, as doth appear upon their accounts.	But of this more in its place.</p><p n="428">Mr. Alerton gave them great and just ofence in this (which I had omitedand almost forgotten), in bringing over this year, for base gaine, that unworthy man, and instrumente of mischeefe, Morton, who was sent home but the year before for his misdemenors. He not only brought him over, but to the towne (as it were to nose them), and lodged him at his owne house, and for a while used him as a scribe to doe his bussines, till he was caused to pack him away.	So he wente to his old nest in the Massachusets, wher it was not long but by his miscariage he gave them just occation to lay hands on him; and he was by them againe sent prisoner into England, wher he lay a good while in Exeter Jeole.	For besids his miscariage here, he was vemently suspected for the murder of a man that had adventured moneys with him, when he came first into New-England. And a warrente was sente from the LordCheefe Justice to apprehend him, by vertue wherof he was by the Govr of the Massachusets sent into England; and for other his misdemenors amongst them, they demolisht his house, that it might be no longer a roost for shuch unclaine birds to nestle in.	Yet he got free againe, and write an infamouse and scurillous bookeagainst many godly and cheefe men of the cuntrie; full of lyes and slanders, and fraight with profane callumnies against their names and persons, and the ways of God. After sundry years, when the warrs were hott in England, he came againe into the cuntrie, and was imprisoned at Boston for this booke and other things, being grown old in wickednes.</p><p n="429"> Concerning the rest of Mr. Allertons instructions, in which they strictly injoyned him not to exceed above that 50li. in the goods before mentioned, not to bring any but trading commodities, he followed them not at all, but did the quite contrarie; bringing over many other sorts of retaile goods, selling what he could by the way on his owne accounte, and delivering the rest, which he said to be theirs, into the store; and for trading goods brought but litle in comparison; excusing the matter, they had laid out much about the Laiden and patent, etc. And for other goods, they had much of ther owns dealings, without present disbursements,
like effect.	And as for passing his bounds and inst he laid it on Mr. Sherley, etc., who, he said, they might mind in his leters; also that they had sett out Ashley a charg; but next year they should have what trading they would send for, if things were now well setled, etc.` q, thus were they put off; indeed Mr. Sherley write things i this way, but it is like he was overruled by Mr. Allllertona harkened more to him then to their letters from hence. 
</p><p n="430">Thus he further writs in the former leter.</p>
</div3><div3 type="letter"><p n="431">  I see what you write in your leters concerning the overcomm paying of our debts, which I confess are great, and had need be looked unto; yet no doubt but we, joyning in love, may soone over
them; but we must follow it roundly and to purposs, for if we pedl the time of our trad, others will step in and nose us. But we know you have that aquaintance and experience in the countrie, as none; the like; wherfore, freinds and partners, be no way discouraged wi greatues of the debt, etc., but let us not fulfill the proverbe, to bestowon a purse, and put 6d. in it; but as you and we have been at great and undergone much for setling you ther, and to gaine experience,
God shall enable us, let us make use of it.	And think not with 50li.
a yeare sent you over, to rayse shuch means as to pay our debts.	We see a possibillitie of good if you be well supplied, and fully furnished; ~,
cheefiy if you lovingly agree.	I know I write to godly and wise men, as have lerned to bear one an others infirmities, and rejoyce at any prosperities; and if I were able I would press this more, because hoped by some of your enimies, that you will fall out one with
and so over throw your hopfull bussines.	Nay, I have heard it reported, that some have said, that till you be disjoynted by disco and fractionsamongst your sellves, it bootes not any to goe over, in
of getting or doing good in those parts.	But we hope beter things of, and that you will not only bear one with another, but banish such tho
and not suffer them to lodg in your brests.	God grant you may dial pointe the hopes of your foes, and procure the hartie desire of your eeland freinds in this perticuler.
</p></div3><div3>
<p n="432">By this it appears that ther was a kind of concurrance betweene Mr. Allerton and them in these things, and that they gave more regard to his way and course in these things, then to the advise from hence; which made him bould to presume above his instructions, and to rune on in the course he did, to their greater hurt afterwards, as will appear. These things did much trouble them hear, but they well knew not how to help it, being loath to make any breach or contention hear aboute; being so premonished as before in the leter above recited. An other more secrete cause was herewith concur rente; Mr. Allerton had maried the daughter of their Reverend Elder, Mr. Brewster(a man beloved and honoured amongst them, and who tooke great paines in teaching and dispenceing the word of God unto them), whom they were loath to greeve or any way offend, so as they bore with much in that respects. And with all Mr. Allerton carried so faire with him, and procured such leters from Mr. Sherley to him, with shuch applause of Mr. Allertons wisdom, care, and faithfullnes, in the bussines; and as things stood none were so fitte to send aboute them as he; and if any should suggest other wise, it was rather out of envie, or some other sinister respects then other wise. Beside, though private gaine, I doe perswade my selfe, was some cause to lead Mr. Allerton aside in these beginings, yet I thinke, or at least charitie caries me to hope, that he intended to deale faithfully with them in the maine, and had such an opinion of his owns abillitie, and some experience of the benefite that he had made in this singuler way, as he conceived he might both raise him selfe an estate, and allso be a means to bring in such profite to Mr. Sherley, (and it may be the rest,) as might be as lickly to bring in their moneys againe with advantage, and it may be sooner then from the generall way; or at least it was looked upon by some of them to be a good help ther unto; and that neither he nor any other did intend to charge the generall accounte with any thing that rane in perticuler; or that Mr. Sherley or any other did purposs but that the generall should be first and fully supplyed. I say charitie makes me thus conceive; though things fell out other wise, and they missed of their aimes, and the generall suffered abundantly hereby, as will afterwards apear.</p><p n="433">Togeither herewith sorted an other bussines contrived by Mr. Allerton and them ther, without any knowledg of the partners, and so farr proceeded in as they were constrained to allow therof, and joyne in the same, though they had no great liking of it, but feared what might be the evente of the same. I shall relate it in a further part of Mr. Sherley's leter as foloweth.</p></div3><div3 type="letter"><p n="434">I am to aquainte you that we have thought good to joyne with one Edward Ashley (a man I thinke that some of you know); but it is only of that place wherof he hath a patente in Mr. Beachamps name;and to
that end have furnished him with larg provissions, etc.	Now if you please to be partners with us in this, we are willing you shall; for after we heard how forward Bristoll men (and as I hear some able men of his owne kindrid) have been to stock and supply him, hoping of profite, we thought it fitter for us to lay hould of such an opportunitie, and to keep a kind of running plantation, then others who have not borne the burthen of setling
a plantation, as we have done.	And he, on the other side, like an understanding yonge man, thought it better to joyne with those that had means by a plantation to supply and back him ther, rather then strangers, that
looke but only after profite.	Now it is not knowne that you are partners with him; but only we 4., Mr. Andrews, Mr. Beachamp, my selfe, and Mr. Hatherley, who desired to have the patente, in consideration of our great loss we have allready sustained in setling the first plantation ther; so we agreed togeather to take it in our names.	And now, as I said before,
if you please to joyne with us, we are willing you should.	Mr. Allerton had no power from you to make this new contracte, neither was he willing
to doe any thing therin without your consente and approbation. Mr. William Peirce is joyned with us in this, for we thought it very conveniente, because of landing Ashley and his goods ther, if God please; and he will bend his course accordingly. He hath a new boate with him, and boards to make another, with 4. or 5. lustie fellowes, wherof one is a carpenter. Now in case you are not willing in this perticuler to joyne with us, fearing the charge and doubting the success, yet thus much we intreate of you, to afford him all the help you can, either by men, commodities, or boats; yet not but that we will pay you for any thing be hath.	And we desire you to keep the accounts apart, though you joyne with us; besase ther is, as you see, other partners in this then the other; so, for all mens wages, boats-hire, or comodities, which we shall have of you, make him debtore for it; and what you shall have of him, make the plantation or your selves debtore for it to him, and so ther will need no mingling of the accounts.</p><p n="435">And now, loving freinds and partners, if you joyne in Ashles patent and bussines, though w e have laid out the money and taken up much to stock this bussines and the other, yet I thinke it conscionable and reasonable that you should beare your shares and proportion of the stock, if not by present money, yet by securing us for so much as it shall come too; for it is not barly the interest that is to be alowed and considered of, but allso the adventure; though I hope in God, by his blessing and your honest indeavors, it may soon be payed; yet the years that this partnership holds is not long, nor many; let all therfore lay it to harte, and make the best use of the time that possiblie we cann, and let every man put too his shoulder, and the burthen will be the lighter. I know you are so honest and conscionable men, as you will consider hereof, and returne shush an answer as may give good satisfaction. Ther is none of us that would venture as we have done, were it not to strengthen and setle you more then our owne perticuler profite.</p><p n="436">Ther is no liclyhood of doing any good in buying the debte for the purchas. I know some will not abate the interest, and therfore let it rune its course; they are to be paied yearly, and so I hope they shall, according to agreemente. The Lord grant that our loves and affections may still be united, and knit togeither; and so we rest your ever loving
friends,
</p><signed>JAMES SHERLEY.
</signed><signed>TIMOTHY HATHERLEY.
</signed><dateline>Bristoll, March 19. 1629.</dateline></div3><div3 type="letter"><p n="437">This mater of the buying the debts of the purchass was parte of Mr. Allertons instructions, and in many of them it  might have been done to good profite for ready pay (as some were) ; but Mr. Sherley had no mind to it. But this bussines aboute Ashley did not a litle trouble them; for though he had wite and abillitie enough to menage the bussines, yet some of them knew him to be a very profane yonge man; and he had for some time lived amonge the Indeans as a savage, and wente naked amongst them, and used their maners (in which time he got their language), so they feared he might still rune into evill courses (though he promised better), and God would not prosper his ways.	As soone as he was landed at the place intended, caled Penobscote, some 4. score leagues from this place,, he write (and afterwards came) for to desire to be supplyed with Wampampeake, come against winter, and other things. They considered these were of their cheefe commodities, and would be continually needed by him, and it would much prejudice their owne trade at Kenebeck if they did not joyne with him in the ordering of things, if thus they should supply him; and on the other hand, if they refused to joyne with him, and allso to afford any supply unto him, they should greatly offend their above named friends, and might hapily lose them hereby; and he and Mr. Allerton, laying their craftie wits togither, might gett supplies of these things els wher; besids, they considered that if they joyned not in the bussines, they knew Mr. Allerton would be with them in it, and so would swime, as it were, betweene both, to the prejudice of boath, but of them selves espetially.	For they had reason to thinke this bussines was cheefly of his contriving, and Ashley was a man fitte for his turne and dealings.	So they, to prevente a worse mischeefe, resolved to joyne in the bussines, and gave him supplies in what they could, and overlooked his proceedings as well as they could; the which they did the better, by joyning an honest yonge manthat came from Leyden,
with him as his fellow (in some sorte), and not merely as a servante. Which yonge man being discreete, and one whom they could trust, they so instructed as keept Ashley in some good mesure within bounds. And so they returned their answer to their freinds in England, that they accepted of their motion, and joyned with them in Ashleys bussines; and yet withall tould them what their fears were concerning him.</p><p n="438">But when they came to have full notice of all the goods brought them that year, they saw they fell very short of trading goods, and Ashley farr better suppleyed then themselves; so as they were forced to buy of the fisher men to furnish them selves, yea, and cottens and carseys and other such like cloath (for want of trading cloath) of Mr. Allerton himselfe, and so to put away a great parte of their beaver, at under rate, in the countrie, which they should have sente home, to help to discharge their great ingagementes; which was to their great vexation; but Mr. Allerton prayed them to be contente, and the nexte yere they might have what they would write for. And their ingagmentes of this year were great indeed when they came to know them, (which was not wholy till 2. years after); and that which made them the more, Mr. Allerton had taken up some large summes at Bristoll at 50. pr cent. againe, which he excused, that he was forcee to it, because other wise he could at the spring of year get no goods transported, such were their envie against their trade. But wheither this was any more then an excuse, some of them doubted; but however, the burden did lye on their backs, and they must bear it, as they did many heavie loads more in the end.</p><p n="439">This paying of 50. pr cent. and dificulty of having their goods transported by the fishing ships at the first of the year, (as was beleeved,) which was the cheefe season for trade, put them upon another projecte. Mr. Allerton, after the fishing season was over, light of a bargan of salte, at a good fishing place, and bought it; which came to aboute 113li.; and shortly after he might have had 30li. cleare profite for it, without any more trouble aboute it.	But Mr. Winslow coming that way from Kenebeck, and some other of ther partners with him in the barke, they mett with Mr. Allerton, and falling into discourse with him, they stayed him from selling the salte; and resolved, if it might please the rest, to keep it for them selves, and to hire a ship in the west cuntrie to come on fishing for them, on shares, according to the coustome; and seeing she might have her salte here ready, and a stage ready builte and fitted wher the salt lay safely landed and housed. In stead of bringing salte, they might stowe her full of trading goods, as bread, pease, cloth, etc., and so they might have a full supply of goods without paing fraight, and in due season,
which might turne greatly to their advantage.	Coming home, this was propounded, and considered on, and aproved by all but the Gov', who had no mind to it, seeing they had allway lost by fishing; but the rest were so ernest, as thinkeing that they might gaine well by the fishing in this way; and if they should but save, yea, or lose some thing by it, the other benefite would be advantage inough; so, seeing their ernestnes, he gave way, and it was referd to their freinds in England to aloes, or disalow it.	Of which more in its place.
</p><p n="440">Upon the consideration of the bussines about the paten, and in what state it was left, as is before remembred, and Mr. Sherleys ernest pressing to have Mr. Allerton to come over againe to finish it, and perfect the accounts, etc., it was concluded to send him over this year againe; though it was with some fear and jeolocie; yet he gave them fair words and promises of well performing all their bussineses according to their directions, and to mend his former errors. So he was accordingly sent with full instructions for all things, with large letters to Mr. Sherley and the rest, both aboute Ashleys bussines and their owne suply with trading comodities, and how much it did concerne them to be furnished therwith, and what they had suffered for wante therof; and of what litle use other goods were in comparison therof ; and so likewise aboute this fishing ship, to be thus hired, and fraught with trading goods, which might both supply them and Ashley, and the benefite therof ; which was left to their consideration to hire and set her out, or not; but in no case not to send any, exepte she was thus fraighte with trading goods. But what these things came too will appere in the next years passages.</p><p n="441">I had like to have omited an other passage that fell out the begining of this year. Ther was one Mr. Ralfe Smith,and his wife and familie, that came over into the Bay of the Massachusets, and sojourned at presente with some stragling people that lived at Natascoe; here being a boat of this place putting in ther on some occasion, he ernestly desired that they would give him and his, passage for Plimoth, and some such things as they could well carrie; having before heard that ther was liklyhood he might procure house-roome for some time, till he should resolve to setle ther, if he might, or els-wher as God should disposs; for he was werfe of being in that uncoth place, and in a poore house that would neither keep him nor his goods drie. So, seeing him to be a grave man, and understood he had been a minister, though they had no order for any such thing, yet they presumed and brought him. He was here accordingly kindly entertained and housed, and had the rest of his goods and servants sente for, and exercised his gifts amongst them, and afterwards was chosen into the ministrie, and so remained for sundrie years.</p><p n="442">It was before noted that sundry of those that came from Leyden, came over in the ships that came to Salem, wher Mr.  Endecott had cheefe command; and by infection that grue amonge the passengers at sea, it spread also among them a shore, of which many dyed, some of the scurvie, other of an infectious feaoure, which continued some time amongst them (though our people, through Gods goodnes, escaped it). Upon which occasion he write hither for some help, understanding here was one that had some skill that way, and had cured diverse of the scurvie, and others of other diseases, by letting blood, and other means. Upon which his request the Govr hear sent him unto them, and also write to him, from whom he received an answere; the which, because it is bfeefe, and shows the begining of their aquaintance, and closing in the truth and ways of God, I thought it not unmeete, nor without use, hear to inserte it; and an other showing the begining of their fellowship and church estate ther.
Being as followeth.
</p>
</div3><div3 type="letter">
<salute>Right worthy Sr:</salute><p n="443">It is a thing not usuall, that servants to one mr and of the same houshold should be strangers; I assure you I desire it not, nay, to speake more plainly, I cannot be so to you.	Gods people are all marked with one and the same marke, and sealed with one and the same scale, and have for the maine, one and the same harte, guided by one and same spirite of truth; and wher this is, ther can be no discorde